I! Ill 
 
.^ A ^ 
 
 .V 
 
 x^l 
 
 . N 
 
 Part <it tli*^ ^ 
 
 which was presented by 
 , . I' 1 jLStf A- Stuart. 
 
 I 
 
 CV^sr^ 
 
 Shvlf, 
 
 Book, 
 
 u ivision 
 
 Section 
 
 V. 3 
 
d<r^. GadUc^ Cl-t^C^^cCe^^ 
 
 clCc^ /. /^^. 
 
 '7 
 
NEW TRANSLATION 
 
 OF THE 
 
 HEBREW PROPHETS. 
 
 VOL. III. 
 
-Bikier.. O.T Propk^f^, "En^feK, IB^, 
 
 NEW TRANSLATION 
 
 HEBREW PROPHETS, 
 
 ARRANGED IN CHRONOLOGICAL ORDER. 
 
 By GEORGE R. NOYES. 
 
 VOLUME III 
 
 CONTAINING 
 
 EZEKIEL, DANIEL, HAGGAI, ZECHARIAH, 
 JONAH, AND MALACHI. 
 
 BOSTON: 
 
 JAMES MUNROE AND COMPANY. 
 
 1837. 
 
Entered according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1837, 
 By James Munroe and Company, 
 in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the District of Massa- 
 chusetts. 
 
 Cambridge Press ; 
 Metcalf, Torry, and Ballou. 
 
THE 
 
 PROPHET EZEKIEL 
 
 VOL. III. 
 
EZEKIEL. 
 
 I. 
 
 The call of Ezeklel to the prophetic office. — Ch. i. - in. 21. 
 
 1 Now it came to pass in the thirtieth year, in 
 the fourth month, in the fifth day of the month, 
 as I was among the captives by the river Che- 
 bar, that the heavens were opened, and I saw vis- 
 
 2 ions of God. On the fifth day of the month, in the 
 
 3 fifth year of the captivity of king Jehoiachin, the 
 word of Jehovah came to Ezekiel, the son of Buzi, 
 the priest, in the land of the Chaldeans, by the river 
 Chebar ; and the hand of Jehovah was there upon him. 
 
 4 And I looked, and behold, a stormy wind came from 
 the north, a great cloud, and a mass of fire ; and a 
 brightness was round about it, and in the midst of it 
 the appearance of bright brass, in the midst of the fire. 
 
 5 And in the midst of it were the forms of four living 
 creatures. And this was their appearance. They had 
 
 6 the form of a man. And every one had four faces, 
 
 7 and every one had four wings. And their feet were 
 upright ; and the sole of their feet was as the sole of a 
 calf's foot ; and they sparkled like polished brass. 
 
 8 And they had the hands of a man under their wings 
 on their four sides, and all four had faces and wings. 
 
4 EZEKIEL. [Ch. r. 
 
 9 Their wings were joined one to another ; they turned 
 not about when they went ; they went every one 
 
 10 straight forward. As for the form of their faces, all 
 four had the face of a man, and the face of a lion on 
 the right side, and all four had the face of an ox on 
 the left side, and all four had also the face of an eagle. 
 
 u Thus were their faces. And their wings were expanded 
 upward ; two wings of every one were joined, and two 
 
 m covered their bodies. And they went every one 
 straight forward ; whither the spirit was to go, they 
 went, and they turned not about when they went. 
 
 13 And the appearance of the living creatures was as 
 coals of fire, burning like torches ; and the fire moved 
 about among the living creatures, and shone forth 
 
 H brightly ; and out of the fire came forth lightning. And 
 the living creatures ran backward and forward like a 
 flash of lightning. 
 
 15 Now as I beheld the living creatures, behold, there 
 stood a wheel upon the earth by each of the living crea- 
 te tures, with its four sides. The appearance of the wheels, 
 and their work, was like that of a chrysolite, and all 
 four had one form, and their appearance and their 
 work was, as if a wheel had been within a wheel. 
 
 17 When they went, they went upon their four sides, and 
 
 18 they turned not about when they went. As for their 
 felloes, they were high and terrible; and their felloes 
 were full of eyes round about upon all four of them. 
 
 19 And when the living creatures went, the wheels went 
 beside them ; and when the living creatures were lifted 
 up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up. Whith- 
 
 20 ersoever the spirit was to go, they went, whithersoever 
 the spirit was to go; and the wheels were lifted up 
 beside them; for the spirit of the living creatures was 
 
Ch. II.] EZEKIEL. 5 
 
 21 in the wheels. When those went, these went ; and 
 when those stood, these stood ; and when those were 
 lifted up from the earth, the wheels were lifted up 
 beside them ; for the spirit of the living creatures was 
 
 92 in the wheels. And over the heads of the living 
 creatures was the appearance of a firmament, like 
 crystal, terrible, spread out over their heads above. 
 
 23 And under the firmament were their wings upright, 
 the one toward the other ; and every one had two, which 
 
 24 covered his body. And I heard the sound of their 
 wings, as the sound of great waters, as the voice of the 
 Almighty, when they went ; a sound like the noise of 
 a host. And when they stood still, they let down 
 
 25 their wings. And there was a voice from the firma- 
 ment, that was over their heads ; and they stood still, 
 and let down their wings. 
 
 26 And above the firmament over their heads was an 
 appearance like a sapphire-stone, like a throne; and 
 above, upon that which had the appearance of a throne, 
 
 97 there was a form like that of a man. And I saw what 
 had the appearance of bright brass, what had the ap- 
 pearance of fire round about within it, from the appear- 
 ance of his loins, and upward. And from his loins 
 downward I saw what had the appearance of fire, and 
 
 28 its brightness was round about him. As the appearance 
 of the bow, that is in the cloud in the day of rain, so 
 was the appearance of the brightness round about. 
 This was the appearance of the glory of Jehovah. 
 And when I saw it I fell upon my face, and I heard 
 the voice of one who spoke. 
 
 i And he said to me. Son of man, stand upon thy 
 2 feet, and I will speak with thee. And the spirit en- 
 1* 
 
5 EZEKIEL. [Ch. hi. 
 
 tered into me, when he spoke to me, and set me upon 
 3 my feet; and I heard him that spake with me. And 
 he said to me, Son of man, I send thee to the sons of 
 Israel, to a rehellious nation, that hath rebelled against 
 me ; they and their fathers have rebelled against me to 
 i this very day. Brazen-faced and stiff-hearted are the 
 sons, to whom I send thee. And thou shalt say to 
 
 5 them, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah. And wheth- 
 er they will hear, or whether they will forbear, for 
 they are a rebellious house, yet shall they know that 
 
 6 a prophet is ih the midst of them. And thou, son 
 of man, be not afraid of them, and of their words be 
 not afraid, though they be briars and thorns toward 
 thee, and though thou dwell among scorpions ; be 
 not afraid of their words, nor be dismayed at their 
 
 7 looks, for they are a rebellious house. Speak thou 
 my words to them, whether they will hear, or whether 
 
 8 they will forbear, for they are most rebellious. But 
 thou, son of man, hear what I say to thee ! Be not 
 thou rebellious, like that rebellious house ! Open thy 
 mouth, and eat that which 1 give thee ! 
 
 9 And when I looked, behold, a hand was put forth to 
 10 me ; and lo, a book-roll was therein. And he spread 
 
 it before me, and it was written within and without. 
 And there was written therein lamentation and mourn- 
 ing and woe. 
 
 1 And he said to me, Son of man, eat that which thou 
 findest, eat this roll, and go, speak to the house of 
 
 2 Israel 1 So I opened my mouth, and he gave me the 
 
 3 roll to eat. And he said to me, Son of man, let thy 
 stomach eat, and fill thy body with this roll, which I 
 give thee ! Then I eat it,, and it was in my mouth as 
 honey for sweetness. 
 
Ch. III.] EZEKIEL. 7 
 
 4 And he said to me, Son of man, go, get thee to the 
 
 5 house of Israel, and speak my words to them ! For 
 not to a people of a dark speech and a hard language 
 
 6 art thou sent, but to the house of Israel ; not to many 
 nations of a dark speech and a hard language, whose 
 words thou canst not understand. Truly, had I sent 
 thee to them, they would have hearkened to thee. 
 
 7 But the house of Israel will not hearken to thee, for 
 they will not hearken to me. For the whole house of 
 
 8 Israel is brazen-faced and stiff-hearted. Behold, I have 
 made thy face strong against their faces, and thy fore- 
 
 9 head strong against their foreheads. As an adamant, 
 harder than flint, have I made thy forehead; fear them 
 not, nor be dismayed at their looks ; for they are a 
 rebellious house. 
 
 10 Moreover, he said to me. Son of man, all my words, 
 which I shall speak to thee, receive in thy heart, and 
 
 11 hear with thine ears ! And go, get thee to them of the 
 captivity, to the children of thy people, and speak to 
 them, and say to them. Thus saith the Lord, Jeho- 
 vah ; whether they will hear, or whether they will 
 forbear. 
 
 12 Then the spirit lifted me up ; and I heard behind 
 me the sound, as of a great rushing, saying, " Praised 
 
 13 be the majesty of Jehovah from his place ! " I heard 
 also the noise of the wings of the living creatures, that 
 touched one another, and the noise of the wheels be- 
 
 14 side them, even a noise of a great rushing. So the 
 spirit lifted me up, and took me away, and I went in 
 bitterness, in the heat of my spirit ; but the hand of 
 Jehovah was strong upon me. 
 
8 EZEKIEL. [Ch. III. 
 
 15 Then I came to them of the captivity at Tel-abib, 
 that dwelt by the river Chebar ; and I dwelt where they 
 dwelt; I even dwelt astonished among them seven days. 
 
 16 And at the end of seven days, the word of Jehovah 
 
 17 came to me, and said ; Son of man, I have set thee as 
 a watchman to the house of Israel ; therefore hear the 
 
 18 word from my mouth, and warn them from me! When 
 I say to the wicked. Thou shalt surely die ! and thou 
 givest him not warning, nor speakest to warn the 
 wicked from his wicked way, so that he may live, that 
 wicked man shall die for his iniquity ; but his blood 
 
 19 will I require at thy hand. Yet if thou warn the 
 wicked, and he turn not from his wickedness, and from 
 his wicked way, he shall die for his iniquity, but thou 
 
 20 hast delivered thy soul. Again, when a righteous man 
 turneth from his righteousness, and committeth iniquity, 
 and I lay a stumbling-block before him, and he shall 
 die ; because thou hast not given him warning he will 
 die for his sin ; and his righteousness, which he hath 
 done, will not be remembered ; but his blood will I 
 
 21 require at thy hand. Yet if thou warn the righteous 
 man, that he sin not, and the righteous man doth not 
 sin, he shall surely live, because he hath received 
 warning ; and thou hast delivered thy soul. 
 
Ch. IV.] EZEKIEL 
 
 II. 
 
 Piophecies against Jerusalem. — Ch. hi. 22 -v. 17. 
 
 22 And the hand of Jehovah was there upon me, and 
 he said to me, Arise, go forth into the plain, and there 
 
 23 will I speak with thee. Then I arose, and went forth 
 into the plain, and lo, the glory of Jehovah stood there, 
 as the glory which I saw by the river Chebar ; and I 
 
 24 fell upon my face. Then the spirit entered into me, 
 and set me upon my feet. And he spake with me, and 
 
 25 said to me, Go, shut thyself within thy house ! And 
 behold, O son of man, bands shall be put upon thee, 
 and thou shalt be bound therewith; and thou shall not 
 
 26 go out among them. And I will make thy tongue 
 cleave to the roof of thy mouth, that thou shalt be 
 dumb, and shalt not be to them a reprover ; for they 
 
 87 are a rebellious house. But when I speak with thee, 
 I will open thy mouth, and thou shalt say to them. 
 Thus saith the Lord Jehovah ; lie that will hear let 
 him hear, and he that will forbear let hiu^* forbear ! for 
 they are a rebellious house. 
 
 i And thou, son of man, take thee a tile, and lay it 
 before thee, and portray upon it a city, even Jerusa- 
 
 •i lem. And lay siege against it, and build a tower 
 against it, and cast up a mound against it ; set a camp 
 also against it, and place battering-rams against it 
 
 3 round about. Moreover take thou an iron pan, and set 
 it for a wall of iron between thee and the city ; and set 
 thy face against it, that it may be besieged ; and lay 
 siege against it, This shall be a sign to the house of 
 Israel. 
 
10 EZEKIEL. [Ch. IV. 
 
 4 Lie thou also upon thy left side, and lay the iniquity 
 of the house of Israel upon it. According to the 
 number of days, that thou shalt lie upon it, thou 
 
 5 shalt bear their iniquity. But for the years of their 
 iniquity I appoint thee days ; three hundred and 
 ninety days ; so long shalt thou bear the iniquity 
 
 of the house of Israel. And when thou hast ac- 
 complished them, then lie upon thy right side, and 
 bear the iniquity of the house of Judah forty days. 
 
 7 I have appointed thee a day for a year. And set 
 thy face against besieged Jerusalem, and uncover 
 
 8 thine arm, and prophesy against it! And behold, I 
 will lay bands upon thee, and thou shalt not turn thee 
 from one side to another, till thou hast ended the days 
 
 9 of thy siege. Take thou also wheat, and barley, and 
 beans, and lentiles, and millet, and spelt, and put them 
 into one vessel, and make thereof thy bread, for the 
 number of days, that thou shalt lie upon thy side ; 
 three hundred and ninety days shalt thou eat thereof 
 
 10 And thy food, which thou eatest, shall be by weight, 
 twenty shekels a day ; from time to time shalt thou eat 
 
 11 it. Thou shalt also drink water by measure, the sixth 
 part of a hin ; from time to time shalt thou drink. 
 
 12 Thou shalt also eat barley-cakes ; and v/ith dung, that 
 Cometh out of man, shalt thou bake them in their sight. 
 
 13 And Jehovah said, Even thus shall the sons of Israel 
 eat their polluted food among the nations, whither I 
 will drive them. 
 
 14 Then said I, Ah ! Lord Jehovah, behold, I have 
 never been polluted ; for from my youth until now have 
 I not eaten that which died of itself, or was torn in 
 pieces ; neither hath unclean food come into my 
 
 15 mouth. Then he said to me, Behold, I give thee 
 
Ch. v.] EZEKIEL. 11 
 
 cow's dung for man's dung ; and with that shalt thou 
 
 16 prepare thy food. And he said to me, Son of man, 
 behold, I will break the staff of bread in Jerusalem^ 
 and they shall eat bread by weight and with care, and 
 they shall drink water by measure and in amazement ; 
 
 17 so that they shall be in want of bread and water, and be 
 astonished one at another, and consume away for their 
 iniquity. 
 
 1 And thou, son of man, take thee a sharp instrument, 
 even a barber's razor, and cause it to pass upon thy 
 head and thy beard ; and take thee weighing-balances, 
 
 2 and divide the hair. A third part shalt thou burn with 
 fire in the midst of the city, when the days of the siege 
 are fulfilled ; and thou shalt take a third part and smite 
 it round about with the sword ; and a third part, shalt 
 thou scatter in the wind, and I will draw out a sword 
 
 3 after them. Thou shalt also take thereof a small 
 
 4 number, and bind them in thy skirts. And of these 
 again take some, and cast them into the fire, and burn 
 them in the fire. From them shall a fire come forth 
 upon the whole house of Israel. 
 
 5 Thus saith the Lord Jehovah ; This is Jerusalem ; 
 in the midst of the nations have I set her, and coun- 
 
 6 tries are round about her. But she hath wickedly 
 resisted my ordinances, more than the nations, and my 
 statutes, more than the countries that are round about 
 her. For they have refused my ordinances, and have 
 
 T not walked in my statutes. Therefore thus saith the 
 Lord Jehovah ; Because ye have been rebellious, more 
 than the nations that are round about you, and have not 
 walked in my statutes, nor kept my ordinances, but 
 have done accordinsf to the ordinances of the nations. 
 
12 EZEKIEL. [Ch. v. 
 
 8 which are round about you, therefore thus saith the 
 Lord Jehovah ; Behold, I, even I, am against thee, and 
 will execute judgments against thee in the sight of the 
 
 9 nations. I will do to thee that which I have not yet done, 
 and the like of which I shall not do again, because of 
 
 10 all thine iniquities. Therefore the fathers shall eat the 
 sons in the midst of thee, and the sons shall eat their 
 fathers ; and I will execute judgments in thee, and I will 
 scatter the whole remnant of thee to all the winds. 
 
 11 Therefore, as I live, saith the Lord Jehovah ! because 
 thou hast polluted my sanctuary with all thy detestable 
 thinos, and with all thine abominations, therefore will I 
 also withdraw mine eye from thee; neither will I spare, 
 
 12 neither will I have any pity. A third part of thee shall 
 die by the pestilence, or be consumed with hunger in 
 the midst of thee ; and a third part shall die by the 
 sword round about thee ; and a third part will I scatter 
 to all the winds, and I will draw out a sword after 
 
 13 them. Thus shall mine anger be accomplished, and I 
 will satiate my fury upon them, and receive satis- 
 faction ; and they shall know, that I, Jehovah, have 
 spoken it in my zeal, when I shall have accomplished 
 
 14 my fury upon them. Moreover, I will make thee a 
 waste, and a reproach among the nations that are round 
 
 15 about thee, in the sight of all that pass by. And thou 
 shalt be a reproach, and a reviling, and a warning, and 
 an astonishment to the nations that are round about 
 thee, when I shall execute judgments upon thee in 
 anger, and in fury, and in furious rebukes ; T, 
 
 16 Jehovah, have spoken it ; when I shall send upon 
 you the evil arrows of famine, which bring destruc- 
 tion, which I send to destroy you, and increase the 
 famine upon you, and break your staff of bread. 
 
 17 And I will send upon you famine, and evil beasts, 
 
Ch. VI.] EZEKIEL. 13 
 
 which shall make thee childless ; and pestilence and 
 blood shall pass through thee ; and the sword will I 
 bring upon thee. I, Jehovah, have spoken it. 
 
 III. 
 
 Various woes denounced against Israel. — Ch. vi.-vir. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, set thy face against the mountains of 
 
 3 Israel, and prophesy against them ! And say, Ye moun- 
 tains of Israel, hear the word of the Lord, Jehovah ! 
 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, to the mountains and to 
 the hills, to the plains and to the valleys ; Behold, I, even 
 I, will bring the sword upon you, and I will destroy your 
 
 4 high places; and your altars shall be desolate, and your 
 sun-images shall be broken ; and I will cast down your 
 
 5 slain before your idols. And 1 will lay the carcasses of 
 the sons of Israel before their idols ; and I will scatter 
 
 6 your bones round about your altars. In all places, 
 where ye dwell, shall the cities be laid waste, and the 
 high places be desolate ; that your altars may be laid 
 waste and made desolate, and your idols may be broken, 
 and cease, and your sun-images may be cut down, and 
 
 7 your works may be destroyed. And the slain shall fall in 
 the midst of you, that ye may know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 8 Yet will I leave a remnant, that ye may have some 
 that shall have escaped the sword among the nations, 
 
 9 when ye shall be scattered through the countries. And 
 they of you that escape shall remember me among the 
 
 VOL. in. 2 
 
14 EZEKIEL. [Ch. VII. 
 
 nations, whither they shall be carried captives, when 
 I have broken their whorish heart, which departed from 
 me, and their eyes, which went lusting after their idols; 
 and they shall loathe themselves for the evils, which 
 10 they have committed, in all their abominations. Then 
 shall they know that I am Jehovah, and that I have not 
 said in vain, that I would do all this evil to them. 
 
 u Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Smite upon thy hand 
 and stamp with thy foot ! And say, Alas, for all the evil 
 abominations of the house of Israel ! for by the sword, 
 
 12 by famine, and by pestilence shall they fall. He that is 
 far off shall die by pestilence, and he that is near shall 
 fall by the sword, and he that remaineth and is pre- 
 served shall die by famine. Thus will I accomplish 
 
 13 my fury upon them. Then shall ye know that I am 
 Jehovah, when their slain men shall be among their 
 idols round about their altars, upon every high hill, upon 
 all the tops of the mountains, and under every green 
 tree, and under every thick oak, in every place where 
 
 14 they offered sweet savor to all their idols. So will I 
 stretch out my hand against them, and make the land 
 desolate ; yea, more desolate than the wilderness 
 toward Diblath, in all their habitations ; and they shall 
 know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 1 Moreover, the word of Jehovah came to me, saying; 
 
 2 Thou son of man, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, con- 
 cerning the land of Israel ; 
 
 3 The end cometh, the end cometh, 
 Upon the four corners of the land ! 
 Now cometh the end upon thee ! 
 For I will send my anger upon thee. 
 
Ch. VII.] EZEKIEL. 16 
 
 And will judge thee according to thy ways, 
 And will recompense upon thee all thine abominations. 
 < And mine eye shall not spare thee, neither will I have 
 pity; 
 But I will recompense thy ways upon thee, 
 And thine abominations shall be in the midst of thee; 
 And ye shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 5 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 
 An evil, an unheard-of evil, behold, it cometh! 
 
 6 The end cometh, the end cometh ! 
 
 It avvaketh against thee, behold, it cometh ! 
 
 7 Thy fate cometh upon thee, thou that dwellest in the 
 
 land! 
 The time is come, 
 The day of tumult is near. 
 When no sound of joy shall be upon the mountains. 
 
 8 Now will I shortly pour out my fury upon thee, 
 And accomplish mine anger against thee ; 
 And I will judge thee according to thy ways. 
 And recompense upon thee all thine abominations. 
 
 9 And mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity ; 
 I will recompense thee according to thy ways, 
 
 And thine abominations shall come upon thee; 
 And ye shall know that I, Jehovah, smite you. 
 
 10 Behold, the day, behold, it cometh ! 
 The destiny draweth near ; 
 
 The rod hath blossomed, pride hath flourished. 
 
 11 Violence is risen up into a rod of wickedness ; 
 
 None of them shall remain, none of their multitude, 
 
 none of their crowd ; 
 Nor shall there be wailing for them. 
 
 12 The time cometh, the day draweth near! 
 
16 EZEKIEL. [Ch. VII. 
 
 Let not the buyer rejoice, 
 
 Nor the seller mourn ; 
 
 For wrath is against their whole multitude. 
 
 13 For the seller shall not return to that which is sold, 
 Though he be yet alive ; 
 
 For the vision against their whole multitude shall not 
 
 return void, 
 And none that liveth in his iniquity shall strengthen 
 
 himself. 
 
 14 " Blow ye the trumpet, and let all be ready ! " 
 Yet none goeth to the battle ; 
 
 For mine anger is against their whole multitude. 
 
 15 The sword is without, and pestilence and famine 
 
 within ; 
 He that is in the field shall die by the sword ; 
 And he that is in the city, famine and pestilence shalf 
 devour him. 
 
 16 And those of them, that escape, shall be upon the moun- 
 
 tains like doves of the valleys, 
 All of them mourning, every one for his iniquity, 
 
 17 All hands shall be feeble. 
 
 And all knees shall flow with water. 
 
 18 They shall also gird themselves with sackcloth, 
 And horror shall cover them. 
 
 And upon all their faces shall be shame,. 
 And upon all their heads baldness. 
 
 19 Their silver shall they cast into the streets, 
 And their gold shall be as an unclean thing. 
 
 Their silver and their gold shall not be able to deliver 
 
 them, 
 In the day of the wrath of Jehovah ; 
 Their hunger shall not be satisfied, 
 Nor their body filled with it; 
 
Ch. VII.] EZEKIEL. 17 
 
 For it was the stumbling-block of their iniquity. 
 
 20 For the beauty of their ornaments they turned into 
 
 pride, 
 And the images of their abominations and of their 
 
 detestable things they made with it; 
 Therefore will I make it to them as an unclean thing. 
 
 21 And I will give it into the hands of strangers for a 
 
 prey, 
 And to the wicked of the earth for a spoil, 
 And they shall pollute it. 
 :29 And I will turn my face from them, 
 
 So that my secret place shall be polluted ; 
 Robbers shall enter into it, and pollute it. 
 
 23 Make a chain ! 
 
 For the land is full of blood-guiltiness, 
 And the city is full of violence. 
 
 24 Therefore will I bring the most cruel among the na- 
 
 tions. 
 And they shall possess your houses; 
 I will also make the pride of the strong to cease, 
 And their holy places shall be defiled. 
 
 25 Destruction cometh ; 
 
 And they shall seek peace, and not find it. 
 2G Calamity shall come upon calamity, 
 
 And rumor shall be upon rumor ; 
 
 And they shall seek a vision from the prophet in vain ; 
 
 Instruction shall perish from the priests. 
 
 And counsel from the elders. 
 27 The king shall mourn, 
 
 And the prince shall be clothed with amazement; 
 
 And the hands of the people of the land shall be 
 troubled. 
 
 2* 
 
18 EZEKIEL. [Ch. VIII. 
 
 I will do to them according to their way, and accord- 
 ing to their deserts will I judge them , 
 And they shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 IV. 
 
 Visions relating to the guilt and the punishment of Jerusalem. — 
 Ch. VIII. - XI. 
 
 1 Now it came to pass in the sixth year, in the sixth 
 month, on the fifth day of the month, as I sat in my 
 house, and the elders of Judah sat before me, that the 
 
 2 hand of the Lord, Jehovah, fell there upon me. And I 
 looked, and lo, a form, having the appearance of fire ; 
 from the appearance of his loins downward, of fire ; 
 and from his loins upward, of a bright light, like the 
 
 3 splendor of shining brass. And he put forth the form 
 of a hand, and took me by a lock of my head. And 
 the spirit lifted me up between the eartli and the heaven, 
 and brought me, in the visions of God, to Jerusalem, to 
 the door of the inner gate, that looketh toward the 
 north, where stood the idol of jealousy, which pro- 
 
 ■1 voketh to jealousy. And behold, the glory of the God 
 of Israel was there, according to the vision which I 
 saw in the plain. 
 
 5 Then said he to me, Son of man, lift up thine eyes 
 toward the north ! And I lifted up my eyes toward 
 the north, and behold, northward from the gate of the 
 
 G altar was this idol of jealousy at the entrance. And 
 
Ch. VIII.] EZEKIEL. 19 
 
 he said to me, Son of man, seest thou what they do? 
 Great are the abominations, which the house of Israel 
 commit here, that I shoukl go far off from my sanctua- 
 ry. But thou shalt yet again see great abominations. 
 
 7 And he brought me to the door of the court, and I 
 
 8 looked, and behokl, a hole in the wall. And he said 
 to me, Son of man, break now through the wall ! And 
 when I had broken through the wall, behold, a door. 
 
 '■) And he said to me. Go in, and behold the wicked 
 
 10 abominations, which they practise here ! So I went in 
 and saw, and behold, every form of creeping things, 
 and of abominable beasts, and all the idols of the 
 house of Israel, portrayed upon the wall round about. 
 
 11 And there stood before them seventy men of the elders 
 of the house of Israel, Jaazaniah, the son of Shaphan, 
 standing in the midst of them, with every man his 
 censer in his hand; and a thick cloud of incense 
 
 12 went up. Then said he to me, Son of man, seest thou 
 what the elders of the house of Israel do in the dark, 
 each one in his image-chamber 1 For they say, " Jeho- 
 vah seeth us not; Jehovah hath forsaken the land." 
 
 13 And he said to me. Thou shalt yet again see the great 
 abominations, which they practise. 
 
 14 Then he brought me to the entrance of the gate of 
 the house of Jehovah, which was toward the north, 
 and behold, there sat women, weeping for Thammuz. 
 
 15 And he said to me, Seest thou this, O son of man ? 
 Thou shalt yet again see greater abominations than 
 these. 
 
 16 And he brought me into the inner court of the house 
 of Jehovah, and behold, at the entrance of the temple 
 
20 EZEKIEL. ' [Ch. IX. 
 
 of Jehovah, between the porch and the altar, were 
 about five and twenty men, with their backs toward the 
 temple of Jehovah, and their faces toward the east; 
 and they bowed themselves eastward toward the sun. 
 
 17 And he said to me, Seest thou, O son of man? Is it 
 a light thing to the house of Judah, that they commit 
 the abominations, which they commit here, that they 
 fill the land with violence, and continually provoke me 
 to anger ? And behold, they put the branch to their 
 
 18 nostrils. Therefore will I also deal with them in fury ; 
 mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity; and 
 though they cry in mine ears with a loud voice, yet 
 will I not hear them. 
 
 1 He cried also, in my hearing, with a loud voice, 
 saying; Bring ye near the punishments of the city, every 
 one his weapon of destruction in his hand. And 
 
 2 lo, si.K men came from the way of the higher gate, which 
 looketh toward the north, every one with his slaughter- 
 weapon in his hand; and one man among them was 
 clothed with linen, with a writer's ink-horn by his side ; 
 and they went in, and stood beside the brazen altar. 
 
 3 And the glory of the God of Israel went up from the 
 cherub, upon which it was, to the threshold of the 
 house ; and he called to the man clothed with linen, 
 
 ■4 who had the writer's ink-horn by his side; and Jehovah 
 said to him. Go through the midst of the city, through 
 the midst of Jerusalem, and set a mark upon the fore- 
 heads of the men, that sigh and that wail for all the 
 
 .1 abominations, that are done in the midst thereof And 
 to the others he said, in my hearing. Go ye after him 
 through the city, and smite ! let not your eyes spare, 
 
 6 neither have ye pity ! The old man, the youth, the 
 virgin, little children and women, slay and destroy ; but 
 
Ch. X.] EZEKIEL. 21 
 
 come not near any one, upon whom is the mark ! and 
 begin at my sanctuary ! 
 
 Then began they at the elders, that were before the 
 
 7 house. And he said to them, Pollute the house, and 
 fill the courts with the slain, then go ye forth! And 
 
 8 they went forth, and slew in the city. And while they 
 were smiting thcin, I alone was left; and I fell upon my 
 face, and cried, and said. Ah, Lord, Jehovah ! Wilt thou 
 destroy all the remnant of Israel, while thou pourest 
 
 3 out thy fury upon Jerusalem? And he said to me. 
 The iniquity of the house of Israel and Judah is ex- 
 ceedingly great, and the land is full of blood, and the 
 city full of perverseness. For they say, " Jehovah hath 
 forsaken the land ; " and " Jehovah seeth not." 
 
 10 Therefore mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have 
 pity. Their way will I recompense upon their head. 
 
 11 And lo, the man clothed with linen, who had the ink- 
 horn by his side, returned answer, saying, I have done 
 as thou hast commanded me. 
 
 1 Then I looked, and lo, in the firmament, that was 
 above the head of the cherubs, there appeared over 
 them, as it were, a sapphire-stone, in form like a throne; 
 
 2 and He spake to the man, that was clothed with linen, 
 and said ; Go in between the wheels under the cherub, 
 and fill thy hands with coals of fire, which are be- 
 tween the cherubs, and scatter them over the city ! 
 
 3 And he went in before mine eyes. Now the cherubs 
 stood upon the right side of the house, when the man 
 
 4 went in ; and the cloud filled the inner court. And 
 the glory of Jehovah was lifted up from the cherub to 
 the threshold of the house ; and the house was filled 
 with the cloud, and the court was filled with the bright- 
 
22 EZEKIEL. [Ch. X. 
 
 5 ness of the glory of Jehovah. And the sound of the 
 wings of the cherubs was heard even to the outer court, 
 as the voice of God, the Almighty, when he speaketh. 
 
 6 And when he commanded the man clothed with linen, 
 saying; Take fire from between the wheels, from be- 
 tween the cherubs, he went in and stood beside the 
 
 7 wheels. And one cherub stretched forth his hand from 
 between the cherubs to the fire that was between the 
 cherubs, and took thereof, and put it into the hands 
 of him that was clothed with linen, who took it, and 
 
 8 went out. And there was seen in the cherubs the 
 form of a man's hand under their wings. 
 
 9 And when I looked, behold, four wheels were by the 
 cherubs, one wheel by one cherub, and another wheel 
 by another cherub ; and the appearance of the wheels 
 
 10 was like that of a chrysolite. 'And as to their appear- 
 ance, all four had one form, as if a wheel were in the 
 
 11 midst of a wheel. When they went, they went upon 
 their four sides ; they turned not about when they 
 went; but to the place, whither the head looked, they 
 followed it, they turned not about when they went. 
 
 12 And their whole body, and their backs, and their hands, 
 and their wings, and the wheels were full of eyes round 
 
 13 about, even the wheels which they four had. And as 
 to these wheels, in my hearing each one of them was 
 
 14 called Whirlwind. And every one had four faces. 
 The first face was the face of a cherub, and the second 
 face was the face of a man, and the third the face of a 
 
 15 lion, and the fourth the face of an eagle. And the 
 cherubs were lifted up. They were the living crea- 
 
 16 tures, which I saw by the river Chebar. And when 
 the cherubs went, the wheels went with them ; and 
 when the cherubs lifted up their wings to mount up 
 
Ch. II. ] EZEKIEL. 23 
 
 from the earth, the wheels turned not away from their 
 17 side. When they stood, these stood ; and when they were 
 lifted up, these were lifted up with them. For the 
 spirit of the living creatures was in them. 
 
 13 Then the glory of Jehovah departed from the thresh- 
 
 19 old of the house, and stood over the cherubs. And 
 the cherubs lifted up their wings, and mounted up 
 from the earth in my sight, as they went out, and the 
 wheels were beside them. And they stood at the 
 entrance of the east gate of the house of Jehovah, 
 and the glory of the God of Israel was over them above. 
 
 20 They were the living creatures, which I saw under the 
 God of Israel, by the river Chebar ; and I knew that 
 
 21 they were the cherubs. Every one had four faces, 
 and every one four wings, and the form of a man's 
 
 2^ hand was under their wings. And as for the form of 
 their faces, they were the faces which I saw by the 
 river Chebar, their appearances and themselves. They 
 went every one straight forward. 
 
 1 Then the spirit lifted me up, and brought me to the 
 east gate of the house of Jehovah, that looketh toward 
 the east ; and behold, at the entrance of the gate were 
 five and twenty men ; among whom I saw Jaazaniah, the 
 son of Azur, and Pelatiah, the son of Benaiah, princes 
 
 2 of the people. Then said lie to me, These are the 
 men, that devise mischief, and form evil designs in this 
 
 3 city ; who say, " i'he time is not near that we should 
 build houses. This city is the caldron, and we are the 
 
 4 flesh." Therefore, prophesy against them, prophesy, 
 
 5 O son of man ! And the spirit of Jehovah fell upon 
 me, and he said to me, Spea'< ; Thus saith Jehovah; 
 Thus have ye said, O house of Israel ! For I know the 
 
24 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XI. 
 
 things, that come into your mind, every one of them. 
 
 6 Ye liaye multiplied your slain in this city, and ye have 
 
 7 filled the streets thereof with the slain. Therefore, 
 thus saith ihe Lord, Jehovah ; Your slain, whom ye 
 have laid in the midst of it, they are the flesh, and this 
 city is the caldron ; but you will I bring forth out of the 
 
 8 midst of it. Ye have feared the sword, and the sword 
 
 9 will I bring upon you, saith the Lord, Jehovah. And 
 I will bring you out of the midst thereof, and deliver 
 you into the hands of strangers, and execute judg- 
 
 10 ments upon you. Ye shall fall by the sword ; on the 
 borders of Israel will I judge you, that ye may know 
 
 11 that I am Jehovah. This city shall not be your cal- 
 dron, neither shall ye be the flesh in the midst thereof. 
 
 12 On the borders of Lsrael will I judge you, that ye may 
 know that I am Jehovah, in whose statutes ye have not 
 walked, and whose ordinances ye have not observed, 
 but have done according to the manners of the nations, 
 that are round about you. 
 
 13 And it came to pass, when I prophesied, that Pela- 
 tiah, the son of Benaiah, died. Then I fell down on 
 my face, and cried with a loud voice, and said. Ah, 
 Lord, Jehovah, wilt thou make a full end of the rem- 
 nant of Israel ? 
 
 14 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 15 Son of man, thy brethren, even thy brethren, the men 
 of thy near kindred, and the whole house of Israel, are 
 they to whom the inhabitants of Jerusalem say, " Re- 
 move ye far from Jehovah ; to us is the land given 
 
 16 in possession ! " Therefore say. Thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; Though I have cast them far off* among the 
 nations, and scattered them among the countries, yet 
 
Ch. XI.] EZEKIEL. 25 
 
 I will be to them as a sanctuary for a short time in the 
 
 17 countries, whither they are come. Therefore say, 
 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will gather you from 
 the nations, and assemble you from the countries, where 
 ye have been scattered, and I will give you the land of 
 
 18 Israel. And they shall come thither, and they shall 
 take away from thence all the detestable things thereof, 
 
 19 and all the abominations thereof And I will give 
 them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within 
 them ; and I will take out of them the heart of stone, 
 
 20 and will give them a heart of flesh, that they may walk 
 in my statutes, and observe my ordinances, and keep 
 them ; and they shall be my people, and I will be their 
 
 ai God. But as for them, whose heart walketh according 
 to the pleasure of their detestable things and their 
 abominations, I will recompense their way upon their 
 heads, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 25 Then did the cherubs lift up their wings, and the 
 wheels were beside them ; and the glory of the God of 
 
 23 Israel was above over them. And the glory of Jeho- 
 vah went up from the midst of the city, and stood upon 
 the mountain, which is on the east side of the city. 
 
 24 Then the spirit took me up, and brought me to 
 Chaldea, to them of the captivity, in vision, by the 
 spirit of God. And the vision, which I had seen, 
 
 25 went up from me. Then I spake to them of the cap- 
 tivity all the words of Jehovah, which he had showed 
 me. 
 
 VOL. uu 3 
 
26 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XII. 
 
 V. 
 
 The flight and captivity of Zedekiah and the Jews, and their distress 
 represented. — Ch. xir. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah caine to me, saying; 
 
 2 Son of man, thou dvvellest in the midst of a rebellious 
 house ; they have eyes to see, and see not ; they have 
 ears to hear, and hear not ; for they are a rebellious 
 
 3 house. Therefore, thou son of man, prepare thee stuff 
 for removing from the land; and remove by day in 
 their sight, and remove from thy place to another place 
 before their eyes. It may be they will consider, though 
 
 4 they be a rebellious house. And carry forth thy stuff, 
 as stuff for removing, by day in their sight, and go 
 forth at even in their sight, as they that go forth into 
 
 5 captivity. Before their eyes break thou through the 
 
 6 wall, and carry forth thereby. In their sight bear it 
 upon thy shoulders, and carry it forth in the twilight. 
 Cover thy face, so that thou see not the ground; for I 
 have made thee a sign to the house of Israel. 
 
 7 And I did as I was commanded, I carried forth my 
 stuff, as stuff for removing from the land, by day; and 
 in the evening I broke through the wall with my hand ; 
 I carried it forth in the twilight ; I took it upon my 
 shoulder before their eyes. 
 
 8 And the word of Jehovah came to me in the morn- 
 
 9 ing, and said. Son of man, hath not the house of Israel, 
 the rebellious house, said to thee, " What doest thou ? " 
 
 10 Say to them, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; This bur- 
 den concerneth the prince in Jerusalem, and all the 
 
 11 house of Israel that is therein. Say, I am your sign. 
 As I have done, so shall it be done to them- They 
 
Ch. XII.] EZEKIEL. 27 
 
 12 shall remove and go into captivity. And the prince 
 that is among them shall bear upon his shoulder in the 
 twilight, and shall go forth. They shall break through 
 the wall to carry forth thereby ; he shall cover his face, 
 
 13 that he see not the ground with his eyes. I will also 
 spread my net upon him, and he shall be taken in my 
 snare, and I will bring him to Babylon, into the land of 
 the Chaldeans ; yet he shall not see it, though he shall 
 
 14 die there. And all that are round about him to help 
 him, and all his bands will I scatter to every wind ; 
 
 15 and I will draw out the sword after them. And they 
 shall know that I am Jehovah, when I shall disperse 
 them among the nations, and scatter them in the coun- 
 
 16 tries. But I will leave a few men of them from the 
 sword, from the famine, and from the pestilence; that 
 they may declare all their abominations among the 
 heathen, whither they come : and they shall know that I 
 am Jehovah. 
 
 17 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 18 Son of man, eat thy bread with quaking, and drink thy 
 
 19 water with trembling, and with carefulness ; and say to 
 the people of the land ; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, 
 concerning the inhabitants of Jerusalem in the land of 
 Israel; their bread shall they eat with carefulness, and 
 their water shall they drink with astonishment ; that their 
 land may be desolate from all that is therein, because 
 
 20 of the violence of them that dwell in it. And the in- 
 habited cities shall be laid waste, and the land shall be 
 desolate, that ye may know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 'ii And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying; 
 
 22 Son of man, what meaneth that proverb, which ye have 
 
 in the land of Israel, saying ; "The days are delayed, 
 
28 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XIII. 
 
 33 and every vision faileth." Therefore, say to them, 
 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will make this prov- 
 erb to cease, and they shall no more use it as a proverb 
 in Israel. But say to them, The days are at hand, and 
 
 24 what is declared in every vision. For there shall be no 
 longer any vain vision, or deceptive divination within 
 
 95 the house of Israel. For I am Jehovah ; I speak, and 
 the word which I speak shall come to pass ; it shall no 
 more be delayed. In your own days, ye rebellious 
 house, will I speak the word and perform it, saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 9S And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 27 Son of man, behold, they of the house of Israel say, 
 " The vision, which he seeth, is for many days to come, 
 
 28 and he prophesieth of times, that are far off." There- 
 fore say to them, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; There 
 shall none of my words be deferred any more ; what I 
 speak shall be done, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 VI. 
 
 Against false Prophets. — Ch. xiii. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, prophesy against the prophets of Israel 
 that prophesy, and say to them that prophesy out of 
 their own hearts, Hear ye tiie word of Jehovah ! 
 
 3 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Woe to the foolish 
 prophets, that follow their own spirit, and have seen 
 
Ch. XIII. ] EZEKIEL. 29 
 
 4 nothing! Thy prophets, O Israel, are like the foxes in 
 
 5 the deserts. Ye have not gone up into the breaches, 
 nor built a wall around the house of Israel, to stand in 
 
 6 battle in the day of Jehovah. They see falsehood, and 
 lying divination. They say, " Jehovah hath spoken," 
 when Jehovah hath not sent them; and they cause men 
 
 7 to hope for the fulfilment of the word. Have ye not 
 seen a false vision, and have ye not spoken a lying 
 divination, and said, " Jehovah hath spoken," when I 
 
 8 have not spoken 1 Therefore, thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; Because ye have spoken falsehood and have 
 seen a lie, therefore, behold, 1 am against you, saith the 
 
 9 Lord, Jehovah. My hand shall be against the prophets, 
 that see falsehood, and divine lies. They shall not be 
 in the assembly of my people, neither shall they be 
 written in the register of the house of Israel, neither 
 shall they enter into the land of Israel, that ye may 
 
 10 know that I am the Lord, Jehovah. Because, yea, 
 because they seduce my people, and say, " Peace ! " when 
 there is no peace ; and one buildeth up a wall, and 
 
 11 behold, they daub it with untempered mortar ; say to 
 them, which daub it with untempered mortar, that it 
 shall fall ; there shall be an overflowing shower, and 
 ye, O great hailstones, shall fall, and a stormy Avind 
 
 12 shall rend it. So when the wall is fallen, shall not men 
 say to you, "Where is the daubing, wherewith ye have 
 
 13 daubed it? " Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 I will even rend it with a stormy wind in my fury, and 
 there shall be an overflowing shower in mine anger, 
 
 14 and great hailstones in my fury to consume it. Thus 
 I will break down the wall, which ye have daubed with 
 untempered mortar, and will bring it down to the 
 ground, so that the foundation thereof shall be dis- 
 covered ; it shall fall, and ye shall be consumed in the 
 
 3* 
 
30 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XIII. 
 
 midst thereof, that ye may know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 15 Thus will I accomplish my fury upon the wall, and 
 upon them that daubed it with untempered mortar ; 
 and I will say to you, The wall is no more, nor they 
 
 16 that daubed it; even the prophets of Israel, who 
 prophesy concerning Jerusalem, and see visions of 
 peace for her, when there is no peace, saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah. 
 
 n Likewise, son of man, set thou thy face against the 
 daughters of thy people, who prophesy out of their 
 
 18 own heart ; and prophesy thou against them. And 
 say, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Woe to the women, 
 that sew cushions for all elbows, and make pillows for 
 heads of every stature, to ensnare men to destruction ! 
 Will ye hunt the lives of my people, and shall ye save 
 
 19 your own? And will ye pollute me among my people 
 for handfuls of barley, and for pieces of bread, slaying 
 them that should not die, and saving them alive, that 
 should not live, by lying to my people, who hearken to 
 
 30 your lies? Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; 
 Behold I will set myself against the cushions, with 
 which ye ensnare men to destruction, sp that they shall 
 escape you ; and I will tear them from your arms, and 
 make them free, whom ye would ensnare, so that they 
 
 21 shall escape you. Your pillows also will 1 tear, and deliver 
 my people out of your hand, and they shall no nwre be 
 in your hand, to be ensnared, and ye shall know that I 
 
 •a am Jehovah. Because with lies ye have made sad the 
 heart of the righteous, whom 1 have not made sad, and 
 have strengthened the hands of the wicked, that he 
 should not return from his wicked way, by promising 
 
 2a him life ; therefore shall ye no more see falsehood, 
 nor divine divinations; but I will deliver my people 
 
Ch. XIV.] EZEKIEL. 31 
 
 out of your hand, and ye shall know that I am Jeho- 
 vah. 
 
 VII. 
 
 Punishment threatened against idolatrous prophets, and those who 
 consult them. — Ch. xiv. 1-11. 
 
 1 Now certain men of the elders of Israel came to 
 
 2 me, and sat before me. And the word of Jehovah 
 
 3 came to me, saying ; Son of man, these men have set 
 up their idols in their heart, and have put the stum- 
 bling-block of their iniquity before their face ; shall 1 
 
 4 hear them, when they inquire of me ? Therefore 
 speak with them, and say to them ; Thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; Every man of the house of Israel, that 
 setteth up his idols in his heart, and putteth the stum- 
 bling-block of his iniquity before his face, and cometh 
 to the prophet, I, Jehovah, will answer him according to 
 
 5 the multitude of his idols ; that I may lay hold of the 
 house of Israel in their hearts, because they are all 
 estranged from me through their idols. 
 
 ti Therefore say to the house of Israel ; Thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; Turn ye, even turn yourselves from 
 your idols, and from all your abominations turn ye 
 
 " your faces ! For every one of the house of Israel, or 
 of the strangers that sojourn in Israel, who separateth 
 himself from me, and setteth up his idols in his heart, 
 and putteth the stumbling-block of his iniquity before 
 his face, and cometh to the prophet to inquire of me 
 
32 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XIV. 
 
 through him, I, Jehovah, will answer him by myself. 
 
 8 And I will set my face against that man, and will make 
 him a sign and a proverb, and will cut him off from 
 the midst of my people ; and ye shall know that I am 
 Jehovah. 
 
 9 And when the prophet is deceived, when he speak- 
 eth any thing, I, Jehovah, have deceived that prophet j 
 and I will stretch out my hand upon him, and will 
 
 10 destroy him from the midst of my people Israel. And 
 they shall bear the punishment of their iniquity ; the 
 punishment of the prophet shall be even as the punish- 
 
 11 ment of him that inquireth of him ; that the house of 
 Israel may no more go astray from me, nor be polluted 
 any more with all their transgressions ; but that they 
 may be my people, and I may be their God, saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 Some of the wicked shall escape a genei-al destruction, and the reason 
 why. — Ch. xiv. 12-23. 
 
 12 Again the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 13 Son of man, when a land sinneth against me, and 
 grievously transgresseth, and I stretch out my hand 
 against it, and break the staff of its bread, and send 
 famine upon it, and cut off from it man and beast, 
 
 14 though these three men were in it, Noah, Daniel, and 
 Job, they should deliver only themselves by their 
 
Ch. XIV.] EZEKIEL. 33 
 
 15 righteousness, saith the Lord, Jehovah. When I cause 
 wild beasts to pass through the land, and they spoil it, 
 and it be desolate, so that none passeth through it be- 
 
 16 cause of the beasts ; though these three men were in 
 it, as I live, saith the Lord, Jehovah, they should de- 
 liver neither sons nor daughters ; they only should be 
 
 17 delivered, but the land should be desolate. Or when 
 I bring a sword upon that land, and say. Sword, go 
 through the land, so that I cut off from it man and 
 
 18 beast; though these three men were in it, as I live, 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah, they shall deliver neither sons 
 nor daughters, but they only shall be delivered them- 
 
 19 selves. Or when I send a pestilence upon that land, 
 and pour out my fury upon it in blood, to cut off from 
 
 ■20 it man and beast; though Noah, Daniel, and Job were 
 in it, as I Ijve, saith the Lord, Jehovah, they should 
 deliver neither son nor daughter; they should deliver 
 
 21 only themselves by their righteousness. Therefore, 
 thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; How much more, when 
 I send my four grievous judgments against J-erusalem, 
 the sword, and the famine, and the wild beast, and the 
 
 22 pestilence, to cut off from it man and beast 1 Yet 
 behold, therein shall be left a remnant that shall be 
 brought forth, sons and daughters. Behold, they shall 
 come forth to you, and ye shall see their way and their 
 doings, and ye shall be comforted concerning the evil, 
 which I have brought upon Jerusalem, even concerning 
 
 23 all, which I have brought upon her. They shall com- 
 fort you, when ye see their ways and their doings; and 
 ye shall know, that not without cause I have done all 
 that I have done to her, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
34 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XV. 
 
 IX. 
 
 The destruclion of Jerusalem represented under the image of the 
 unfruitful vine, fit for nothing, but to be burned. — Ch. xv. 
 
 i And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, what is the wood of the vine more than 
 any wood ; a branch, that is among the trees of the 
 
 3 forest? Shall wood be taken from it to be wrought into 
 any work? Or will men take a pin of it to hang a 
 
 4 vessel upon? Behold, it is cast into the fire for ftiel ; 
 the fire devoureth both the ends of it, and the middle 
 
 5 of it is burned. Is it then fit for any work? Behold, 
 when it was whole, nothing could be made of it ; how 
 much less can any thing be made of "it, when the fire 
 hath devoured it, and it is burned ? 
 
 6 Tlierefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; As the 
 wood of the vine among the trees of the forest, which 
 I have given to the fire for fuel, so will I give to it the 
 
 7 inhabitants of Jerusalem. And I will set my face 
 against them ; they shall go out from one fire, and 
 another fire shall devour them ; and ye shall know that 
 
 8 I am Jehovah, when I set my face against them. And 
 I will make the land desolate, because they have griev- 
 ously trespassed, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
Ch. XVI. ] EZEKIEL. 35 
 
 X. 
 
 Jerusalem represented under the image of a woman, whom God had 
 preserved from destruction, when an exposed infant, and had mar- 
 ried in her maturity, but who proved ungrateful and false. — 
 Ch. XVI. 
 
 1 -2 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; Son of 
 
 3 man, cause Jerusalem to know her abominations ; and 
 say, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, to Jerusalem ; Thine 
 origin and thy nativity were of the land of Canaan. 
 Thy father was an Amorite, and thy mother a Hittite. 
 
 4 And as to thy nativity, in the day thou wast born thy 
 navel was not cut, neither wast thou washed in water, 
 so as to be cleansed. Thou wast not sprinkled with 
 
 5 salt, nor wrapped in swaddling-clothes. No eye pitied 
 thee, to do to thee any of these things, to have com- 
 passion upon thee; but thou wast cast out into the 
 open field, so as to loathe thyself, on the day thou wast 
 born. 
 
 6 And when I passed by thee, and saw thee in danger 
 of being trodden under foot in thy blood, I said to thee, 
 when thou wast in thy blood, Live ! yea, I said to thee, 
 
 7 when thou wast in thy blood, Live ! I caused thee to 
 increase like the plant of the field, and thou didst grow, 
 and become tall, and didst attain to distinguished 
 charms. Thy breasts swelled, and thy hair grew, 
 
 8 whereas thou wast naked and bare. And when I 
 passed by thee, and saw thee, behold, it was thy time, 
 the time of love. And I spread my skirt over tliee 
 and covered thy nakedness ; and I swore to thee, and 
 entered into covenant with thee, and thou becamest 
 mine. 
 
3G EZEKIEL. [Ch. XVI. 
 
 9 Then I washed thee with water, yea, I thoroughly 
 washed away thy blood from thee, and 1 anointed thee 
 
 10 with oil. I clothed thee also with broidered work, and 
 gave thee shoes of seal's skin, and wrapped thee about 
 
 n with fine linen, and covered thee with silk. And I 
 decked thee with ornaments, and put bracelets upon 
 
 12 thy hands, and a chain upon thy neck. And I put a 
 jewel in thy nostril, and ear-rings in thine ears, and a 
 
 13 beautiful crown upon thy head. Thus wast thou 
 adorned with gold and silver, and thy raiment was of 
 fine linen, and silk, and broidered work. Fine flour 
 and honey and oil didst thou eat ; and thou wast ex- 
 ceedino-ly beautiful, and didst prosper so as to become 
 
 14 a queen. And thy renown went forth among the na- 
 tions for thy beauty ; for it was perfect through my 
 comeliness, which I had put upon thee, saith the Lord, 
 
 15 Jehovah. But thou didst trust in thy beauty, and 
 didst play the harlot because of thy renown, and didst 
 lavish thy fornications on every one that passed by ; 
 
 16 his was it. And of thy garments thou didst take, and 
 didst make thee high places, spread with divers colors, 
 and didst play the harlot thereon, the like things to 
 which shall not come to pass, neither shall they be. 
 
 17 Thou didst take also thy fair jewels of my gold and 
 my silver, which I gave thee, and didst make to thy- 
 self images of men, and didst commit fornication with 
 
 18 them; and thou didst take thy broidered garments and 
 cover them ; and thou didst set mine oil and mine in- 
 
 19 cense before them. My food also, which I gave thee, 
 fine flour and oil and honey, wherewith I fed thee, thou 
 didst set it before them for a sweet savor ; even thus 
 it was, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 20 Moreover thou didst take thy sons and thy daughters, 
 
Ch. XVI.] EZEKIEL. 37- 
 
 whom thou didst bear to me, and these didst thou sac- 
 rifice to them to be devoured. Was it not enouo-h for 
 
 21 thee to commit fornication, that thou didst slay my 
 children, and deliver them up to cause them to pass 
 
 22 through the_ fire to them ? And in all thine abomina- 
 tions and thy fornications, thou didst not remember the 
 days of thy youth, when thou wast naked and bare, and 
 in danger of being trampled under foot in thy blood. 
 
 23 And it came to pass, after all thy wickedness, (woe, 
 
 24 woe to thee ! saith the Lord, Jehovah ;) that thou didst 
 build for thee an arched place, and make thee a hio-h 
 
 25 place in every street; at every head of the way didst 
 thou build thy high place, and didst make thy beauty to 
 be abhorred, and didst open thy feet to every one that 
 passed by, and didst multiply thy fornications. 
 
 2G Thou hast also committed fornication with the 
 Egyptians, thy neighbors, having great members, and 
 hast multiplied thy fornications to provoke me to anwer. 
 
 27 Therefore, behold, I have stretched out my hand 
 against thee, and have diminished thine allowance, and 
 delivered thee to the will of them that hate thee, the 
 daughters of the Philistines, who are ashamed of thy 
 
 28 lewd way. Thou hast also committed fornication with 
 the Assyrians, because thou wast insatiable; yea, thou 
 hast played the harlot with them, and yet couldst not be 
 
 29 satisfied. Thou hast also multiplied thy fornication with 
 the land of Canaan, even toChaldea; and yet wast thou 
 
 30 not satisfied therewith. IIow faint was thy heart, saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah, that thou didst all those things, which 
 
 31 an imperious, whorish wife doeth, in that thou didst build 
 thine arched place at the head of every way, and 
 madest thy high place in every street ! Thou wast not 
 
 32 like a harlot, who scoffeth at her hire, but as an adulter- 
 ous wife, that taketh strangers instead of her husband. 
 
 VOL. III. 4 
 
38 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XVI. 
 
 33 To all women that commit fornication men give a re- 
 ward ; but thou gavest thy gifts to all thy lovers, and 
 hiredst them to come to thee from every side to com- 
 
 34 mit fornication with thee. Thou wast the reverse of 
 other women in thy fornications. Noqe followed after 
 thee to commit fornication, but thou gavest the reward, 
 and no reward was given thee ; therefore thou wast the 
 reverse. 
 
 35 Wherefore, O harlot, hear the word of Jehovah ! 
 
 36 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah. Because thy treasure 
 was poured out, and thy nakedness discovered for 
 fornication before thy lovers, and all thine abominable 
 idols, and because of the blood of thy children, which 
 
 37 thou didst give to them ; therefore, behold, I will 
 gather all thy lovers, to whom thou wast pleasing, all 
 them that thou hast loved, with all them that thou hast 
 hated, I will gather them against thee round about, and 
 will uncover thy nakedness to them, that they may see 
 
 38 all thy nakedness. And I will judge thee, as women, 
 that break wedlock and shed blood, are judged, and I 
 
 39 will cause thy blood to flow in fury and jealousy. And 
 I will give thee into their hand, and they shall throw 
 down thine arched place, and break down thy high places. 
 They shall also strip thee of thy clothes, and leave thee 
 
 40 naked and bare. They shall also bring up a company 
 against thee, and they shall stone thee with stones, and 
 
 41 thrust thee through with their swords ; and they shall 
 burn thine houses with fire, and execute judgments 
 upon thee in the sight of many women ; and I will 
 cause thee to cease from playing the harlot, and thou 
 
 42 shalt give hire no more. So will I make my fury 
 toward thee to rest, and my jealousy shall depart from 
 thee ; and I will be quiet, and will be no more angry. 
 
€h. XVI.] EZEKIEL. 39 
 
 43 Because thou hast not remembered the days of thy 
 youth, but hast raged against me in all these things, 
 therefore I also will recompense thy way upon thy head, 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah, so that thou shall not commit 
 this wickedness in addition to all thy abominations. 
 
 44 Behold, all they that use proverbs shall utter this 
 proverb concerning thee, " As is the mother, so is the 
 
 45 daughter." Thou art the daughter of thy mother, that 
 loathed her husband and her children ; and thou art 
 the sister of thy sisters, that loathed their husbands and 
 their children ; your mother was a Hittite, and your 
 
 46 father an Aniorite. And thine elder sister is Samaria, 
 with her daughters, that dwelleth at thy left hand; and 
 thy younger sister, that dwelleth at thy right hand, 
 
 47 is Sodom, with her daughters. Yet thou hast not 
 walked in their ways, nor done according to their 
 abominations; that was disdained by you, as a very 
 little thing ; thou hast been more corrupt than they in 
 
 48 all thy ways. As I live ! saith the Lord, Jehovah, 
 Sodom, thy sister, hath not done, she nor her daughters, 
 
 49 as thou hast done, thou and thy daughters. Behold, 
 this was the iniquity of Sodom, thy sister ; in pride, 
 superabundance, and careless ease did she live, she and 
 her daughters, and the hand of the poor and needy she 
 
 50 did not strengthen ; and they were haughty and com- 
 mitted abomination before me ; therefore I took them 
 
 51 away, when I saw it. Neither hath Samaria committed 
 half of thy sins ; but thou hast multiplied thine abomi- 
 nations more than they, and hast justified thy sisters in 
 
 !>i all thine abominations, which thou hast done. Now, 
 therefore, bear thou thy shame, to which thou hast 
 condemned thy sisters, since by tliy sins which thou 
 
40 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xvr 
 
 hast committed, more abominable than they, they are 
 more righteous than thou. Yea, be thou confounded 
 and bear thy shame, in that thou hast justified thy 
 
 53 sisters. Yet I will bring them back from their cap- 
 tivity, even Sodom and her daughters from their cap- 
 tivity, and Samaria and her daughters from their 
 captivity ; thee also will I bring back from thy cap- 
 
 54 tivity in the midst of them ; that thou mayst bear thy 
 shame, and mayst be confounded on account of all 
 which thou hast done, in that thou art a comfort to 
 
 55 them. And thy sisters, Sodom and her daughters, shall 
 return to their former estate, and Samaria and her 
 daughters shall return to their former estate, and thou 
 and thy daughters shall return to your former estate. 
 
 56 And yet Sodom, thy sister, was not mentioned by thy 
 
 57 mouth in the day of thy pride, before thy wicked- 
 ness was discovered, as in the time of thy reproach 
 from the daughters of Syria, and from all that were 
 round about her, and from the daughters of the Phi- 
 
 53 listines, who despised thee round about. Thy wicked- 
 ness and thine abominations must thou now bear, saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 59 For thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will do to thee 
 as thou hast done, who hast despised the oath and 
 
 60 hast broken the covenant. But I will remember my 
 covenant with thee in the days of thy youth, and I will 
 
 61 establish with thee an everlasting covenant. Then 
 shalt thou remember thy ways, and be ashamed, when 
 thou shalt receive thy sisters, thine elder and thy 
 younger, and 1 shall give them to thee for daughters, 
 
 62 but not by thy observance of thy covenant. But I will 
 establish my covenant with thee, and thou shalt know 
 
 63 that 1 am Jehovah ; that thou mayst remember and be 
 
Ch. XVII.] EZEKIEL. 41 
 
 confounded, and not open thy mouth any more for 
 shame, when I forgive thee all, which thou hast done, 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 XL 
 
 Zedekiah's fate set forth in the parable of the two eagles, and its ex- 
 plication. Promise of a glorious king. — Ch. xvii, 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, put forth a riddle, and speak a parable to 
 
 3 the house of Israel ; and say, Thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; A great eagle, with great wings, with long 
 feathers, full of plumage, which had divers colors, came 
 to Lebanon, and took the highest branch of a cedar. 
 
 4 He cropped off the top of its young twigs, and carried 
 it into a land of traffic ; he set it in a city of mer- 
 
 ^ chants. He took also one of the shoots of the land, 
 and put it in a fruitful field ; he placed it by great 
 
 6 waters, and set it as a willow-tree. And it grew and 
 became a spreading vine, of low stature, whose 
 branches turned towards him, and whose roots were 
 under hitn. It became a vine, that brought forth 
 branches, and shot forth boughs. 
 
 7 There was also another great eagle with great wings, 
 and many featliers ; and behold, this vine bent its roots 
 toward him, and shot forth its branches toward him, 
 that he might water it from the beds, where it was 
 
 6 planted. And yet it was planted in a good soil, by 
 4* 
 
42 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XVII. 
 
 great waters, that it might bring forth branches, and 
 9 that it might bear fruit, and be a goodly vine. Say 
 thou, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Shall it prosper ? 
 Shall not he pull up its roots, and cut off its fruit, that 
 it wither ? In all the leaves of its branching shall it 
 wither; even without a mighty arm, or many people, 
 
 10 shall he pluck it up by the roots. Yea, behold, it is 
 planted ; but shall it prosper ? Shall it not utterly 
 wither, when the east wind toucheth it? It shall 
 wither in the beds where it grew. 
 
 11 Moreover the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 12 Say now to the rebellious house. Know ye not what 
 these things mean 1 Say, behold, the king of Babylon 
 came to Jerusalem ; and took her king and her princes, 
 
 13 and led them with him to Babylon ; and took one of 
 the king's offspring, and made a covenant with him, 
 and took an oath of him ; and the mighty of the land 
 
 14 he took away, that the kingdom might be brought low, 
 so as not to lift itself up ; that the covenant might be 
 
 15 kept, and stand. But he rebelled against him, in send- 
 ing his ambassadors into Egypt, that they might give 
 him horses and much people. Shall he prosper ? 
 Shall he escape, that doeth such things? Shall he 
 
 16 break the covenant, and be delivered 1 As 1 live ! saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah, surely in the place where the king 
 dwelleth, that made him king, whose oath he despised, 
 and whose covenant he broke, even with him in the 
 
 n midst of Babylon shall he die. Neither shall Pharaoh 
 with his mighty army and great multitude accomplish 
 anything for him in war, when they shall cast up 
 
 18 mounts, and build forts to cut off many persons. He 
 hath despised the oath, and broken the covenant; be- 
 hold, he bath given the hand, and yet done all these 
 
Ch. XVII.] EZEKIEL. 43 
 
 19 things ; he shall not escape ! Therefore thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; As I live! surely mine oath, which he 
 hath despised, and my covenant, which he hath broken, 
 
 20 will I recompense upon his own head. And I will 
 spread my net upon him, and he shall be taken in my 
 snare, and I will bring him to Babylon, and will con- 
 tend with him there for his trespass, which he hath 
 
 21 committed against me. And all his fugitives with all 
 his hosts shall fall by the sword, and they that remain 
 shall be scattered to all the winds ; and ye shall know 
 that I, Jehovah, have spoken it. 
 
 22 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; I also will take from 
 the top of the high cedar, and will set it; and from the 
 highest of its twigs will I crop a tender one, and plant 
 
 23 it upon a high and lofty mountain. Upon a high 
 mountain of Israel will I plant it, and it shall bring 
 forth boughs, and bear fruit, and be a goodly cedar; and 
 under it shall dwell birds of every wing; in the 
 
 24 shadow of its branches shall they dwell. And all the 
 trees of the field shall know, that I, Jehovah, have 
 brought down the high tree, and exalted the low tree ; 
 that I have dried up the green tree, and made the dry 
 tree green. I, Jehovah, have spoken, and will do it. 
 
44 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xviir. 
 
 XII. 
 
 The equity of God's dealings. — -Ch. xviii. 
 
 1 The word of Jehovah came to me again, saying ; 
 
 a What mean ye, that ye use this proverb concerning the 
 
 land of Israel, saying; "The fathers have eaten sour 
 
 3 grapes, and the children's teeth are set on edge " ? As 
 I live ! saith the Lord, Jehovah, ye shall not have occa- 
 
 4 sion any more to use this proverb in Israel. Behold, 
 all souls are mine; as the soul of the father, so also 
 the soul of the son, is mine ; the soul that sinneth it 
 
 5 shall die. But if a man be just, and do that which is 
 
 6 lawful and right; if he eat not upon the mountains, 
 and lift not up his eyes to the idols of the house of 
 Israel, and defile not his neighbor's wife, and come not 
 
 7 near a woman during her uncleanness; if he oppress 
 not any, if he restore to the debtor his pledge, spoil 
 none by violence, give his bread to the hungry, and 
 
 8 cover the naked with a garment ; if he give not forth 
 upon usury, and take not increase ; if he withdraw his 
 hand from iniquity, and give true judgment between 
 
 y man and man ; if he walk in my statutes and keep my 
 commandments, to deal uprightly, he is just ; he shall 
 surely live, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 10 But if he have a son, that is a robber, a shedder of 
 blood, and that doeth to his brother any of these 
 
 11 things, and doetli not all those duties, but eateth upon 
 
 12 the mountains, and defileth his neighbor's wife, oppress- 
 eth the poor and needy, spoileth by violence, restoreth 
 not the pledge, lifteth up his eyes to idols, and com- 
 
 13 mitteth abomination, giveth forth upon usury, and 
 taketh increase ; shall he live? No! he shall not live. 
 
Ch. xvrii.] EZEKIEL. 45 
 
 He hath done all these abominations ; he shall surely 
 die; his blood shall be upon him. 
 H Yet lo, if he have a son that seeth all the sins, 
 which his father committed, that seeth them and doeth 
 
 15 not such like, that eateth not upon the mountains, nor 
 lifteth up his eyes to the idols of the house of Israel, 
 
 16 nor defileth his neighbor's wife, nor oppresseth any, nor 
 taketh a pledge, nor spoileth by violence, but giveth his 
 food to the hungry, and covereth the naked with a gar- 
 
 17 ment, keepeth back his hand from the poor, and taketh 
 no usury or increase, keepeth my commandments, 
 and walketh in my statutes, he shall not die for the 
 
 18 iniquity of his father, he shall surely live. As for his 
 father, because he cruelly oppressed, spoiled his 
 brother by violence, and did that which is not good 
 
 19 among his people, lo, he shall die for his iniquity. 
 
 Yet say ye, " Why ? Doth not the son bear the iniquity 
 of the father ? " When the son doeth that which is law- 
 ful and right, keepeth all my statutes and doeth therr>, 
 
 20 he shall surely live. The soul that sinneth, it shall die. 
 The son shall not bear the iniquity of the father, 
 neither shall the father bear the iniquity of the son. 
 The righteousness of the righteous shall be upon him, 
 and the wickedness of the wicked shall be upon him. 
 
 •21 But if the wicked will turn from all his sins, which he 
 hath committed, and keep all my statutes, and do that 
 which is lawful and right, he shall surely live, he shall 
 
 •i2 not die. None of his transgressions, which he hath 
 committed, shall be remembered unto him ; for his 
 
 •23 righteousness, which he hath done, he shall live. Have 
 I any pleasure at all that the wicked should die, saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah, and not that he should turn from 
 
 34 his ways and live ? But when the righteous turneth 
 
46 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xviii. 
 
 from his righteousness, and conimitteth iniquity, and 
 doeth according to all the abominations, which the 
 wicked man doeth, shall he live? All his righteousness, 
 which he hath done, shall not be remembered ; for his 
 trespass which he hath trespassed, and for his sin 
 which he hath sinned, for them shall he die. 
 
 S5 Yet ye say, " The way of the Lord is not right." Hear 
 now, O house of Israel ! Is not my way right ] Is it 
 
 2G not your ways that are not right? When a righteous 
 man turneth from his righteousness, and committeth 
 iniquity, and on this account dieth, for his iniquity 
 
 27 which he hath done, doth he die. And when the 
 wicked man turneth from his iniquity, which he hath 
 committed, and doeth that which is lawful and right, 
 
 28 he shall save his soul alive. Because he considereth 
 and turneth from all his transgressions, which he hath 
 committed, he shall surely live, he shall not die. 
 
 29 Yet saith the house of Israel, " The way of the Lord 
 is not right." O house of Israel, are not my ways right? 
 
 30 Is it not your ways that are not right ? Therefore I 
 will judge you, O house of Israel, every one according 
 to his ways, saith the Lord, Jehovah. Turn ye, turn 
 yourselves from all your transgressions, so that iniquity 
 
 31 may not be your ruin. Cast away from you all your 
 transgressions, which ye have committed, and make 
 you a new heart, and a new spirit ! For why will ye 
 
 32 die, O house of Israel ? For I have no pleasure in the 
 death of him tiiat dieth, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 Wherefore turn yourselves and live ! 
 
Ch. XIX.] EZEKIEI.. 47 
 
 XIII. 
 
 Parables concerning the calamities which befel the successors of Jo- 
 siah, and the people. — Ch. xix. 
 
 1 Moreover, take thou up a lamentation for the prin- 
 
 2 ces of Israel, and say ; 
 
 How lay thy mother at ease, a lioness among lions! 
 Among young lions she nourished her whelps ; 
 
 3 And she brought up one of her whelps, 
 He became a young lion. 
 
 And he learned to seize the prey ; he devoured men. 
 
 4 Then the nations heard of him ; he was taken in their 
 
 pit; 
 And they brought him with nose-rings to the land of 
 Egypt. 
 
 5 And when she saw that she waited in vain, and that 
 
 her hope was lost. 
 She took another of her whelps, and she made him a 
 young lion. 
 
 6 And he went up and down among the lions ; he be- 
 
 came a young lion. 
 And he learned to seize the prey ; he devoured men. 
 
 7 He knew their widows, and laid waste their cities, 
 And the land was desolate, and all that was therein, 
 
 before the voice of his roaring. 
 
 8 Then the nations set themselves against him on every 
 
 side from the provinces. 
 And spread their net over him ; 
 He was taken in their pit. 
 
 9 And they put him with nose-rings into a cage. 
 And brought him to the king of Babylon ; 
 
48 EZEKIEL. Ch. XIX. 
 
 And they carried him to a strong-hold, 
 That his voice might be heard no more 
 Upon the mountains of Israel. 
 
 10 Thy mother was as thyself, like a vine planted by the 
 waters ; 
 She was fruitful and full of branches by reason of 
 many waters ; 
 n She had strong rods for sceptres of rulers. 
 
 And her stature was high among the thick branches, 
 So that she was conspicuous in her height, 
 And the multitude of her branches. 
 
 12 But she was plucked up in fury. 
 She was cast down to the ground, 
 And the east wind dried up her fruit. 
 
 Her strong rods were broken and withered ; 
 The fire consumed them. 
 
 13 And now she is planted in the desert, 
 In a dry and thirsty land. 
 
 14 And a fire is gone forth out of a rod of her branches, 
 Which hath devoured her fruit. 
 
 So that she hath no strong rod to be a sceptre to rule. 
 
 This is a lamentation, and it shall be for a lamenta- 
 tion. 
 
Ch. XX.] EZEKIEL. 49 
 
 XIV. 
 
 The prophet lehearscth the rebellions of Israel. Israel is threatened. 
 A promise of mercy. — Ch. xx. 1-44. 
 
 1 And it came to pass in the seventh year, in the fifth 
 month, on the tenth day of the month, that certain of 
 the elders of Israel came to inquire of Jehovah, and 
 
 2 sat before me. Then came the word of Jehovah to 
 
 3 me, saying; Son of man, speak to the elders of Israel, 
 and say to them, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; Are 
 ye come to inquire of me ? As I live, saith the Lord, 
 
 4 Jehovah, I will not be inquired of by you. Punish 
 them, punish them, son of man, cause them to know 
 
 5 the abominations of their fathers, and say to them, 
 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; At the time, when I 
 chose Israel, I lifted up my hand to the race of the 
 house of Jacob, and made myself known to them in 
 the land of Egypt; I lifted up ray hand to them, and 
 
 6 said ; I am Jehovah, your God. At that time I lifted 
 up my hand to them, that I would bring them forth out 
 of the land of Egypt, into a land, which I had looked 
 out for them, flowing with milk and honey, the glory of 
 
 7 all lands. And I said to them, Cast ye away from you 
 every one the abomination of his eyes, and defile not 
 yourselves with the idols of Egypt ! I am Jehovah, 
 your God. 
 
 8 But they rebelled against me, and would not 
 hearken to me; they did not every one cast away 
 the abominations of his eyes, neither did they forsake 
 the idols of Egypt. Then I said, that I would pour 
 out my fury upon them, that I would accomplish mine 
 anger against them in the midst of the land of Eo-ypt, 
 
 VOL. III. 5 
 
50 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XX. 
 
 9 But I acted for my name's sake, that it might not be 
 polluted in the sight of the nations, in the midst of 
 whom they were; and before their eyes I made myself 
 known to them, in bringing them forth out of the land 
 
 10 of Egypt. And I brought them forth out of the land 
 
 11 of Egypt, and led them into the wilderness. And I 
 gave them my statutes, and made known to them my 
 laws, through which the man that keepeth them shall 
 
 12 live. Also I gave them my sabbaths, that they might 
 be a sign between me and them, that they might know 
 that I, Jehovah, sanctify them. 
 
 13 But the house of Israel rebelled against me in the 
 desert ; they walked not in my statutes, and they de- 
 spised my laws, through which the man that keepeth 
 thera shall live, and my sabbaths they greatly polluted. 
 Then I said that I would pour out my fury upon them 
 
 14 in the desert, to consume them. But I acted for my 
 name's sake, that it might not be polluted before the 
 
 15 nations, in whose sight I brought them forth. Yet I 
 lifted up my hand to them in the desert, that I would 
 not bring them into the land, which I had given them, 
 flowing with milk and honey, the glory of all lands ; 
 
 16 because they despised my laws, and walked not in my 
 statutes, but polluted my sabbaths; for their heart went 
 
 17 after their idols. Nevertheless mine eye spared them, 
 so that I did not destroy them ; neither did I make an 
 end of them in the desert. 
 
 18 And I said to their sons in the desert, Walk ye not 
 in the statutes of your fathers, neither observe their 
 
 19 ordinances, nor defile yourselves with their idols! I 
 am Jehovah, your God ; walk in my statutes, and keep 
 
 20 niy ordinances, and do them. And hallow my sabbaths, 
 that they may be a sigu between me and you, that ye 
 may know that I am Jehovah, your God. 
 
Ch. XX.] EZEKIEL. 51 
 
 ■21 But the sons rebelled against me ; they walked not 
 in my statutes, neitlier kept they my ordinances to do 
 them, through which the man that doeth them shall 
 live, and they polluted my sabbaths. Then T said that 
 I would pour out my fury upon them, and accomplish 
 
 22 mine anger upon them in the desert. Nevertheless 
 I held back my hand, and acted for my name's sake, 
 that it should not be polluted before the nations, in 
 
 23 whose sight I brought them forth. I also lifted up my 
 hand against them in the desert, that I would scatter 
 them among the nations, and disperse them through 
 
 24 the countries ; because they did not observe mine or- 
 dinances, but despised my statutes, and polluted my sab- 
 baths, and their eyes were after the idols of their fathers. 
 
 25 Moreover I gave them statutes that were not good, and 
 
 26 ordinances by which they should not live. And I 
 polluted them in their offerings, in that they caused 
 every first-born child to pass through the fire, that I 
 might destroy them, to the end that they might know 
 that I am Jehovah. 
 
 27 Therefore, speak to the house of Israel, O son of 
 man, and say to them; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; 
 Yet in this your fathers dishonored me, and trespassed 
 
 28 against me. For when I had brought them into the 
 land concerning which I lifted up my hand, that I 
 would give it to them, then they saw every high hill, 
 and all the thick trees, and there they offered their 
 sacrifices, and there they presented their provoking 
 oblation, and there they brought their sweet savor, and 
 
 23 there they poured out their drink-offerings. Then I 
 said to them, What is the high place to which ye go? 
 Yet is it called The High Place unto this day. 
 
52 EZKlvMCL. [Ch. XX. 
 
 30 Tlicrnforo say to the house of Israel, TIiiih saith the 
 Lord, Jehovali ; Are ye j)olhjle(l after tlie tnaniier of 
 your fatliers, and do ye coniiiiit l'()riii(;ati(»ii according to 
 
 31 their abominations, and by olFeriiiir your gifts, and 
 causing your sons to pass through th(! hre, are ye pol- 
 luted vvitii all your idols ev(;n to tliis day, and shall I 
 be incpiired ol" by you, () house of Israel ? As I live, saith 
 the Lord, Jelif)v.ih, I will not be inquired of by you ! 
 
 aa And that \vhi(;li coniclli into your mind sIimII not come 
 to pass, vvluMi ye say, " We will be as the nations, as the 
 families of the countries, worshipping wood and stone." 
 
 33 As 1 live, sailh ihc Lord, Jchovali, surely with a 
 mighty hand, and with a stretched out arm, and with 
 
 34 fury poured out will I rule over you. And 1 will bring 
 you forth from the nations, and gather yon from the 
 countries, wherein ye are scattered, with a mighty 
 hand, and with a stretched out arm, and with Jury 
 
 35 poured out. And I will bring you into the (l<!scrt of 
 the nations, and there will I contend with you face to 
 
 3G face. Even as i coiMcniI(mI with your lathers in the 
 desert of the l;nid of I'-gypt, so also will I contend with 
 
 37 you, saith the FiOrd, .Jehovah. And I will cause you 
 to pass nndcM' the rod, and I will bring you into the 
 
 38 bond of the covenant. And I will purge out from 
 auiong you the rebels, and them that transgress agaiiist 
 me ; out of the country, where they sojourn, will [ 
 bring them forth, but they shall not enter into the land 
 of lsra<'l ; and ye shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 30 As for you, () hous(> of Israel, thus sailh the [>ord, 
 Jehovah ; (lo ye, serve ye every one his idols in hituro 
 also, if ye will not obey nie ! J'ut pollute ye my holy 
 
 ■lit name no more; with your gilts and your idols ! For 
 ui)()n my holy mountain, upon the lofty moiuitain of 
 Israel, there shall all the house of Israel, all that are iu 
 
Ch. XX.] KZKKIKL. 53 
 
 the land, serve me; llieie will J accept them, and there 
 will J re<niire your oilerinrrs, and the lirst iVuits ol" your 
 oblations, with all thinos, which ye consecrate to me. 
 
 41 T will acce[)t you as a sweet savor, when I brin<r you 
 forth from the nations, and gather you from the coun- 
 tries, wherein ye have been scattered, and will thiough 
 
 4-2 you be honored before the eyes of the nations. And 
 ye shall know that I am J(diovah, when I bring you 
 into the land of Israel, inlo (he country concerning 
 which I lifted up my hand, that i would give it to your 
 
 43 fathers. And there shall ye remember your ways, and 
 all your doings, wherein ye have been polluted ; and 
 ye shall loathe yourselves for all your evil deeds, which 
 
 44 ye have committed. And ye shall know that I am 
 Jehovah, when 1 deal with you for my uanui's sake, not 
 according to your evil ways, nor according to your 
 corru])t doings, O ye house of Israel, saith the J^ord, 
 Jehovah. 
 
 XV. 
 
 The dcslrnctioii of Jiidpa Uy ll)c Cliiildcans. — Cir. xx. 45 - xxi. 27. 
 The dustructioii of the Atiiiiioiiitijs. — ('ic. xxi. 28-^2. 
 
 45 Ani> the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 46 Sou of man, set thy face toward the south, and drop 
 thy word against the south, and prophesy against the 
 
 47 forest of the field in the south; and say to the forest of 
 the south, Hear the word of Jehovah ! Thus aaith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I will kindle in thee a fire, 
 
 5* 
 
54 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xxr. 
 
 wlipch shall devour every green tree and every dry tree 
 within thee; the fierce flame shall not be quenched, and 
 all parts from the south to the north shall be burned 
 
 48 therein. And all flesh shall see, that I, Jehovah, have 
 kindled it ; it shall not be quenched. 
 
 49 And I said. Ah, Lord, Jehovah, they say of me, 
 
 1 " Doth he not speak in parables ? " Then came the word 
 
 2 of Jehovah to me, saying ; Son of man, set thy face 
 toward Jerusalem, and drop thy word toward the holy 
 
 3 places, and prophesy against the land of Israel, and 
 say to the land of Israel, Thus saith Jehovah; Behold, 
 I am against thee, and I will draw forth my sword out 
 of its sheath, and will cut off from thee the righteous 
 
 1 and the wicked. Seeing then that I cut off from thee 
 the righteous and the wicked, therefore shall my sword 
 go forth out of its sheath against all flesh from the 
 
 5 south to the north. And all flesh shall know, that I, 
 Jehovah, have drawn forth my sword out of its sheath; 
 
 6 it shall not return any more. Thou, therefore, O son 
 of man, sigh ! With the breaking of thy loins, and 
 
 7 with bitterness, sigh before their eyes ! And when they 
 shall say to thee, " Wherefore sighest thou?" thou shalt 
 say, " For the rumor, because it cometh ; and every 
 heart shall melt, and all hands shall be feeble, and 
 every spirit shall fail, and all knees shall flow with 
 water. Behold it cometh, it shall be brought to pass» 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah." 
 
 8 Also the word of Jehovah came t& me, saying^;^ 
 
 9 Sort of man, prophesy and say. Thus saith Jehovah-; 
 Say, the sword, the sword is sharpened and furbished. 
 
 10 It is sharpened, that it may make sore slaughter ; it is 
 
 furbished, that it may glitter. Or shall we make mirth? 
 
 Ji The staff of my son despiseth every rod. And he gave 
 
Ch. XXI.] EZEKIEL. 55 
 
 it to be furbished, that it might be handled. The 
 sword is sharpened and furbished, to be given into the 
 
 12 hand of the slayer. Cry and howl, son of man ! for 
 it Cometh upon my people, upon all the princes of 
 Israel. They are given up to the sword with my peo- 
 
 13 pie. Therefore smi 
 made. And what 
 be no more ? saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 iveu up uu Liie swuru wiiii jiiy peu- 
 
 iiite upon tiiy thigh. The trial is 2. 
 if even the contemning iMbshould •'wS^M^ 
 
 14 Thou, therefore, son of man, prophesy, and smite 
 thine hands together ! for twice, yea thrice, cometh the 
 sword, a sword of slaughter, a sword of great slaugh- 
 
 13 ter, that besetteth them on every side. That their 
 hearts may faint, and their overthrown may be multi- 
 plied, I have set the terror of the sword against all their 
 gates. Ah, how is it made to glitter, polished for 
 
 16 slaughter ! Unite thyself, smite to the right, prepare 
 thyself, smite to the left, whithersoever thine edge is 
 
 IT turned ! I also will smite my hands together, and cause 
 mine anger to cease. I, Jehovah, have spoken it. 
 
 18 The word of Jehovah came to me again, saying ; 
 
 19 Do thou, son of man, appoint thee two ways, by which 
 the sword of the king of Babylon may come; from one 
 land shall both of them come ; and choose thou a 
 place, choose it at the head of the way to the city. 
 
 20 Appoint a way, that the sword may come towards 
 Rabbath of the sons of Ammon, and towards Judah, 
 
 21 to Jerusalem, the fenced city. For the king of Baby- 
 lon shall stand at the parting of the way, at the head 
 of the two ways, to use divination ; he shall shake 
 together his arrows, he shall consult the teraphim;, he 
 
 22 shall look at thie liver. With his right hand shall he 
 take the lot, Jerusalem; to. set battering-rams, to open 
 
56 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXI, 
 
 the mouth with the war-cry, to lift up the voice in 
 shouting, to set battering-rams against the gates, to 
 
 23 cast up a mount, to build a tower. And this shall 
 appear a false divination in their sight, because they 
 swore oaths to them. But he shall call to remembrance 
 their iniquity, that they may be taken. 
 
 24 'Itturefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Because 
 ye make your iniquity to be remembered, in that your 
 transgressions are discovered, so that in ail your doings 
 your sins do appear, because, I say, ye bring your- 
 selves into remembrance, ye shall be taken with that 
 
 25 hand. And thou, profane, wicked prince of Israel, 
 whose day cometh in the time when iniquity bringeth 
 
 26 destruction ! thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Remove 
 the diadem, and take off the crown ! It shall be no 
 more. I exalt him that is low, and abase him that is 
 
 27 high. I will destroy, destroy, destroy it ; and it shall 
 be no more, until he come, to whom judgment belong- 
 eth, and to whom I shall give it. 
 
 28 And thou, son of man, prophesy, and say; Thus 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah, concerning the sons of Am- 
 mon and their reproach ; even say thou. The sword, 
 the sword is drawn ; to slay, to consume, is it fur- 
 
 29 bished, so that it glitters. While they see deceit for 
 thee, and prophesy falsehood, that it may bring thee 
 upon the necks of the wicked, that are slain, whose 
 day cometh in the time when iniquity bringeth destruc- 
 
 30 tion. Return the sword into its sheath ! In the place 
 where thou wast created, in the land of thy nativity, I 
 
 31 will judge thee, and I will pour upon thee my indigna- 
 tion, I will blow upon thee in the tire of my wrath, and 
 deliver thee into the hands of brutal men, skilful to 
 
 32 destroy. Thou shalt be fuel for the fire ; thy blood 
 
Ch. XXII.] EZEKIEL. 57 
 
 shall be in the midst of the land; men shall no more 
 remember thee. I, Jehovah, have spoken it. 
 
 XVI. 
 
 Sins and punishment of Jerusalem. — Ch. xxii. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Puni.sh, punish, O son of man, the city of blood, and 
 
 3 show her all her abominations, and say. Thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; O city, that sheddest blood in the 
 midst of thee, that thy time may come, and makest 
 
 4 idols, to defile thyself! Through the blood, which thou 
 sheddest, thou bringest guilt upon thyself, and through 
 the idols, which thou makest, thou pollutest thyself, 
 and thou causest thy days to draw near, and comest to 
 thy years. Therefore do 1 make thee a reproach to the 
 
 5 nations, and a derision to all countries. Those, that 
 are near, and those, that are far from thee, shall mock 
 thee, as infamous, full of confusion. 
 
 G Behold the princes of Israel ! Every one employs his 
 
 7 arm within thee to shed blood. In thee they set light 
 by father and mother; in thee are they guilty of op- 
 pression to the stranger ; in thee do they oppress the 
 
 8 fatherless and the widow. Thou hast despised my 
 
 9 holy things, and profaned my sabbaths. In thee are 
 men who carry tales, that they may shed blood ; in 
 thee do they eat upon the mountains ; in the midst of 
 
 10 thee do they commit lewdness. In thee doth the son 
 uncover the father's nakedness ; in thee do they lie 
 
58 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXII. 
 
 11 with H woman in her uncleanness. And one commit- 
 teth abomination with his neighbor's wife; and another, 
 with incestuous lewdness, defileth his daughter-in-law ; 
 and in thee another lieth with his sister, his father's 
 
 12 daughter. In thee do they take a reward to shed 
 blood. Thou takest usury and increase, and thou hast 
 enriched thyself from thy neighbor by extortion, and 
 
 13 hast forgotten me, saith the Lord, Jehovah. There- 
 fore, behold, 1 have smitten my hands together at thy 
 dishonest gain, which thou hast made, and at the blood, 
 
 14 whicli hath been shed in the midst of thee. Can thy heart 
 endure, or can thy hands be strong, in the day when I 
 shall deal with thee ? I, Jehovah, have spoken it, and 
 
 15 will do it. I will scatter thee among the nations, and 
 disperse thee in the countries, and will consume thine 
 
 16 impurity out of thee ; and thou shalt through thyself 
 be profaned before the eyes of the nations, and thou 
 shalt know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 17 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 18 Son of man, the house of Israel is to me become dross; 
 all of them are brass, and tin, and iron, and lead, in 
 the midst of the furnace ; they are the dross of silver. 
 
 ID Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; Because ye 
 are all of you become dross, therefore, behold, I will 
 
 90 gather you into the midst of Jerusalem. As men 
 gather silver, and brass, and iron, and lead, and tin, 
 into the midst of the furnace, to blow the fire upon it, 
 to melt it, so will I gather you in my anger and in my 
 
 21 fury, and I will place you there and melt you. Yea, I 
 will gather you, and blow upon you with the fire of my 
 wrath, and ye shall be melted in the midst thereof. 
 
 92 As silver is melted in the midst of the furnace, so shall 
 ye be melted in the midst thereof; and ye shall know 
 that I, Jehovah, have poured out my fury upon you. 
 
Ch. XXII.] EZKKIEL. 59 
 
 23 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 24 Son of man, say to her, Tliou art a land, that is not 
 cleansed, nor rained upon, in the day of indignation. 
 
 25 There is a conspiracy of her prophets in the midst of 
 her ; like a roaring lion, tearing the prey, they devour 
 the lives of men ; they take possession of treasures 
 and precious things, and make many widows in the 
 
 26 midst of her. Her priests violate my law, and pro- 
 fane my holy things. They make no distinction be- 
 tween the holy and profane, and show not the differ- 
 ence between the clean and the unclean ; and they 
 hide their eyes from my sabbaths, and I am profaned 
 
 27 among them. Her princes in the midst of her are like 
 wolves tearing the prey. They shed blood, they de- 
 
 28 stroy life, that they may get gain. Her prophets daub 
 for them with untempered mortar, seeing falsehood, 
 and divining to them, saying, " Thus saith the Lord, 
 
 29 Jehovah," when Jehovah hath not spoken. The people 
 of the land are guilty of oppression, and practise 
 robbery, and distress the poor and needy ; yea, they 
 
 30 oppress the stranger, and have no justice. I have 
 sought for a man among them, that should make a wall, 
 and stand in the gap before me for the land, that I 
 
 31 might not destroy it; but I found none. Therefore 
 will I pour out my indignation upon them; I will con- 
 sume them with the fire of my wrath ; I will bring 
 their way upon their heads, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
60 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXIII. 
 
 XVII. 
 
 The wickedness and impiety of Judea and Samaria set forth under the 
 image of two adulterous women. Their punishment. — Ch. xxiii. 
 
 1 The word of Jehovah came to me again, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, there were two women, daughters of one 
 
 3 mother ; and they committed fornication in Egypt ; in 
 their youth they committed fornication. There they 
 allowed their breasts to be pressed, and their virgin 
 
 4 teats to be handled. Their names were Aholah, the 
 elder, and Aholibah, her sister ; and they became mine, 
 and bore sons and daughters ; as to their names, 
 moreover, Aholah is Samaria, and Aholibah, Jerusalem. 
 
 5 And Aholah played the harlot, when she was mine; 
 and she doted on her lovers, on the Assyrians, her 
 
 6 neighbors, who were clothed with blue, captains and 
 rulers, all of them desirable young men, horsemen, riding 
 
 7 on horses. Thus she committed fornication with them, 
 with all the choice young men of Assyria, and with all 
 on whom she doted ; with all their idols she defiled 
 
 8 herself Neither forsook she her whoredoms brought 
 from Egypt; for they lay with her in her youth, and 
 handled the breasts of her virginity, and poured their 
 
 9 fornication upon her. Wherefore I delivered her into 
 the hand of her lovers, into the hand of the Assyrians, 
 
 10 upon whom she doted. These uncovered her naked- 
 ness ; they took her sons and her daughters, and slew 
 her with the sword ; and she became famous among 
 women, when they had executed judgment upon her. 
 
 11 And her sister, Aholibah, saw this, but she was more 
 corrupt in her inordinate love than she, and in her 
 whoredoms, more than her sister in her whoredoms. 
 
Ch. XXIII.] EZEKIEL. 61 
 
 12 She doted upon the Assyrians, her neighbors, prefects 
 and rulers clothed most gorgeously, horsemen riding 
 
 13 upon liorses, all of them desirable young men. Then 
 I saw that she was defiled ; that they both took one 
 
 14 way. But she added to her whoredoms ; for she saw 
 men portrayed upon the wall, images of Chaldeans 
 
 15 portrayed with vermilion, girded with girdles upon their 
 loins, and having long mitres hanging down from their 
 heads, in their appearance all of them princes, after 
 the manner of the sons of Babylon, of Chaldea, the 
 
 16 land of their nativity, and as soon as she cast her eyes 
 upon them, she doted on them, and sent messengers 
 
 17 to them into Chaldea. And the sons of Babylon came 
 to her into the bed of love, and they defiled her with 
 their whoredoms, and she was polluted with them. 
 
 18 She then became alienated from them. So she dis- 
 covered her fornications, and discovered her nakedness. 
 
 -Then my mind was alienated from her, as it had been 
 
 19 alienated from her sister. For she multiplied her whore- 
 doms, in calling to remembrance the days of her youth, 
 wherein she played the harlot in the land of Egypt ; for 
 
 20 she doted oti their paramours, whose members were as 
 the members of asses, and whose issue was as the issue of 
 
 21 horses. Thus thou calledst to remembrance the lewd- 
 ness of thy youth, when thy teats uere handled by the 
 Egyptians, on account of the paps of thy youth. 
 
 •2i Therefore, O Aholibah, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 Behold, I will raise up against thee thy lovers, from 
 whom thou art alienated, and 1 will bring them against 
 
 23 thee on every side, the Babylonians and all the Chal- 
 deans, prefects, rich men, and nobles, and all the As- 
 syrians with them, all of them desirable young men, 
 prefects and rulers, captains and men of renown, all of 
 
 24 them riding upon horses. And they shall come against 
 VOL. in. 6 
 
62 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xxiir. 
 
 thee with arms, chariots and wheels, and with hosts of 
 "people; with buckler, and shield, and helmet shall they 
 set themselves against thee on every side. And 1 will 
 commit to them judgment, and they shall punish thee 
 
 25 according to their punishments. And 1 will set my 
 jealousy against thee, and they shall deal with thee in 
 fury ; they shall take away thy nose and thine ears, 
 and thy posterity shall fall by the sword. They shall 
 take away thy sons and thy daughters, and thy posteri- 
 
 ac ty shall be consumed with fire. They shall also strip 
 thee of thy garments, and take away thy fair jewels. 
 
 27 Thus will I make thy lewdness to cease from thee, and 
 thy whoredom brought from the land of Egypt, so that 
 thou shalt not lift thine eyes to them, nor remember 
 
 28 Egypt any more. For thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 Behold, I will deliver thee into the hand of them 
 whom thou hatest, into the hand of them from whom 
 
 29 thou art alienated. And they shall deal with thee in ha- 
 tred, and take away all the fruits of thy labor from thee, 
 and shall leave thee naked and bare ; and thy naked- 
 ness shall be uncovered, with which thou hast commit- 
 ted lewdness, and fornication, and foul whoredom. 
 
 30 These things will I do to thee, because thou hast com- 
 mitted whoredom with the nations, and hast been pol- 
 
 31 luted with their idols. Thou hast walked' in the way of 
 thy sister, therefore will I give her cup into thy hand. 
 
 32 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Tiiou shalt drink of 
 thy sister's cup, which is deep and large : it shall make 
 thee a laughing-stock and a derision, for it containeth 
 
 33 much. Thou shalt be filled with drunkenness and 
 sorrow. A cup of astonishment and amazement is the 
 
 34 cup of thy sister Samaria. Thou shalt even drink it 
 and suck it out, and lick the sherds, and thou shalt 
 tear thy breasts. For I have spoken it, saith the Lord, 
 
Ch. XXIII.] EZEKIEL. 63 
 
 35 Jehovah. Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 Because thou hast forgotten me, and cast me behind 
 thy back, therefore bear thou thy lewdness and thy 
 whoredoms. 
 
 36 Moreover, Jehovah said to me. Son of man, punish 
 Aholah and Aholibah ; yea, declare to them their 
 
 37 abominations; that they have committed adultery, and 
 blood is upon their hands, and that with their idols 
 they have committed adultery, and have also caused 
 their sons, whom they bore to me, to pass through the 
 
 38 lire to them for food. This also have they done to me ; 
 they have defiled my sanctuary in the same day, and 
 
 39 have profaned my sabbaths. For when they had 
 slain their children to their idols, then they came into 
 my sanctuary the same day to profane it ; behold, thus 
 
 40 have they done in my house ! Yea, ye sent for men 
 to come from afar ; messengers were sent to them, and 
 behold, they came ; for them didst thou wash thyself, 
 and paint thine eyes, and deck thyself with ornaments. 
 
 41 And thou didst seat thyself upon a stately bed, before 
 which a table' was prepared, and thereon didst thou set 
 
 42 my incense and my oil. Also the voice of a multitude 
 at ease was with her ; and together with men from the 
 common multitude were brought deep-drinkers from the 
 desert, who put bracelets upon their hands, and beau- 
 tiful crowns upon their heads. 
 
 43 Then said I concerning her that was worn out 
 with adulteries. Will they now commit whoredoms with 
 
 44 her, even with her ? They went in to her, as men go to a 
 harlot ; so went they in to Aholah and to Aholibah, the 
 
 45 lewd women. But righteous men shall judge them, as 
 adulteresses are judged, and as women that shed blood 
 are judged ; for they are adulteresses, and blood is upon 
 
64 EZEKIEL, [Ch. XXIV. 
 
 46 their hands. For thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will 
 bring a great company against them, and will give them 
 
 47 up to be harassed and spoiled, and the company shall 
 stone them with stones, and cut them in pieces with their 
 swords; they shall slay their sons and their daughters, 
 
 48 and burn their houses with fire. Thus will I cause 
 lewdness to cease out of the land, that all women may 
 take warning, and not follow them in their lewdness. 
 
 49 And they shall recompense your lewdness upon you, 
 and ye shall bear the sins of your idols ; that ye may 
 know that I am the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 XVIII. 
 
 The destruction of Jerusalem threatened parabolically. — Ch. xxiv. 
 
 1 Moreover the word of Jehovah came to me in the 
 ninth year, in the tenth month, in the tenth day of the 
 
 2 month, and said ; Son of man, write the name of the 
 day, even of this same day ! The king of Babylon 
 
 3 draweth near to Jerusalem this same day. Utter a 
 parable to the rebellious house, and say to them ; Thus 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Set on a caldron, set it on, 
 
 4 and also pour water into it. Gather the pieces thereof 
 into it, even every good piece, the thigh and the shoul- 
 
 5 der ; fill it with the choice bones. Take the choice of 
 the flock, and make under it a pile for the bones, and 
 make it boil well, that the bones therein may be 
 seethed. 
 
Ch. XXIV.] EZEKIEL. 65 
 
 6 Wherefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Woe to 
 the city of blood, to the caldron in which is rust, and 
 whose rust goeth not out of it ! bring it out piece by 
 
 7 piece ; let no lot fall upon it ! For blood is in the 
 midst of her ; upon the bare rock hath she shed it ; she 
 poured it not upon the ground, that it might be cov- 
 
 8 ered with dust. To cause fury and to take vengeance, 
 I have set the blood shed by her upon the bare rock, 
 
 9 that it might not be covered. Therefore, thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; Woe to the city of blood ! Now will I 
 
 10 make the pile for fire great. Heap on wood, kindle 
 the fire, cook the flesh, put in spices, and let the bones 
 
 u be burned. Then set it empty upon the coals, that its 
 brass may be hot and may burn, and that its impurity 
 
 12 may be dissolved in it, and its rust be consumed. It 
 hath wearied me with labors, yet its thick rust goeth 
 not from it; its rust remaineth in the midst of the fire. 
 
 13 In thy filthiness is gross wickedness, because, when I 
 would have cleansed thee, thou wouldst not be cleansed. 
 Thou shalt not be cleansed from thy filthiness any 
 
 14 more, till I have quieted my fury toward thee. I, Je- 
 hovah, have spoken it ; it shall come to pass, and I 
 will do it. I will not go back, neither will I spare, 
 neither will I repent. According to thy ways and 
 according to thy doings shall they judge thee, saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 15 Also, the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 16 Son of man, behold, I take away from thee the desire 
 of thine eyes with one blow ; yet thou shalt not 
 
 n mourn, nor weep, nor shall thy tears run down. Sigh 
 thou in silence, make no mourning for the dead; bind 
 thy head-dress upon thee, and thy shoes on thy feet ; 
 6* 
 
GQ EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXIV. 
 
 cover not thy lips, and eat not tlie bread of wretched 
 men. 
 
 18 So I spake to the people in the morning, and my 
 wife died in the evening ; and I did in the morning, as 
 
 19 I was commanded. And the people said to me. Wilt 
 thou not tell us, what those things, which thou doest, 
 
 20 denote to us? Then I answered them; The word of 
 
 21 Jehovah came to me and said ; Say to the house of 
 Israel, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; Behold, I will 
 profane my sanctuary, the pride of your confidence, 
 the desire of your eyes, and the longing of your souls; 
 and your sons and daughters, that are left to you, shall 
 
 22 fall by the sword. And ye shall do, as I have dOne ; 
 ye shall not cover your mouths, nor eat the bread of 
 
 93 wretched men ; and your head-dresses shall be upon 
 your heads, and your shoes upon your feet ; ye shall 
 not mourn nor weep ; but ye shall pine away for your 
 
 24 iniquities, and moan one to another. Thus Ezekiel 
 shall be to you a sign ; according to all that he hath 
 done, shall ye do, when this cometh ; and ye shall 
 know that I am the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 25 And thou, son of man ! behold, in the day, when I 
 take from them their strength, the joy of their glory, the 
 desire of their eyes, and the longing of their souls, 
 
 26 their sons and their daughters, in that day shall one 
 that is escaped come to thee, to cause thee to hear it 
 
 27 with thine ears. In that day shall tliy mouth be opened 
 to him that is escaped, and thou shalt speak, and be no 
 more dumb ; and thou shalt be a sign to them, and 
 they shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
Ch. XXV.] EZEKIEL. 67 
 
 XIX. 
 
 Against the Ammonites, Moalntes, Eclomites, and Philistines. 
 
 Ch. XXV. 
 
 1 The word of Jehovah came again to me, sayino- ; 
 ■■i Son of man, set thy face against the Ammonites, and 
 
 3 prophesy against them ! and say to the Ammonites, 
 Hear the word of the Lord, Jehovah! Thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah; Because thou saidst, " Aha ! " against 
 my sanctuary, when it was profaned, and against the land 
 of Israel, when it was desolate, and against the house 
 
 4 of Judah, when they went into captivity, therefore, 
 behold, I will deliver thee to the sons of the East 
 for a possession, and they shall set their folds in thee, 
 and make their dwellings in thee ; they shall eat thy 
 
 >> fruit, and they shall drink thy milk. And I will make 
 Rabbah a stable for camels, and the land of the Am- 
 monites a couching-place for flocks; and ye shall 
 
 r. know that I am Jehovah. For thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; Because thou hast clapped thy hands, and 
 stamped with thy feet, and rejoiced with all thy des- 
 
 7 pite, from the heart, against the land of Israel, there- 
 fore, behold, I will stretch out my hand upon thee, and 
 
 . will deliver thee for a spoil to the nations ; I will cut 
 thee off from the nations, and cause thee to perish 
 from the countries; I will destroy thee; and thou shalt 
 know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 8 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Because Moab and 
 Seir say, " Behold, the house of Judah is like all the 
 
 !i nations," therefore, behold, I will open the side of Moab 
 from his cities, which are on his borders, the glory of 
 
68 EZEKIEL. [Cm. xxv. 
 
 the country, Beth-jeshimoth, Baal-meon, and Kiri- 
 
 10 athaim. To the sons of the East will I give it for a 
 possession, together with the sons of Amnion ; that the 
 sons of Amnion may be no more remembered among 
 
 11 the nations; and on Moab will I execute judgments; 
 and they shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 12 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Because Edom hath 
 dealt against the house of Judah by taking vengeance, 
 and hath greatly offended, and revenged himself upon 
 
 13 them, therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will 
 stretch out my hand upon Edom, and will cut off from 
 it man and beast; and I will make it desolate from 
 Teman ; and unto Dedan shall they fall by the sword. 
 
 14 And I will lay my vengeance upon Edom by the hand 
 of my people Israel ; and they shall deal with Edom 
 according to mine anger, and according to my fury ; and 
 they shall know my vengeance, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 15 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Because the Philis- 
 tines have dealt with revenge, and have taken ven- 
 geance, with a despiteful heart, even to destruction, 
 
 16 from the old hatred ; therefore, thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; Behold, I will stretch out my hand upon the 
 Philistines, and I will cut off the Cherethites, and 
 
 17 destroy the remnant upon the sea-coasts. And I will 
 execute great vengeance upon them with furious re- 
 bukes ; and they shall know that I am Jehovah, when 
 I lay my vengeance upon them. 
 
Ch. xxvr.] EZEKIEL. 69 
 
 XX. 
 
 Prophecies against Tyre and Sidon. — Ch. xxvi. - xxviii. 
 
 1 And it came to pass in the eleventh year, on the first 
 day of the month, that the word of Jehovah came to 
 
 2 me, saying ; Son of man, because Tyre hath said 
 against Jerusalem, " Aha! she is broken, that was the 
 gate of the nations; now is all transferred to me; I 
 
 3 shall be full, now that she is desolate ! " therefore thus 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I am against thee, 
 O Tyre, and I will cause many nations to come up 
 against thee, as the sea causeth his waves to come up. 
 
 4 And they shall destroy the walls of lyre, and break 
 down her towers ; and 1 will scrape off her earth from 
 
 5 her, and make her like a naked rock. She shall be a 
 place for the spreading of nets in the midst of the sea ; 
 for I have spoken it, saith the Lord, Jehovah. And 
 
 6 she shall be to the nations for a spoil ; and her daugh- 
 ters, that are upon the land, shall be slain by the sword; 
 and they shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 7 For thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I will 
 bring against Tyre Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, 
 a king of kings from the Nortli, with horses, and with 
 chariots, and with horsemen, and a vast multitude of 
 
 8 people. Thy daughters upon the land shall he slay 
 with the sword ; and he shall set a tower against thee, 
 and cast up a mount against thee, and lift up the buck- 
 
 9 ler against thee ; and his battering-rams shall be set 
 against thy walls, and thy towers shall he break down 
 
 10 with a.Kes. By reason of the great number of his 
 horses, their dust shall cover thee ; thy walls shall 
 
70 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXVI. 
 
 shake at the noise of the horsemen, and of the wheels, 
 and of the chariots, when he entereth into thy gates, 
 u as men enter into a city that is broken through. With 
 the hoofs of his horses shall he tread down all thy 
 streets ; thy people he shall slay with the sword ; 
 and the idols of thy strength shall fall to the ground. 
 
 12 And they shall make a spoil of thy riches, and make a 
 prey of thy merchandise ; and they shall break down 
 thy walls, and destroy thy beautiful houses; and thy 
 stones, and thy timber, and thine earth shall they lay in 
 
 13 the midst of the waters. And 1 will cause the noise of 
 thy songs to cease, and the sound of thy harps shall be 
 
 14 no more heard. And I will make thee like a naked 
 rock ; thou shalt be a place to spread nets upon ; thou 
 shalt be built no more ; for I, Jehovah, have spoken it, 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 15 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, to Tyre; Behold, the 
 isles shall shake at the sound of thy fall, at the groan- 
 ing of the wounded, and at the slaughter, which is 
 
 16 made in the midst of thee. And all the princes of the 
 sea shall come down from their thrones, and lay aside 
 their mantles, and put off their embroidered garments. 
 They shall clothe themselves with trembling, and sit on 
 the ground, and tremble every moment, and be aston- 
 
 17 ished at thee. And they shall utter a lamentation over 
 thee, and say to thee, " How art thou destroyed, thou 
 that wast peopled from the seas, the renowned city, that 
 wast mighty upon the sea, thou and thine inhabitants, 
 
 18 causing terror to all that dwelt near thee ! " Now shall 
 the isles tremble in the day of thy fall ; yea, the isles 
 that are in, the sea shall quake at thy departure. 
 
 19 For thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; When I shall 
 make thee a desolate city, like the cities that are not 
 
Ch. xxvii] EZEKIEL. 71 
 
 20 
 
 inhabited, when I shall bring up the deep upon thee, 
 and great waters shall cover thee, I will brincr thee 
 down to them that have gone down to the pit, to the 
 people of old time, and I will cause thee to dwell in 
 the lower parts of the eartli, amid the ruins of ancient 
 times, with them that have gone down to the pit, 
 that thou be no more inhabited ; but I will set glory in 
 21 the land of the living. I will make thee a desolation, 
 and thou shalt be no more ; though thou be souorht for, 
 thou shalt be found no more forever, saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah. 
 
 1 The word of Jehovah came again to me, saying ; 
 
 2 3 Son of man, take up a lamentation over Tyre, and 
 
 say to Tyre, O thou that didst dwell at the entrance of 
 
 the sea, the merchant of the nations to many coasts ! 
 
 thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; O Tyre, thou hast said, 
 
 4 " I am perfect in beauty." Thy borders are in the midst 
 of the seas; thy builders have perfected thy beauty. 
 
 5 They made all thy ship-boards of cypresses of Senir; 
 they took cedars from Lebanon to make masts for thee. 
 
 6 Of oaks of Bashan they made thine oars; thy benches 
 they made of ivory inlaid in cedar from the coasts of 
 
 7 the Chittians. Fine linen with broidered work from 
 Egypt was that which thou didst spread forth to be thy 
 sail ; blue and purple, from the coasts of Elisha, were 
 
 8 thy covering. The inhabitants of Zidon and Arvad 
 were thy rowers; thy wise men, O Tyre, that were in 
 
 9 thee, were thy pilots. The ancients of Gebal and the 
 skilful men thereof were in thee, thy calkers ; all the 
 ships of the sea, with their mariners, were in thee, to 
 
 10 traffic in thy merchandise. Persians, and Lydians, and 
 Lybians were in thine army, thy men of war ; they 
 hung up the shield and helmet in thee ; they set forth 
 
72 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXVII. 
 
 11 thy glory. The men of Arvad and thine own army 
 were upon thy walls round about, and brave warriors 
 were in thy towers ; they hung their shields upon 
 thy walls round about; they made thy beauty per- 
 fect. 
 
 12 Tarshish trafficked with thee, on account of the abun- 
 dance of all kinds of goods ; with silver, iron, tin, and 
 
 13 lead they traded in thy fairs. Javan, Tubal, and Me- 
 shech trafficked with thee; the persons of men, and 
 
 14 vessels of brass they sold in thy market. They of the 
 house of Togarmah traded in thy fairs with horses, and 
 
 15 horsemen, and mules. The men of Dedan trafficked 
 with thee ; many islands were at hand to thee for trade ; 
 they brought thee, for payment, horns of ivory, and 
 
 16 ebony-wood. Syria trafficked with thee by reason of 
 the multitude of the wares of thy making; with car- 
 buncles, purple and embroidered work, and fine linen, 
 
 17 and coral, and rubies they traded in thy fiiirs. Judah 
 and the land of Israel trallicked with thee ; with wheat 
 of Minnith, and pastry, and syrup, and oil, and balm 
 
 18 they traded in thy market. Damascus trafficked with 
 thee on account of the multitude of the wares of thy 
 making, on account of the abundance of all kinds of 
 
 19 goods, in the wine of Helbon, and in white wool. 
 Vedan and Javan brought thread to thy market ; 
 wrought iron, cassia, and sweet reed were in thy fairs. 
 
 20 Dedan brought cloth for riding, in traffic with thee. 
 
 21 Arabia and all the princes of Kedar were at hand to 
 traffic with thee ; they traded with thee in lambs, and 
 
 22 rams, and goats. The merchants of Sheba and Raamah 
 trafficked with thee, with all kinds of precious spices, 
 
 23 and with all kinds of precious stones, and gold. Ha- 
 ran, and Canneh, and Eden, the merciiants of Sheba, 
 
 24 Assyria, and Chilmad trafficked with thee in splendid 
 
Ch. XXVII.] EZEKIEL. 73 
 
 apparel, in mantles of blue and embroidered work, 
 in chests of damask bound with cords and made of 
 
 25 cedar, in thy market. The ships of Tarshish were the 
 caravans for thy traffic ; and thou wast replenished, 
 and made very glorious in the midst of the seas. 
 
 26 Thy rowers have brought thee into great waters ; 
 the east-wind hath broken thee in the midst of the seas. 
 
 27 Thy riches, and tliy fairs, and thy merchandise, thy 
 mariners, and thy pilots, thy calkers, and the traders in 
 thy merchandise, and all thy men of war within thee, 
 and all thy multitude, that is in the midst of thee, shall 
 fall into the midst of the seas in the day of thy ruin. 
 
 28 At the sound of the cry of thy pilots the pastures 
 
 29 around thee shall shake. And all that handle the oar, 
 the mariners, and all the pilots of the sea shall come 
 down from their ships ; they shall stand upon the land, 
 
 30 and shall cause their voice to be heard for thee, and 
 shall cry bitterly, and shall cast dust upon their heads, 
 
 31 and roll themselves in ashes. And they shall make 
 themselves utterly bald for thee, and gird themselves 
 with sackcloth ; and they shall weep for thee with 
 
 32 bitterness of heart, and bitter wailing. And in their 
 wailing they shall take up for thee a lamentation, and 
 shall lament over thee, saying ; " What city is like Tyre, 
 
 33 like the destroyed in the midst of the sea? When thy 
 wares went forth from the seas, thou satisfiedst many 
 nations ; thou didst enrich the kings of the earth with 
 the abundance of thy riches and thy merchandise. 
 
 34 Now thou art broken by the seas in the depth of the 
 waters, and thy merchandise and all thy multitude in the 
 
 35 midst of thee are fallen. All the inhabitants of the 
 isles are astonished at thee, and their kings shudder ; 
 
 30 they are troubled in their countenance. The mer- 
 
 VOL. III. 7 
 
74 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xxvtii. 
 
 chants among the nations hiss at thee. Thou art a 
 desolation, and shalt exist no more forever." 
 
 1 The word of Jehovah came again to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, say to the prince of Tyre, Thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; Because thy heart is lifted up, and 
 thou hast said, " I am a god, I sit in the seat of a god, in 
 the midst of the seas; " and though thou art man, not 
 
 3 God, yet settest thy heart as the heart of a god, — be- 
 hold, thou art wiser than Daniel ; there is no secret, 
 
 4 which can be hidden from thee ; by thy wisdom and 
 by thine understanding thou hast gotten thee riches, 
 
 5 and hast gotten gold and silver in thy treasures ; by 
 thy great wisdom, by thy traffic, thou hast increased 
 thy riches, and thy heart is lifted up because of thy 
 
 6 wealth. Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 Because thou settest thy heart, as the heart of a god, 
 
 7 therefore, behold, I will bring upon thee strangers, 
 the terrible oC the nations ; and they shall draw their 
 swords against the beauty of thy wisdom, and they shall 
 
 8 defile thy brightness. They shall bring thee down to 
 the pit, and thou shalt die the death of the slain, in the 
 
 9 midst of the seas. Wilt thou yet say, " I am a god," 
 before him that slayeth thee? Thou shalt be man 
 and not God, in the hand of him that slayeth thee. 
 
 10 Thou shalt die the death of the uncircumcised, by the 
 hand of strangers; for I have spoken it, saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah. 
 
 11 Moreover, the word of Jehovah came to me, saying; 
 
 12 Son of man, take up a lamentation upon the king of 
 Tyre, and say to him ; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 
Ch. xxviir.] EZEKIEL. 76 
 
 Thou wast a finished signet, 
 Full of wisdom and perfect in beauty ; 
 
 13 In Eden, the garden of God, thou didst dwell ; 
 Every precious stone was thy covering, 
 
 The ruby, the topaz, and the diamond, 
 
 The chrysolite, the onyx, and the jasper, 
 
 The sapphire, the carbuncle, and the emerald, and 
 
 gold. 
 The workmanship of thy jewel-holes was within thee ; 
 On the day when thou wast born were they prepared. 
 
 14 Thou wast an out-spread, covering cherub ; 
 I set thee upon the holy mountain of God ; 
 Thou didst walk in the midst of the stones of fire. 
 
 15 Thou wast prosperous in thy ways from the day that 
 
 thou wast born, 
 Until iniquity was found in thee. 
 
 16 Through the abundance of thy merchandise thou art 
 
 full of injustice ; 
 
 And thou hast sinned ; 
 
 Therefore I will cast thee as profane out of the moun- 
 tain of God, 
 
 And I will destroy thee, O covering cherub, from the 
 midst of the stones of fire, 
 
 17 Thy heart was lifted up because of thy beauty; 
 
 Thou hast corrupted thy wisdom by reason of thy 
 
 splendor ; 
 I will cast thee to the ground ; 
 I will give thee up to kings to be their gazing-stock. 
 
 18 By the multitude of thine iniquities, by the unright- 
 
 eousness of thy traffic. 
 Thou hast defiled thy sanctuaries. 
 Therefore will I bring forth a fire from the midst of 
 
 thee, which shall devour thee, 
 And I will bring thee to ashes upon the earth, 
 
76 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXVIII. 
 
 In the sight of all them that behold thee. 
 19 All they that know thee among the nations shall be 
 astonished at thee ; 
 Thou art become a desolation, and shalt exist no more 
 forever. 
 
 20 Again the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 91 Son of man, set thy face against Sidon, and prophesy 
 
 22 against her, and say ; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 Behold, I am against thee, O Sidon, and I will be 
 glorified in the midst of thee, and they shall know that 
 I am Jehovah, when I execute judgments in her, and 
 
 23 am sanctified in her. I will send upon her pestilence, 
 and blood into her streets, and the wounded shall fall in 
 the midst of her by the sword, which is against her on 
 every side ; and they shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 24 And there shall be no more to the house of Israel 
 a pricking brier, or a grieving thorn of all that are 
 round about them, that despised them ; and they shall 
 knoVv iliat I am the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 25 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; When I shall gather 
 the house of Israel from the nations, among which they 
 are scattered, then shall I be sanctified through them 
 in the sight of the nations, and they shall dwell in the 
 
 26 land which I gave to my servant Jacob. They shall 
 dwell therein securely, and shall build houses, and 
 plant vineyards, yea, they shall dwell securely, when I 
 have executed judgments on all that despised them 
 round about ; and they shall know that I am Jehovah, 
 their God. 
 
Ch. xiix.] ezekiel. 77 
 
 XXI. 
 
 Prophecies against Egypt. — Ch. xxix.-xxxii. 
 
 1 In the tenth year, in the tenth month, in the twelfth 
 day of the month, the word of Jehovah came to me, 
 
 2 saying ; Son of man, set thy face against Pharaoh, the 
 king of Egypt, and prophesy against him, and against 
 
 3 all Egypt; Speak, and say ; Thus saith the Lord, Jeho- 
 vah ; Behold, I am against thee, Pharaoh, king of 
 Egypt, thou great dragon, that liest in the midst of thy 
 rivers, and sayst, " My river is my own, and I have made 
 
 4 it for myself" And I will put hooks in thy jaws, and I 
 will cause the fish of thy rivers to cleave to thy scales, 
 and I will draw thee forth from the midst of thy rivers, 
 and all the fish of thy rivers, which cleave to thy 
 
 5 scales. And I will cast thee into the desert, thee and 
 all the fish of thy rivers ; thou shalt fall upon the open 
 fields ; thou shalt not be brought together, nor gath- 
 ered ; to the beasts of the field and the birds of heaven 
 
 6 I have given thee for food. And all the inhabitants of 
 Egypt shall know that I am Jehovah; because they 
 have been a staff" of reed to the house of Israel. 
 
 7 When they took hold of thee by thy handle, thou didst 
 break and pierce their whole shoulder ; and when they 
 leaned upon thee, thou didst go to pieces, and madest 
 all their loins to shake. 
 
 8 Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I 
 will bring a sword upon thee, and cut off" man and 
 
 SI beast out of thee ; and the land of Egypt shall be 
 desolate and waste ; and they shall know that I am 
 Jehovah, because he hath said, " The river is mine, and 
 7* 
 
78 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXIX. 
 
 10 I have made it." Therefore, behold,! am against thee, 
 and against thy rivers; and I will make the land of 
 Egypt utterly waste and desolate, from Migdol even to 
 
 11 Syene, and to the borders of Ethiopia. There shall 
 not pass through it the foot of man, and the foot of 
 beast shall not pass through it, neither shall it be in- 
 
 12 habited forty years. I will make the land of Egypt 
 desolate amidst the lands that are desolate, and her 
 cities, among the cities that are laid waste, shall be 
 desolate forty years ; and I will scatter the Egyptians 
 among the nations, and will disperse them through the 
 countries. 
 
 13 Yet thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; At the end of 
 forty years will I gather the Egyptians from the nations, 
 
 14 whither they are scattered ; and I will bring back the 
 captives of Egypt, and will cause them to return into 
 the land of Pathros, into the land of their origin ; and 
 
 15 they shall be there a mean kingdom ; it shall be the 
 meanest of all kingdoms ; it shall no more exalt itself 
 above the nations ; for I will diminish them, that they 
 
 16 shall no more rule over the nations. And it shall be 
 no more the confidence of the house of Israel, bring- 
 ing to my remembrance their iniquity in looking to 
 them for help ; and they shall know that I am the 
 Lord, Jehovah,. 
 
 17 And it came to pass in the twenty-seventh year, in 
 the first month, on the first day of the month, that the 
 
 18 word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; Son of man, 
 Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, caused his army 
 to serve a great service against Tyre ; every head was 
 made bald, and every shoulder was peeled; yet neither 
 
Ch. XXX.] EZEKIEL. 79 
 
 he nor his army had wages from Tyre for the service 
 
 19 which he served against it. Therefore, thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I will give the land of Egypt 
 to Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, and he shall 
 take her multitude, and take her spoil, and take her 
 
 20 plunder ; and it shall be wages for his army. For his 
 wages for his service I will give him tlie land of 
 Egypt; for they wrought for me, saith the Lord, Je- 
 
 21 hovah. In that day will I cause a horn to grow forth 
 to the house of Israel, and I will give thee to open the 
 mouth in the midst of them ; and they shall know that 
 I am Jehovah. 
 
 1 The word of Jehovah came again to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, prophesy, and say, Thus saith the Lord, 
 
 3 Jehovah ; Howl ye, alas, alas for the day ! For the 
 day is near, the day of Jehovah is near ! A day of 
 
 4 clouds, the time of the nations is come. The sword 
 shall come upon Egypt, and anguish shall be in Ethio- 
 pia, when the slain shall fall in Egypt, and they shall 
 take away her multitude, and her foundations shall be 
 
 r> destroyed. Ethiopia, and Lybia, and Lydia, and all 
 her auxiliaries, and Chub, and the men of every coun- 
 try that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword. 
 
 c Thus saith Jehovah ; They that uphold Egypt shall 
 fall, and the pride of her power shall come down; from 
 Migdol to Syene shall they fall in her by the sword, 
 
 7 saith the Lord, Jehovah. And they shall be laid waste 
 in the midst of the lands that are laid waste, and her 
 cities shall be amongst the cities that are desolate. 
 
 8 And they shall know that I am Jehovah, when I have 
 brought a fire into Egypt, and all her helpers shall be 
 
80 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXX. 
 
 9 destroyed. In that day shall messengers go forth from 
 nie in siiips, to make the confident Ethiopians afraid ; 
 and anguish shall come upon them, as in the day of 
 Egypt ; for behold it cometh ! 
 
 10 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will make the mul- 
 titude of Egypt to cease by the hand of Nebuchadnez- 
 
 11 zar, the king of Babylon. He and his people with him, 
 the terrible of the nations, shall be brought to make 
 the land desolate ; and they shall draw their swords 
 
 12 against Egypt, and fill the land with the slain. And I 
 will make the rivers dry, and I will sell the land into 
 the hand of evil men ; and I will lay waste the land 
 and all that is therein, by the hand of strangers ; I, 
 Jehovah, have spoken it. 
 
 13 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will destroy the 
 idols, and cause the images to cease out of Noph ; and 
 there shall be no more a prince of the land of Egypt ; 
 
 14 and I will bring fear upon the land of Egypt. And I 
 will lay waste Pathros, and bring a fire upon Zoan, 
 
 15 and execute judgments upon No. And I will pour out 
 my fury upon Sin, the strength of Egypt, and I will 
 
 16 cut off the multitude of No. And I will bring a fire 
 upon Egypt ; Sin shall tremble, and No shall be bro- 
 ken through, and Noph shall be plundered by day. 
 
 n The young men of On and of Pibeseth shall fall by the 
 
 18 sword, and the women shall go into captivity. At 
 Tahpanhes also the day shall be darkened, when I shall 
 break there the yoke of Egypt, and the pride of her 
 strength shall cease within her. A cloud shall cover 
 
 19 her, and her daughters shall go into captivity. Thus 
 will I execute judgments upon Egypt ; and they shall, 
 know that I am Jehovah. 
 
Ch. XXXI.] EZEKIEL. 81 
 
 20 Now it came to pass in the eleventh year, in the first 
 month, on the seventh day of the month, that the 
 
 21 word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; Son of man, I 
 have broken the arm of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, and 
 lo, it is not bound up, so as to have medicines applied 
 to it; a bandage is not applied to it, to make it strong 
 
 22 to hold the sword. Therefore thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah; Behold, I am against Pharaoh, king of 
 Egypt ; and I will break his arms, both the strong one, 
 and that which was broken, and I will cause the sword 
 
 •^3 to fall out of his hand. And I will scatter the Egyp- 
 tians among the nations, and disperse them through 
 
 24 the countries. But I will strengthen the arms of the 
 king of Babylon, and will put my sword into his hand, 
 and break the arms of Pharaoh, so that he shall groan 
 before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded 
 
 25 man. Yea, I will strengthen the arms of the king of 
 Babylon, and the arms of Pharaoh shall fall down ; and 
 they shall know that I am Jehovah, when I shall put 
 my sword into the hand of the king of Babylon, and 
 
 26 he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt. And I 
 will scatter the Egyptians among the nations, and dis- 
 perse them among the countries, and they shall know 
 that I am Jehovah. 
 
 1 Now it came to pass in the eleventh year, in the 
 third month, on the first day of the month, that the 
 
 2 word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; Son of man, 
 say to Pharaoh, king of Egypt, and to his multitude. 
 
 To whom art thou like in thy greatness? 
 
 3 Behold the Assyrian was a cedar upon Lebanon, with 
 
 fair branches; 
 An overshadowing thicket, high of stature; 
 
82 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXI. 
 
 And his top was among thick boughs. 
 
 4 The waters made him great ; the deep waters made 
 
 him high ; 
 Their streams went around their plantation, 
 And sent forth their channels to all the trees of the 
 
 field. 
 
 5 Therefore his height was exalted 
 Above all the trees of the field. 
 
 And his Boughs were multiplied, and his branches be- 
 came long, 
 
 Because of the abundance of water, when he shot 
 forth. 
 
 6 In his boughs all the birds of heaven made their nests, 
 And under his branches all the beasts of the field 
 
 brought forth their young ; 
 And under his shadow dwelt all the great nations. 
 
 7 Thus was he beautiful in his greatness, in the length of 
 
 his branches ; 
 For his root was by many waters, 
 
 8 The cedars in the garden of God could not hide him ; 
 The cypress-trees were not like his boughs, 
 
 And the plane-trees were not like his branches. 
 Not any tree in the garden of God 
 Was like to him in liis beauty. 
 
 9 I made him beautiful in the multitude of his branches. 
 So that all the trees of Eden, which were in the garden 
 
 of God, envied him. 
 
 10 Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 Because he lifted himself up in stature. 
 And shot up his top among the thick boughs. 
 
 And his heart was lifted up on account of his height, 
 
 11 Therefore I delivered him into the hand of the mighty 
 
 one of the nations, 
 
Ch. XXXI.] EZEKIEL. 83 
 
 That dealt hardly with him ; I drave him out for his 
 wickedness ; 
 
 12 And strangers, the terrible of the nations, cut him off 
 
 and cast him away. 
 Upon the mountains and in all the valleys his branches 
 
 fell ; 
 And his boughs were broken in all the valleys of the 
 
 land. 
 And all the nations of the earth withdrew from his 
 
 shadow and left him ; 
 
 13 Upon his ruin dwelt all the birds of the heavens, 
 
 And upon his branches were all the beasts of the 
 forest. 
 
 14 To the end that none of all the trees by the waters 
 Might exalt themselves for their stature, 
 
 Nor shoot up their top among the thick boughs, 
 
 And that none of the trees that drink water should 
 
 cleave to them on account of their height ; 
 For all of them are delivered to death, to the lower 
 
 parts of the earth, 
 In the midst of the sons of men. 
 To them that have gone down to the pit. 
 
 15 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 
 In the day when he went down to the grave, 
 
 I caused the deep to mourn, I covered it for him ; 
 
 I restrained, on account of him, the streams, and the 
 
 great waters were kept back ; 
 And I caused Lebanon to mourn for him, 
 And all the trees of the field fainted for him. 
 IG At the sound of his fall I made the nations to shake, 
 When I cast him down to the grave, 
 To them that have gone down to the pit ; 
 And all the trees of Eden, 
 The choice and best of Lebanon, 
 
84 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXII. 
 
 Even all that drink water, 
 
 Were comforted in the lower parts of the earth. 
 
 17 They also went down into the grave with him, 
 To them that have been slain with the sword ; 
 They also that were his arm, 
 
 That dwelt under his shadow among the nations. 
 
 18 To whom art thou thus like in glory and greatness, 
 
 among the trees of Eden ? 
 Thou shalt be brought down, with the trees of Eden, 
 To the lower parts of the earth ; 
 Thou shalt lie down in the midst of the uncircum- 
 
 cised, 
 With them that are slain by the sword. 
 Thus shall it be with Pharaoh and all his multitude, 
 Saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 1 And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the 
 twelfth month, on the first day of the month, that the 
 
 2 word of Jehovah came to me, saying; Son of man, 
 take up a lamentation over Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, 
 and say to him ; 
 
 Thou art like a young lion among the nations; 
 Thou art like a dragon in the seas ; 
 And thou camest forth into thy rivers, 
 And troubledst the waters with thy feet, 
 And didst disturb their rivers. 
 
 3 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; 
 
 I will, therefore, spread my net over thee, 
 Amidst an assembly of many nations ; 
 And they shall draw thee up in my net. 
 
Ch. XXXII.] EZEKIEL. 85 
 
 4 And I will throw thee upon the land, 
 
 I will cast thee forth upon the open field, 
 
 And I will cause all the birds of heaven to remain upon 
 
 thee. 
 And I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee ; 
 
 5 And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, 
 And fill the valleys with thy heaps. 
 
 c And I will water the land, in which thou swimraest, 
 with thy blood, even to the mountains. 
 And the streams shall be full of thee. 
 
 7 And I will cover the heavens, when I quench thee, 
 And make the stars thereof dark; 
 
 I will cover the sun with a cloud, 
 And the moon shall not give her light. 
 
 8 All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over 
 
 thee, 
 And bring darkness upon thy land, 
 Saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 9 And I will grieve the hearts of many nations, 
 When I bring thy destruction among the nations, 
 In lands which thou knowest not. 
 
 10 Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee, 
 And their kings shall shudder on account of thee, 
 When I brandish my sword before them ; 
 
 And they shall tremble every moment, every one for 
 his life, in the day of thy fall. 
 
 11 For thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; 
 
 The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon 
 thee ; 
 
 12 By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude 
 
 to fall, 
 All of them the terrible of the nations. 
 And they shall bring to nothing the pride of Egypt, 
 
 VOL. III. 8 
 
86 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXII. 
 
 And all her multitude shall be destroyed. 
 
 13 I will also destroy all her beasts 
 From beside the great waters ; 
 
 Neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, 
 Nor shall the hoofs of beasts trouble them. 
 
 14 Then will I make their waters clear, 
 And cause their rivers to run like oil, 
 Saith the Lord, Jehovah, 
 
 15 When I shall make the land of Egypt desolate, 
 
 And the country shall be destitute of all that was 
 
 therein. 
 When I shall smite all that dwell therein, 
 That they may know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 16 This is the lamentation, which they shall utter ; the 
 daughters of the nations shall utter it. For Egypt and 
 for all her multitude shall they utter it, saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah. 
 
 17 It came to pass also in the twelfth year, [in the 
 twelfth month,] on the fifteenth day of the month, that 
 
 18 the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; Son of man, 
 wail for the multitude of Egypt, and cast her down, 
 even her and the daughters of the famous nations, 
 to the lower parts of the earth, to them that have gone 
 down to the pit. » 
 
 19 Art thou more beautiful than another? 
 
 Come down and be laid with the uncircumcised ! 
 
 20 They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by 
 
 the sword. 
 The sword is given ; drag her away and all her multi- 
 tudes ! 
 
Ch. XXXII.] EZEKIEL. 87 
 
 21 The mightiest heroes from the midst of the pit shall 
 speak to him and his helpers ; 
 For they are gone down, they lie uncircumcised, slain 
 by the sword. 
 
 2-2 There is Assyria and all her company ; 
 
 Her graves are round about her; 
 
 All of them are slain, fallen by the sword ; 
 •23 Her grave is made in the depths of the pit, 
 
 And her company is round about her grave. 
 
 All of them slain, fallen by the sword, 
 
 They who caused terror in the land of the living. 
 
 24 There is Elam and all her company round about her 
 
 grave. 
 All of them slain, fallen by the sword ; 
 They are gone down uncircumcised to the lower parts 
 
 of the earth, 
 Who caused terror in the land of the living ; 
 They bear their shame with them that have gone down 
 
 to the pit. 
 
 25 Among the slain have they set her a bed with all her 
 
 multitude ; 
 Her graves are round about her. 
 All of them, uncircumcised, slain by the sword. 
 Though they caused terror in the land of the living. 
 Yet they bear their shame with them that have gone 
 
 down to the pit ; 
 They are laid in the midst of the slain. 
 
 26 There is Meshech, Tubal, and all their multitude; 
 Their graves are around them ; 
 
 All of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword, 
 Though they caused terror in the land of the living. 
 
88 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXII. 
 
 27 Shall they not lie with the mighty of the uncircum- 
 
 cised that are fallen, 
 Who have gone down to the pit with their weapons of 
 
 war. 
 Having their swords laid under their heads, 
 And their iniquity resting upon their bones, 
 Though they were the terror of the mighty in the land 
 
 of the living ? 
 
 28 And thou also shalt be broken in the midst of the 
 
 uncircumcised, 
 And shalt lie down with them that are slain by the 
 sword. 
 
 29 There is Edom, her kings and all her princes. 
 
 Who in their might are laid with them that are slain by 
 
 the sword ; 
 They lie down with the uncircumcised. 
 With them that have gone down to the pit. 
 
 30 There are the princes of the North, 
 All of them, and all the Sidonians, 
 Who have gone down to the slain ; 
 
 In the midst of the terror of their might they are put 
 
 to shame ; 
 They lie down, uncircumcised, with them that are 
 
 slain by the sword, 
 And bear their shajne with them that have gone down 
 
 to the pit. 
 
 31 Pharaoh shall see them. 
 
 And shall comfort himself over all his multitude; 
 Even Pharaoh and all his army are slain by the sword, 
 Saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
Ch. XXXIII.] EZEKIEL. 89 
 
 J2 Though I suffered him to spread terror in the land of 
 the living, 
 Yet is he laid in the midst of the uncircumcised, 
 With them that are slain by the sword, 
 Even Pharaoh and all his multitude, 
 Saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 XXII. 
 
 The duties of a piophet. — Ch. xxxiii. 1-20. 
 
 1 Again the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 u Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, and 
 say to them. When I bring the sword upon a land, and 
 the people of the land take a man out of their whole 
 
 3 number, and set him for their watchman, and he seeth 
 the sword coming on the land, and bloweth the trum- 
 
 4 pet, and warneth the people, then whoever heareth the 
 sound of the trumpet, and taketh not warning, and the 
 sword Cometh and taketh him away, his blood shall be 
 
 5 upon his own head. He heard the sound of the trum- 
 pet, and took not warning. His blood shall be upon 
 him. But he that taketh warning shall save his life. 
 
 6 But if the watchman see the sword coming, and blow 
 not the trumpet, and the people be not warned, and 
 the sword come and take away any person from among 
 them, he is taken away for his iniquity, but his blood 
 will I require at the watchman's hand. 
 
 7 So thou, son of man, I have set thee a watchman to 
 the house of Israel, that thou shouldst hear the word 
 
 8* 
 
90 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXIII. 
 
 8 from my mouth, and warn them from me. When I 
 say to the wicked, " O wicked man, thou shalt surely 
 die ! " and thou speakest not, to warn the wicked from 
 his way, that wicked man shall die for his iniquity, but 
 
 9 his blood will I require at thy hand. Yet if thou warn 
 the wicked of his way, to turn from it, and he turn not 
 from his way, he shall die for his iniquity, but thou 
 hast delivered thyself 
 
 10 Thou, therefore, O son of man, say to the house of 
 Israel ; Rightly do ye say, " Our transgressions and our 
 sins are upon us, and through them we pine away. 
 
 11 How then can we live 1 " Say to them, As I live ! saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah, 1 have no pleasure in the death of 
 the wicked, but that the wicked turn from his way, and 
 live ; turn ye, turn ye, from your evil ways I for why 
 will ye die, O house of Israel ? 
 
 12 Thou also, son of man, say to the sons of thy peo- 
 ple, The righteousness of the righteous shall not de- 
 liver him in the day of his transgression ; and through 
 his wickedness shall not the wicked man fall in the 
 day when he turneth from his wickedness ; neither 
 shall the righteous be able to live in the day when he 
 
 13 sinneth. When I say concerning the righteous, " He 
 shall surely live," and he trusteth in his righteousness, 
 and doeth iniquity, all his rigliteousness shall not be 
 remembered, but for his iniquity, which he hath com- 
 
 14 mitted, shall he die. Again, when I say concerning 
 the wicked, " He shall surely die," and he turneth from 
 
 15 his sin, and doeth that which is just and right, and the 
 wicked restorelh the pledge, giveth back that which 
 he hath taken by violence, and walketh in the statutes 
 of life, without committing iniquity, he shall surely 
 
 16 live, he shall not die. None of his sins, which he 
 hath committed, shall be mentioned to him ; he hath 
 
Ch. XXXIII.] EZEKIEL. 91 
 
 done that which is just and right ; he shall surely 
 live. 
 
 17 And yet the sons of thy people say, "The way of the 
 Lord is not right! " But it is their way, which is not 
 
 18 riffht. When the righteous man turneth from his 
 righteousness, and coinmitteth iniquity, he dieth be- 
 
 19 cause of it. And whicn the wicked turneth from his 
 wickedness, and doeth that which is just and right, he 
 
 20 shall live thereby. And yet ye say, " The way of the 
 Lord is not right ! " O house of Israel, I will judge 
 you every one according to his ways ! 
 
 XXIII. 
 
 Against those that were left in Judea after the destruction of Jeru- 
 salem by the Babylonians. — Ch. xxxiii. 21-33. 
 
 •ii And it came to pass in the twelfth year of our cap- 
 tivity, in the tenth month, on the fifth day of the 
 month, that one who had escaped from Jerusalem 
 came to me, saying, " The city is smitten ! " 
 
 22 Now the hand of Jehovah had been upon me in the 
 evening before he that had escaped came ; and he 
 opened my mouth, until he came to me in the morning; 
 he opened my mouth, so that I was no longer dumb. 
 
 23 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 24 Son of man, they that inhabit those wastes in the land 
 of Israel say, " Abraham was but one, and he inherited 
 the land ; but we are many. To us is the land given for 
 
 25 an inheritance." Therefore say to them, Thus saith 
 
92 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xxxni. 
 
 the Lord, Jehovah ; Ye eat with the blood, and lift up 
 your eyes to your idols, and shed blood ; and shall ye 
 
 26 possess the land ? Ye trust to your swords, ye com- 
 mit abomination, and ye defile, every one, his neigh- 
 
 27 bor's wife; and shall ye possess the land? Say thou 
 thus to them ; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; As I 
 live ! surely they that are in the wastes shall fall by the 
 sword, and him that is in the open country will I give 
 to the beasts to be devoured, and they that are in 
 
 28 the forts and caves shall fall by the pestilence. And I 
 will make the land an utter desolation ; and the pride 
 of her strength shall cease ; and the mountains of 
 Israel shall be desolate, so that none shall pass through. 
 
 29 Then shall they know that I am Jehovah, when I have 
 made the land an utter desolation, on account of all 
 the abominations, which they practise, 
 
 30 As for thee, O son of man, the sons of thy people 
 speak concerning thee by the walls, and in the doors of 
 houses; and speak to one another, every man to his 
 neighbor, saying; " Come, I pray you, and hear what is 
 
 31 the word, that goeth forth from Jehovah." And they 
 come to thee, as the people assembleth, and they sit 
 before thee, as my people, and they hear thy words, 
 but will not do them ; for with their mouth they do 
 
 32 what is lovely, but their heart goeth after gain. And 
 behold, thou art to them as a very lovely song of one 
 that hath a pleasant voice, and can play well on an 
 instrument ; for they hear thy words, but do them not. 
 
 33 But when this cometh to pass, (and behold, it shall come 
 to pass,) then shall they know that a prophet hath been 
 amonof them. 
 
Ch. XXXIV.] EZEKIEL. 93 
 
 XXIV. 
 
 Against unjust and oppressive rulers. God's promise to bring his 
 people from captivity, and to raise up a second David to be their 
 king. — Ch. xxxiv. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, prophesy against the shepherds of Israel ! 
 prophesy and say to them, to the shepherds ; Thus 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Woe to the shepherds of 
 Israel, who feed themselves ! Should not the shep- 
 
 3 herds feed the flocks ? Ye eat the fat, and ye clothe 
 you with the wool, ye kill that which is fatted ; but 
 
 4 ye feed not the flock. The weak do ye not strengthen, 
 and the sick do ye not heal, and the wounded do ye 
 not bind up ; ye bring not back that which has been 
 driven away, neither seek ye that which has been lost ; 
 but with force and with cruelty do ye rule them. 
 
 5 Therefore are they scattered abroad, because there is 
 no shepherd, and they are food to all the beasts of the 
 
 6 field, or are scattered abroad. My sheep wander 
 through all the mountains, and upon every high hill ; 
 yea, over the whole face of the land is my flock 
 scattered, and none careth for them, or seeketh 
 them. 
 
 7 Therefore, ye shepherds, hear the word of Jehovah ! 
 
 8 As I live ! saith the Lord, Jehovah, Surely, because my 
 flock is become a prey, and my flock is become meat 
 to all the beasts of the field, because there is no shep- 
 herd, and because my shepherds search not for my 
 flock, and feed themselves, and feed not my flock; 
 
 9 therefore, ye shepherds, hear the word of Jehovah ! 
 
94 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXIV. 
 
 10 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I am against 
 the shepherds, and I will require my flock at their 
 hand, and cause them to cease from feeding the flock ; 
 neither shall the shepherds feed themselves any more ; 
 for I will deliver my flock from their mouth, and they 
 
 11 shall not be meat for them. For thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah; Behold I, even I, will seek my flock and 
 
 12 look after them ; as a shepherd looketh after his flock, 
 in the day when he is among his sheep that are scat- 
 tered, so will I look after my sheep, and will deliver 
 them out of all the places, where they have been scat- 
 
 13 tered in the day of clouds and darkness. And I will 
 bring them out from the nations, and gather them from 
 the countries ; and I will bring them to their own 
 land, and feed them upon the mountains of Israel, in 
 the valleys, and in all the dwelling-places of the land. 
 
 14 I will feed them in a good pasture, and upon the high 
 mountains of Israel shall their fold be; there shall 
 they lie down in a good fold, and in a fat pasture shall 
 
 15 they feed upon the mountains of Israel. I will feed 
 my flock, and I will cause them to lie down, saith the 
 
 16 Lord, Jehovah. I will seek that which was lost, and 
 bring back that which was driven away, and will bind 
 up that which was broken, and will strengthen the 
 sick ; but the fat and the strong will I destroy ; I will 
 feed them as they deserve. 
 
 17 And as for you, O my sheep, thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; Behold, I will judge between the weak of the 
 flock, and the strong ones, even the rams and the he- 
 
 18 goats. Seemeth it a small thing to you to eat up the 
 good pasture, but ye must tread down with your feet 
 the residue of your pastures? and to drink of the 
 clear waters, but ye must foul the residue with your 
 
Ch. XXXIV.] EZEKIEL. 95 
 
 19 feet? and that my sheep eat that which ye have 
 trodden with your feet, and drink that which ye have 
 fouled with your feet ? 
 
 20 Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, to them; 
 Behold, I, even I, will judge between the fat and the 
 
 21 lean of the flock. Because ye thrust with your side 
 and with your shoulder, and push all the weak with 
 
 22 your horns, till ye scatter them abroad, therefore will I 
 save my sheep, and they shall no more be a prey ; and 
 
 23 I will judge between sheep and sheep. And I will 
 raise up one shepherd over them, and he shall feed 
 them, even my servant David ; he shall feed them, and 
 
 24 he shall be their shepherd. And I, Jehovah, will be 
 their God, and my servant David a prince among them. 
 
 25 I, Jehovah, have spoken it. And I will make with 
 them a covenant of peace, and will cause evil beasts to 
 cease out of the land, so that they shall dwell safely in 
 
 26 the desert, and sleep in the woods. And I will make 
 them, and the places round about my hill, a blessing ; 
 and I will cause the shower to come down in its season ; 
 
 27 showers rich in blessings shall there be. And the 
 tree of the field shall yield her fruit, and the earth 
 shall yield her increase ; and they shall be secure in 
 their land, and shall know that I am Jehovah, when I 
 shall break the bands of their yoke, and deliver them 
 out of the hand of them that made them servants. 
 
 28 And they shall no more be a prey to the nations, 
 neither shall the beasts of the land devour them ; but 
 they shall dwell in security, and none shall make them 
 
 29 afraid. And I will raise up for them a plantation for 
 my glory ; and they shall no more be consumed with 
 hunger in the land, neither shall they bear the reproach 
 
 30 of the nations any more. Then shall they know, that 
 I, Jehovah, their God, am with them, and that they, the 
 
96 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXV. 
 
 house of Israel, are my people, saith the Lord, Jeho- 
 vah. 
 31 For ye, my flock, tlie flock of my pasture, are men, 
 and I am your God, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 XXV. 
 
 Prophecy against the Edomitc?. — Ch. xxxv. 
 
 1 Moreover, the word of Jehovah came to me, say- 
 
 2 ing ; Son of man, set thy face against Mount Seir, and 
 
 3 prophesy against it, and say to it ; Thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah. Behold, I am against thee, O Mount 
 Seir, and I will stretch out my hand against thee, and 
 
 4 I will make thee an utter desolation ; I will lay thy 
 cities waste, and thou shalt be desolate, and thou shalt 
 know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 a Because thou bearest a perpetual hatred, and deliv- 
 erest up the sons of Israel to the sword, in the time of 
 their calamity, in the time when iniquity bringeth 
 
 6 destruction ; therefore, as I live ! saith the Lord, Jeho- 
 vah, Surely to blood will I bring thee, and blood shall 
 pursue thee ; since thou hast not hated blood, blood 
 
 7 shall pursue thee. Thus will I make Mount Seir an 
 utter desolation, and cut off" from it him that passeth 
 
 8 out, and him that returneth. And I will fill his valleys 
 with the slain. Upon thine hills and in thy plains and 
 in thy valleys shall fall they that are slain with the 
 
 9 sword. I will make thee a perpetual desolation, and 
 thy cities shall not be inhabited; and ye shall know 
 that I am Jehovah. 
 
Ch. XXXVI.] EZEKIEL. 97 
 
 10 Because thou hast said, " These two nations and these 
 two countries shall be mine, and we shall possess them," 
 
 11 whereas Jehovah was there ; therefore, as I live, saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah, I will do according to thine anger 
 and according to thine envy, which in thy hatred against 
 them thou hast practised, and I will make myself known 
 
 12 to them, when I judge thee. And thou shalt know 
 that I am Jehovah, and that I have heard all thy blas- 
 phemies, which thou hast spoken against the mountains 
 of Israel, saying ; " They are laid desolate ; to us are they 
 
 13^ given to be devoured." Thus with your mouth have ye 
 magnified yourselves against me, and multiplied your 
 words against nje ; I have heard them. 
 
 14 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; When the whole 
 
 15 land rejoiceth, I will prepare desolation for thee. As 
 thou didst rejoice over my inheritance, the house of 
 Israel, because it was desolate, so will I do to thee ! 
 Mount Seir shall be desolate, and all Edom, even all 
 of it; and they shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 XXVI. 
 
 Promises of restoration and of 2,reat felicity to Israel. — Cm. xxxvi. 
 
 1 Ai.so thou, son of man, prophesy to the mountains of 
 Israel, and say ; Ye mountains of Israel, hear the word 
 
 2 of Jehovah ! Thus saith the Lord, Jeiiovah ; Because 
 the enemy hath said concerning you, " Aha ! the ever- 
 
 3 lasting heights have become our possessions ; " therefore 
 prophesy and say ; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Be- 
 cause, yea, because they have made you desolate, and 
 
 VOL. III. 9 
 
98 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXVI. 
 
 swallowed you up on every side, so that ye have become 
 a possession to the residue of the nations, and a subject 
 for the lips of talkers, and a derision to the people ; 
 
 4 therefore, ye mountains of Israel, hear the word of the 
 Lord, Jehovah ! Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, to the 
 mountains and the hills, the valleys and the plains, to the 
 desolate wastes and to the forsaken cities, which are 
 become a prey and a derision to the residue of the 
 
 5 nations, which are round about ; therefore, thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah; Surely in the fire of my jealousy have 
 I spoken against the residue of the nalions, and against 
 all Edom, who have allotted my land to themselves for a 
 possession, with joy of their whole heart, and with a 
 despiteful mind, to cast it out for a prey. 
 
 6 Prophesy, therefore, concerning the land of Israel, and 
 say to the mountains and to the hills, to the valleys and 
 the plains ; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; Behold, I 
 have spoken in my jealousy and in my fury, because ye 
 
 7 have borne the reproach of the nations. Therefore 
 thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; I have lifted up my hand, 
 that the nations that are round about you, that they shall 
 
 8 bear their reproach. But ye, O mountains of Israel, 
 shall shoot forth your branches, and bear your fruit for 
 
 9 my people Israel ; for they are near coming. For be- 
 hold, I am for you, and I will turn to you, and ye shall 
 
 10 be tilled and sown ; and I will multiply men upon you, 
 even all the house of Israel, all of it ; and the cities 
 shall be inhabited, and the waste places shall be built. 
 
 11 I will multiply men upon you, and beasts; and they shall 
 increase and be fruitful ; and I will cause you to be 
 inhabited as of old, and will do better to you than in the 
 ancient time ; and ye shall know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 12 Yea, I will cause men to walk upon you, even my peo- 
 ple Israel, and they shall possess thee, and thou shalt be 
 
Ch. XXXVI.] EZEKIEL. 99 
 
 their inheritance, and thou shalt no more henceforth 
 bereave them of children. 
 
 13 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Because they say of 
 you, " Thou hast devoured men, and made thy people 
 
 14 childless ! " therefore thou shalt devour men no more, and 
 no more make thy people childless, saith the Lord, 
 
 15 Jehovah. Neither will I cause the reproach of the 
 nations to be heard against thee any more, neither shalt 
 thou bear the derision of the nations any more, neither 
 shalt thou make thy nation childless any more, saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 16 Moreover the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 17 Son of man, when the house of Israel dwelt in their 
 own land, they defiled it by their way and by their 
 doings ; their way before me was as the impurity of an 
 
 18 unclean woman. Wherefore I poured my fury upon 
 them, for the blood which they had shed in the land, and 
 
 19 because they had polluted it with their idols. And I 
 scattered them among the nations, and they were dis- 
 persed through the countries ; according to their way 
 
 20 and according to their doings I judged them. And 
 when they came to the nations, whither they went, they 
 polluted my holy name, in that it was said of them, 
 " These are the people of Jehovah, and they are gone 
 
 21 forth out of his land." Therefore 1 will have regard to 
 my holy name, which the house of Israel have polluted 
 among the nations, whither they are gone. 
 
 22 Therefore say to the house of Israel ; Thus saith the 
 Lord, Jehovah; Not for your own sakes do I this, O 
 house of Israel, but for my holy name, which ye have 
 
 23 polluted among the nations, whither ye are gone. And 
 I will sanctify my great name, which hath been polluted 
 
100 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXVI. 
 
 among the nations, which ye have profaned in the 
 midst of them ; and the nations shall know that I am 
 Jehovah, when I shall he sanctified in regard to you 
 
 24 before their eyes, saith the Lord, Jehovah. For I will 
 take you from among the nations, and gather you out of 
 
 25 all countries, and bring you into your own land. Then 
 will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be 
 clean. From all your uncleanness and from all your 
 
 96 idols will I cleanse you. A new heart also will I give 
 you, and a new spirit will I put within you ; and I will 
 take out of your body the heart of stone, and I will 
 
 27 give you a heart of flesh. And I will put my spirit 
 within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and 
 
 28 ye shall keep my commandments and do them. And ye 
 shall dwell in the land which I gave to your fathers. And 
 
 29 ye shall be my people, and I will be your God. And I 
 will save you from all your uncleanness. And I will call 
 for the corn, and will increase it, and bring no famine 
 
 30 upon you. And I will multiply the fruit of the tree, and 
 the increase of the field, that ye may receive no more 
 
 31 the reproach of famine among the nations. Then shall 
 ye remember your evil ways, and your doings which 
 were not good, and ye shall loathe yourselves for your 
 
 32 iniquities, and for your abominations. Not for your own 
 sakes do I this, saith the Lord, Jehovah, be it known to 
 you ! Be ye ashamed and confounded for your ways, O 
 house of Israel ! 
 
 33 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; In the day when I 
 shall cleanse you from all your iniquities, then will I 
 cause the cities to be inhabited, and the waste places to 
 
 34 be rebuilt; and the desolate land shall be tilled, whereas 
 
 35 it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by. Then 
 shall it be said, " This land, that was desolate, is become 
 
Ch. XXXVII.] EZEKIEL. 101 
 
 as the garden of Eden; and the waste, and desolate, and 
 ruined cities are become fenced, and are inhabited." 
 
 36 Then the nations, that are left around you, shall know 
 that I, Jehovah, have built that which was ruined, and 
 planted that which was desolate. I, Jehovah, have 
 spoken it, and I will do it. 
 
 37 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Yet will I listen to 
 the house of Israel, and do this for them. I will in- 
 
 38 crease them with men like a flock ; as the holy flock, as 
 the flock of Jerusalem in her solemn feasts ; so shall the 
 waste cities be filled with flocks of men ; and they shall 
 know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 XXVII. 
 
 Restoration of the Jews represented by the vision of a resurrection of 
 dry bones. — Ch. xxxvii. 1-14. 
 
 1 The hand of Jehovah was upon me, and he carried 
 
 me out in the spirit of Jehovah, and set me in the midst 
 
 :i of a valley, which was full of bones, and caused me to 
 
 .pass by them round about; and behold, there were very 
 
 many upon the surface of the valley, and lo, they were 
 
 very dry. 
 li And he said to me. Son of man, can these bones 
 
 live? And I answered, O Lord, Jehovah, thou knowest! 
 
 4 Then he said to me, Prophesy to these dry bones, and 
 say to them,0 ye dry bones, Hear the word of Jehovah! 
 
 5 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah, to these bones ; Behold, I 
 will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live ; 
 
 9* 
 
102 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXVII. 
 
 6 and I will lay sinews upon you, and will bring up flesh 
 upon you, and cover you with skin, and put breath into 
 you, and ye shall live ; and ye shall know that I am Je- 
 hovah. 
 
 7 So I prophesied, as I was commanded; and as I 
 prophesied, a voice was heard, and behold, a shaking, 
 
 8 and the bones came together, bone to its bone. And 
 when I looked, behold, there were sinews upon them, 
 and the flesh grew, and the skin covered them above ; 
 
 9 but there was no breath in them. Then said he to me, 
 Prophesy to breath, prophesy, O son of man, and say to 
 breath ; Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Come from the 
 four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that 
 
 10 they may live ! So I prophesied, as he commanded me ; 
 and the breath came into them, and they lived and stood 
 on their feet, an exceedingly great host. 
 
 11 And he said to me. Son of man, these bones denote 
 the whole house of Israel. Behold, they say, "Our 
 bones are dried, and our hope is lost, and we are cut 
 
 12 off"." Therefore prophesy, and say to them; Thus saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I will open your graves, 
 and cause you to come up out of your graves, O my 
 
 13 people, and bring you into the land of Israel. And ye 
 shall know that I am Jehovah, when I open your graves, 
 and cause you to come up out of your graves, O my 
 
 14 people, and put my breath within you, and ye live, and 
 I place you in your own land, then shall ye know, that I, 
 Jehovah, have spoken it, and done it, saith Jehovah. 
 
Ch. xxxvir.] EZEKIEL. 103 
 
 XXVIII. 
 
 Reunion of the tribes of Israel symbolically represented. Future 
 piety and prosperity. — Ch. xxxvii. 15-28. 
 
 15 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 16 Son of man, take thee one stick, and write upon it, " For 
 Judah, and for the sons of Israel, his companions ; " and 
 take another stick, and write upon it, " For Joseph, the 
 stick of Ephraim, and the whole house of Israel, his 
 
 17 companions." Then join them one to another into one 
 
 18 stick, that they may become one iu thy hand. And 
 when the sons of thy people say to thee, " Wilt thou not 
 
 19 show us what thou meanest by these?" say to them, 
 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Behold, I will take the 
 stick of Joseph, which is in the hand of Ephraim, and of 
 the tribes of Israel, his companions, and will unite them 
 and him with the stick of Judah, and make them one 
 
 20 stick, and they shall be one in my hand. And let thfe 
 sticks, whereon thou writest, be in thy hand before their 
 
 •21 eyes ; and say thou to them. Thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; Behold, I will take the sons of Israel from 
 among the nations, whither they are gone, and will 
 gather them from every side, and bring them into their 
 
 ■■2-2 own land. And I will make them one nation in the 
 land, upon the mountains of Israel ; and one king shall 
 be king over them all ; and they shall no more be two 
 nations, and no more shall they be divided into two 
 
 23 kingdoms. Neither shall they defile themselves any 
 more with their idols, nor with tlieir abominations, nor 
 with any of their transgressions ; but I will save them 
 from all their dwelling-places, wherein they have sinned, 
 and will cleanse them ; and they shall be my people, and 
 
104 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXVIII. 
 
 24 I will be their God. And my servant David shall be 
 king over them, and they shall have one shepherd ; and 
 they shall walk in my commandments, and observe my 
 
 25 statutes, and do them. And they shall dwell in the 
 land which I gave to my servant Jacob, wherein your 
 fathers dwelt ; they shall dwell therein, and their sons 
 and their sons' sons forever ; and David, my servant, shall 
 
 26 be their prince forever. And I will make with them a 
 covenant of peace ; it shall be an everlasting covenant 
 with them. And I will place them [in the land,] and 
 multiply them, and set my sanctuary in the midst of 
 
 37 them forever. And my dwelling-place shall be with 
 them ; yea, I will be their God, and they shall be my 
 
 28 people ; and the nations shall know that I, Jehovah, do 
 sanctify Israel, when my sanctuary shall be in the midst 
 of them forevermore. 
 
 XXIX. 
 
 Expedition of barbarous nations, under the command of Gog, against 
 Israel after their restoration ; tlieir defeat, and the triumph and hap- 
 piness of the Jews. — Ch. xxxviii, xxxix. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 2 Son of man, set thy face against Gog, of the land of 
 Magog, prince of Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal, and 
 
 3 prophesy against him, and say ; Thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, prince of 
 
 4 Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal ! And I will turn thee 
 about, and put rings into thy jaws ; and I will bring thee 
 forth, thee and all thine army, horses and horsemen, 
 
Ch. xxxviii.] fiZEKlEL. 105 
 
 all of them clothed in gorgeous apparel, even a great 
 multitude with bucklers and shields, all of them hand- 
 
 5 ling swords. Persians, Ethiopians, and Lybians are 
 with them, all of them with shields and helmets. 
 
 6 Gomer and all his bands, the house of Togarmuh from 
 the north quarters, and all their hosts, many nations are 
 with thee. 
 
 7 Be prepared, and prepare for thyself, thou and all thy 
 host, that are assembled unto thee, and be thou their 
 
 8 leader ! After many days siialt thou be appointed over 
 them. In the latter years shalt thou come into a land, 
 that is brought back from the sword, gathered out of 
 many nations upon the mountains of Israel, which had 
 been long desolate ; but it is brought forth out of the 
 nations, and they shall dwell securely, all of them. 
 
 9 Thou shalt go up like a storm, thou shalt come like a 
 cloud, to cover the land, thou and all thy bands, and 
 many nations with thee. 
 
 10 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; At the same time shall 
 thoughts come into thy mind, and thou shalt meditate an 
 
 11 evil design, and shalt say, "I will go up to the land of 
 unwalled villages ; I will go to them that are at rest, that 
 dwell securely, all of them dwelling without walls, and 
 
 12 having neither bars nor gates, to take a spoil and to 
 divide a prey, to turn my hand against the desolated 
 places that have become inliabited, and against a peo- 
 ple gathered out of the nations, possessing cattle and 
 
 1:3 goods, dwelling in the heights of the earth." Sheba and 
 Dedan and the merchants of Tarshish and all the 
 chiefs thereof shall say to thee, " Art thou come to take 
 a spoil ? Hast thou gathered thy company to divide 
 a prey 1 to carry away silver and gold, to take away 
 cattle and goods, and to divide great spoil ? " 
 
106 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXVIII. 
 
 14 Therefore, prophesy, son of man, and say to Gog ; 
 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; In that day, when my 
 people Israel dwelleth securely, thou shalt observe it, 
 
 15 and thou shalt come up from the regions of the North, 
 thou and many nations with thee, all of them riding 
 
 16 upon horses, a great company, and a mighty host ; thou 
 shalt come up against my people Israel, like a cloud, to 
 cover the land ; in the latter days it shall come to pass, 
 that I will bring thee against my land, that the nations 
 may know me, when I shall be sanctified in regard to 
 thee, before their eyes, O Gog ! 
 
 17 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; Art thou not he, of 
 whom I spoke in old time by my servants, the prophets 
 of Israel, who prophesied in those days and years, that I 
 
 18 would bring thee against them ? And it shall come to 
 pass in that day, in the day when Gog shall come 
 against the land of Israel, saith the Lord, Jehovah, that 
 
 19 my anger shall ascend in fury. For in my jealousy, in 
 the fire of my wrath, have I spoken. Surely in that day 
 
 20 there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel, so 
 that the fishes of the sea, and the birds of the heavens, 
 and the beasts of the field, and every creeping thing that 
 creepeth upon the ground, and all the men that are 
 upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence ; 
 and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep 
 places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground. 
 
 21 And I will call for a sword against him throughout all 
 my mountains, saith the Lord, Jehovah, and they shall 
 
 22 all turn their swords against each other. And I will 
 contend against him with pestilence, and with blood ; 
 and overflowing showers, and great hailstones, fire and 
 brimstone will I rain upon him and his hosts, and the 
 
 2a many nations that are with him. Thus will I show 
 myself in my greatness and glory, and make myself 
 
Ch. xxxix] EZEKIEL. 107 
 
 known before the eyes of many nations, and they shall 
 know that I am Jehovah. 
 
 1 And do thou, son of man, prophesy against Goo-, and 
 say, Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, prince of Rosh, 
 
 2 Meshech, and Tubal ! I will turn thee, and lead thee 
 about, and cause thee to come up from the renrjons of 
 the North, and bring thee upon the mountains of Israel. 
 
 3 And I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and 
 
 4 cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand. Thou 
 shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou and all thy 
 hosts, and the nations that are with thee. To the ra- 
 venous birds of every wing, and to the beasts of the 
 
 5 forest, give I thee to be devoured. Thou shalt fall upon 
 the open field ; for I have spoken it, saith the Lord 
 Jehovah. 
 
 6 And I will send a fire upon Magog, and upon them 
 that dwell in security, in the sea-coasts ; and they shall 
 
 7 know that I am Jehovah. So will I make my holy 
 name known in the midst of my people Israel, and I will 
 not suffer my holy name to be polluted any more; and 
 the nations shall know that I am Jehovah, the Holy One 
 
 8 of Israel. Behold it cometh, and shall be done, saith 
 the Lord, Jehovah. This is the day, of which I spake. 
 
 9 Then shall the inhabitants of the cities of Israel go 
 forth, and set on fire and burn the weapons, the shields 
 and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, the hand- 
 staves and the spears, and they shall make fires of them 
 
 10 seven years. They shall take no wood from the field, 
 neither shall they cut down any from the forests; for 
 they shall make their fires of the weapons. And they 
 shall spoil those that spoiled them, and plunder those that 
 plundered them, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
108 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XXXIX. 
 
 11 And it shall come to pass in tliat day, that I will give 
 to Gog a place there, a grave in Israel, the valley of the 
 passengers on the east of the sea ; and it shall stop the 
 way of passengers. There shall they bury Gog and all 
 his multitude, and they shall call it " The valley of the 
 
 12 multitude of Gog." And seven months shall the house 
 of Israel be burying them, that they may cleanse the 
 
 13 land. Yea, all the people of the land shall bury them ; 
 and it shall be renown to them, in the day when I shall 
 
 14 be glorified, saith the Lord, Jehovah. And they shall 
 set apart men, to be constantly employed in the work, 
 who, with the aid of those that pass by, shall bury those 
 that remain upon the face of the land, to cleanse it; at 
 
 15 the end of the seven months shall they search. And 
 when any of the travellers, that pass through the land, 
 shall see a man's bone, they shall set up a sign by it, till 
 the buriers have buried it in the valley of the multitude 
 
 16 of Gog. Also the name of a city shall be Multitude. 
 Thus shall they cleanse the land. 
 
 17 And thou, son of man, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; 
 Say to the birds of every wing, and to every beast of 
 the field. Assemble yourselves and come, gather your- 
 selves from every side to my sacrifice which I make for 
 you, a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel ; and 
 
 18 ye shall eat flesh and drink blood ; the flesh of the 
 mighty shall ye eat, and the blood of the princes of the 
 earth shall ye drink, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, 
 
 19 of bullocks, all of them fatted in Bashan. And ye shall 
 eat fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, 
 
 20 of my sacrifice which I make fur you. 'J'hus shall ye 
 be filled at my table with horses and riders, and mighty 
 men and warriors of all kinds, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 21 And I will set my glory among the nations, and all the 
 
Ch. xxxii] EZEKIEL. 109 
 
 nations shall see my judgment which I have executed, 
 
 22 and my hand which I have laid upon them. And the 
 house of Israel shall know that I am Jehovah, their 
 
 23 God, from that day and forward. And the nations shall 
 know that the house of Israel were carried inlo cap- 
 tivity for their iniquity. Because they trespassed 
 against me, therefore hid I my face from them, and 
 gave them into the hand of their enemies, so that they 
 
 24 all fell by the sword. According to their uncleanness 
 and according to their transgressions have I dealt with 
 them, and hid my face from them. 
 
 t5 Therefore, thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; I will 
 bring back the captives of Jacob, and have compassion 
 upon the whole house of Israel, and be jealous for my 
 
 26 holy name. Then shall they feel their shame, and all 
 their trespasses with which they trespassed against me, 
 when they dwell in security in their own land, and 
 
 27 none maketh them afraid. When I bring them back 
 from the nations, and gather them from the lands of 
 their enemies, then will I be glorified in regard to them 
 
 28 before the eyes of many nations. And they shall 
 know that I am Jehovah, their God, in that I caused 
 them to be carried into captivity among the nations, 
 and gathered them into their own land, and left none of 
 
 29 them there. And I will hide my face from them no 
 more ; for I have poured out my spirit upon the house 
 of Israel, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 10 
 
110 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XL. 
 
 XXX. 
 
 A representation of the Jewish commonwealth, the temple and its 
 services, the city of Jerusalem, the distribution of the country 
 among the twelve tribes, as they should be after the exile. — 
 Ch. XL. - xLvui. 
 
 1. 
 
 The courts and doors of the temple. — Ch. xl. 
 
 1 In the five and twentieth year of our captivity, in the 
 first month, on the tenth day of the month, in the four- 
 teenth year after that the city was smitten, on the self- 
 same day the hand of Jehovah was upon me, and he 
 
 2 brought me thither [into the city]. In the visions of 
 God he brought me into the land of Israel, and set me 
 upon a very high mountain, near which was, as it were, 
 
 3 the frame of a city toward the south. And when he 
 had brought me thither, behold, there was a man, whose 
 appearance was as the appearance of brass, with a line 
 of flax in his hand, and a measuring-reed ; and he 
 
 4 stood in the gate. And the man said to me, Son of 
 man, behold with thine eyes and hear with thine ears, 
 and give heed to all which I siiall show thee ; for to the 
 intent that I might show them to thee, art thou brought 
 hither ; declare all, which thou seest, to the house of 
 Israel ! 
 
 5 And behold, a wall on the outside of the house 
 round about, and in the man's hand a measuring-reed, 
 in length six cubits, of a cubit and a handbreadth ; and 
 
Ch. XL.] EZEKIEL. Ill 
 
 he measured the breadth of the wall, one reed ; and 
 
 6 the height, one reed. Then came he to the gate, 
 which looked toward the east, and went up the steps 
 thereof, and measured the upper threshold of the gate, 
 one reed broad, and the other threshold of the gate, 
 
 7 one reed broad. And every chamber was one reed 
 long, and one reed broad; and between the chambers 
 were five cubits ; and the threshold of the gate, by the 
 
 8 porch of the gate within, was one reed. He measured 
 
 9 also the porch of the gate within, one reed. Then he 
 measured the porch of the gate, eight cubits ; and the 
 
 10 border thereof, two cubits; now the porch of the gate was 
 inward. And the chambers of the gate eastward were 
 three on this side, and three on that side : they three 
 were of one measure, and the projecting wall-pillars 
 
 11 were of one measure on this side, and on that side. 
 And he measured the breadth of the entry of the gate, 
 ten cubits ; and the length of the entry of the gate, thir- 
 
 12 teen cubits. There was also a space before the cham- 
 bers one cubit on this side, and a space one cubit on 
 that side ; and every chamber was six cubits on this 
 
 13 side, and six cubits on that side. Then he measured 
 the gate from the roof of one chamber to the roof of 
 another, the breadth was five and twenty cubits, and 
 
 14 door was over against door. He made also projecting 
 wall-pillars sixty cubits, even to the border of the gate 
 
 15 of the court round about. And from the front of the 
 gate of the entrance to the front of the porch of the 
 
 16 inner gate were fifty cubits. And there were closed 
 windows to the chambers and to their wall-projections 
 inward at the gate round about, and likewise to the 
 cornices ; there were windows round about within, and 
 upon the wall-projections were palm-trees. 
 
112 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XL. 
 
 17 Then he brought me into the outer court, and be- 
 hold, there were rooms, and a pavement made for the 
 court round about ; thirty rooms were upon the pave- 
 
 18 ment. And the pavement at the sides of the gates, 
 by the length of the gates, was the lower pavement. 
 
 19 Then he measured the breadth from the front of the 
 lower gate to the front of the inner court without, a 
 hundred cubits toward the east and toward the north. 
 
 20 And as for the gate that looked toward the north, 
 in the outer court, he measured the length thereof, and 
 
 21 the breadth thereof And the chambers thereof were 
 three on this side, and three on that side. And the 
 border thereof, and the cornices thereof, were of the 
 same measure as the former gate, the length thereof 
 was fifty cubits, and the breadth five and twenty cubits. 
 
 22 And the windows thereof, and the cornices thereof, and 
 the palm-trees thereof were of the same measure as the 
 gate which looked toward the east, and they went up 
 to it by seven steps, and the cornices thereof were be- 
 
 23 fore them. And the gate of the inner court was over 
 against the gate toward the north and east. And he 
 measured from gate to gate a hundred cubits. 
 
 24 Then he led me toward the south ; and behold, there 
 was a gate toward the south ; and he measured the 
 border thereof and the cornices thereof according to 
 
 25 those measures. And there were windows in it, and 
 within the cornices thereof round about, like those 
 windows ; the length was fifty cubits, and the breadth 
 
 26 five and twenty cubits. And there were seven steps to 
 go up to it, and the cornices thereof were before 
 them ; and it had palm-trees, one on this side and 
 another on that side, upon the wall-pillars thereof. 
 
 27 And there was a gate in the inner court toward the 
 
Ch. XL.] EZEKIEL. 113 
 
 south ; and he measured from gate to gate toward the 
 south a hundred cubits. 
 
 28 And he brought me to the inner court through the 
 south gate ; and he measured the south gate according 
 
 29 to the same measures. And the chambers thereof, and 
 the border thereof, and the cornices thereof were ac- 
 cording to those measures. And there were windows 
 in it, and within the cornices thereof, round about ; it 
 was fifty cubits long, and five and twenty cubits broad. 
 
 30 And the cornices round about were five and twenty 
 
 31 cubits long, and five cubits broad. And the cornices 
 thisreof were toward the outer court ; and palm-trees 
 were upon the wall-pillars thereof; and in going up to 
 it there were eight steps. 
 
 32 And he brought me to the inner court toward the 
 east; and he measured the gate according to those 
 
 33 measures. And the chambers thereof, and the border 
 thereof, and the cornices thereof were according to 
 those measures ; and there were windows in it, and in 
 the cornices thereof, round about ; the length was 
 fifty cubits, and the breadth five and twenty cubits. 
 
 34 And the cornices thereof were toward the outer court ; 
 and palm-trees were upon the wall-pillars thereof, on 
 this side and on that side ; and in going up to it there 
 were eight steps. 
 
 35 And he brought me to the north gate, and measured 
 3C it according to those measures; the chambers thereof, 
 
 and the border thereof, and the cornices thereof; and 
 there were windows to it, round about ; the length was 
 fifty cubits, and the breadth five and twenty cubits. 
 37 And the cornices thereof were toward the outer court; 
 and palm-trees were upon the wall-pillars thereof, on 
 this side and on that side ; and in going up to it there 
 were eight steps. 
 
 10* 
 
114 EZEKIEL. [Ch. XL. 
 
 38 And a room with its doors was by the borders of the 
 
 89 gates, where they washed the burnt-offering. And in 
 
 the porch of the gate were two tables on this side, and 
 
 two tables on that side, to slay thereon the burnt-oifer- 
 
 ing, and the sin-offering, and the trespass-offering. 
 
 40 And at the side without, as one goeth up to the en- 
 trance of the north gate, were two tables ; and on the 
 other side, which was at the porch of the gate, were 
 
 41 two tables; four tables were on this side, and four 
 tables on that side ; on the other side of the gate, 
 
 42 eight tables, whereon they slew their sacrifices. And 
 the four tables for the burnt-offering were of hewn 
 stone ; their length was a cubit and a half, and their 
 breadth a cubit and a half, and their height a cubit. 
 Thereon they laid the instruments, with which they 
 
 43 slew the burnt-offering and the sacrifice. And there 
 were edging-boards of a handbreadth, prepared with- 
 in round about ; and upon the tables was the flesh of 
 the offering. 
 
 44 And without the inner gate were rooms for the sing- 
 ers in the inner court ; they were at the side of the 
 north gate, and their prospect was toward the south ; 
 one at the side of the east gate, having the prospect 
 
 45 toward the north. And he said to me. This room, 
 whose prospect is toward the south, is for the priests 
 
 46 that keep the charge of the house. And the room, 
 whose prospect is toward the north, is for the priests 
 that keep the charge of the altar. These are the sons 
 of Zadok, who, among the sons of Levi, come near to 
 
 47 Jehovah, to minister to him. Then he measured the 
 court ; its length was a hundred cubits, and its breadth 
 a hundred cubits, being square. And the altar stood 
 before the house. 
 
Cu. xLi.] EZEKIEL. 115 
 
 48 Then he brought me to the porch of the temple, and 
 he measured the door-border of the porch, five cubits on 
 this side, and five cubits on that side. And the breadth 
 of the gate was three cubits on this side, and three 
 
 49 cubits on that side. The length of the porch was 
 twenty cubits, and the breadth eleven cubits; and they 
 went up to it by steps. And there were columns by 
 the door-border, one on this side, and another on that 
 side. 
 
 2. 
 
 The various parts of the temple. — Ch. xli. 
 
 I Afterwards he brought me to the temple ; and 
 he measured the projecting wall-pillars, six cubits 
 broad on this side, and six cubits broad on that 
 side, according to the breadth of the house. And 
 
 9 the breadth of the door was ten cubits ; and the 
 sides of the door were five cubits on this side, and 
 five cubits on that side. Then he measured the length, 
 
 3 forty cubits, and the breadth, twenty cubits. And he 
 went inward, and measured the border of the door, 
 two cubits; and the door, six cubits; and the breadth 
 of the door, seven cubits. 
 
 4 Then he measured twenty cubits in length, and 
 twenty cubits in breadth in the temple, and said to me, 
 
 5 This is the most holy place. And he measured the 
 wall of the house, six cubits; and the breadth of every 
 side-chamber, four cubits round about, round about 
 
 6 the house. And the side-chambers were chamber to 
 
116 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xLi. 
 
 chamber, three and thirty times ; and they entered into 
 the wall of the house of the side-chambers round 
 about, and were connected with it; but they were not 
 ' connected with the wall of the house. And the side- 
 chambers became wider upward, having a winding 
 ascent. For the circuit of the house went still upward, 
 round about the house ; therefore the greater breadth 
 of the house was upward; and so they ascended from 
 the lowest story to the highest through the middle 
 
 8 story. T saw also the height of the house round about ; 
 the foundations of the side-chambers were a full reed, 
 
 9 six cubits to the knuckles. Tlie thickness of the wall 
 of the side-chambers outward was five cubits, and the 
 space which was left was the place of the side-cham- 
 
 10 bers of the house. And between the rooms was the 
 breadth of twenty cubits round about the house on 
 
 11 every side. And the doors of the side-chambers were 
 toward the space that was left, one door toward the 
 north, and another door toward the south ; and the 
 breadth of the space that was left was five cubits round 
 about. 
 
 12 And the building, which was before the separate 
 place at the side toward the west, was seventy cubits 
 broad ; and the wall of the building was five cubits 
 thick round about, and the length thereof was ninety 
 
 13 cubits. Then he measured the length of the house, a 
 hundred cubits ; and the length of the separate place 
 and the building and the walls thereof, a hundred cu- 
 
 14 bits. Also the breadth towards the front of the house 
 and of the separate place toward the east was a hun- 
 
 15 dred cubits. And he measured the length of the 
 building before the separate place, and that which was 
 behind it, and the pillars thereof on this side and on 
 that side, a hundred cubits ; and the inner temple, and 
 
Ch. xLi] EZEKIEL. 117 
 
 16 the porches of the court, the thresholds, and the win- 
 dows that were closed, and the pillars round about the 
 three sides. Over against the threshold was a table of 
 wood round about, from the ground to the windows, 
 
 17 and the windows were covered with it ; upon the 
 space above every door, and upon the inner house, and 
 without, and upon all the wall round about within and 
 without, according to measure. 
 
 16 And cherubs and palm-trees were made, one palm- 
 tree between two cherubs, and every cherub had two 
 
 19 faces ; and the face of a man was toward a palm-tree 
 on one side, and the face of a lion toward a palm-tree 
 on the other side. So was it made upon all the house 
 
 20 round about. From the ground to above tlie door 
 were cherubs and palm-trees made, and on the wall of 
 
 21 the temple. The posts of the temple were four-square; 
 and the front sanctuary had the same appearance. 
 
 22 The altar was of wood, three cubits high, and two 
 cubits long : and the corners thereof, and the base 
 thereof, and the walls thereof were of wood. And he 
 said to me. This is the table, that standeth before Je- 
 
 23 hovah. And the temple and the sanctuary had two 
 
 24 doors. And the two doors had two leaves apiece, two 
 turning-leaves ; two leaves for one door, and two leaves 
 
 9j for the other door. And there were made on them, 
 even on the doors of the temple, cherubs and palm- 
 trees, such as were made upon the walls, and a wooden 
 
 20 threshold was before the porch without. And at the 
 closed windows were palm-trees on this side, and on 
 that side, on the sides of the porch, and on the side- 
 chambers of the house, and on the thresholds. 
 
lis EZEKIEL. [Ch. xLii. 
 
 3. 
 
 The buildings connected with the temple. — Ch. xlii. 
 
 1 Then lie led me forth to the outer court, in the di- 
 rection toward the north, and he brought me to the 
 rooms, which were before the separate place, and be- 
 
 2 fore the building toward the north. The length was a 
 hundred cubits before the gate toward the north, and 
 
 3 the breadth was fifty cubits ; over against the twenty 
 cubits in the inner court, and over against the pave- 
 ment in the outer court, was pillar before pillar, in 
 
 4 three rows. And before the chambers was a walk of 
 ten cubits breadth inward, a way of one cubit ; and 
 
 5 their doors were toward the north. And the upper 
 rooms were narrower (for the pillars look away room 
 from them) than the lower and middle chambers 
 
 6 of the building. For they were in three stories ; but 
 had not pillars, as the pillars of the courts; therefore 
 they were narrower than the lowest, and than the mid- 
 
 7 dlemost from the ground. And as to the wall that 
 was without, over against the chambers, toward the 
 outer court, before the chambers, the length thereof 
 
 8 was fifty cubits. For the length of the rooms that 
 were in the outer court was fifty cubits ; but before the 
 
 9 temple it was an hundred cubits. And under these 
 rooms was an entry from the east, as one came to them 
 
 10 from the outer court. In the breadth of the wall of 
 the court toward the east, before the separate place and 
 
 11 before the building, were rooms. And there was a 
 way before them similar to that before the rooms 
 toward the north. Both their length and their breadth 
 were the same, and all their goings out, and their fash- 
 
Ch. xLii.] EZEKIEL. 119 
 
 12 ions, and their doors were the same. And so also 
 were the doors of the rooms toward the south ; there 
 was a door at the head of the way, before the well- 
 built wall, in the way toward the east, as one entered 
 into them. 
 
 13 Then he said to me, The north rooms and the south 
 rooms, which are before the separate place, are holy 
 rooms, where the priests, when they come near to Je- 
 hovah, eat the most holy things. There shall they lay 
 the most holy things, both the flour-offering, and the 
 sin-offering, and the trespass-offering; for the place is 
 
 H holy. When the priests enter therein, then shall they 
 not go out of the holy place into the outer court, but 
 shall leave there the garments in which they minister ; 
 for they are holy ; and shall put on other garments, 
 
 . and approach to the place, which belongeth to the 
 people. 
 
 15 Now when he had made an end of measurino- the 
 innef house, he brought me forth to the gate, whose 
 prospect is toward the east, and measured it round 
 
 16 about. He measured the east side with the measuring- 
 reed, five hundred reeds with the measuring-reed 
 
 n round about. He measured the north side, five hun- 
 dred reeds, with the measuring-reed round about. 
 
 18 He measured the south side, five hundred reeds, with 
 
 19 the measuring-reed. He turned himself also to t!ie west 
 side, and measured five hundred reeds with the meas- 
 
 20 uring-reed. On all the four sides measured he the 
 wall round about, five hundred reeds in length, and five 
 hundred in breadth, to make a separation between the 
 holy and the unholy place. 
 
120 LZEKiEL. [Ch. xliii. 
 
 4. 
 
 The entrance of Jehovah inlo the temple. — Ch. xliii. 1-12. 
 
 1 Then he brought me to the gate, even to the gate 
 
 2 that looketh toward the east. And behold, the glory 
 of the God of Israel came from the east ; and the 
 sound thereof was as the sound of great waters, and 
 
 3 the earth shone with his glory. And the appearance 
 was like the vision which I saw, like the vision which 
 I saw when I came to destroy the city ; it was a vision 
 like the vision which I saw at the river Chebar. And 
 I fell upon my face. 
 
 4 And the glory of Jehovah came into the house by 
 the way of the gate, whose prospect was toward the 
 
 5 east. Then the spirit took me up and brought me into 
 the inner court ; and behold, the glory of Jehovah 
 
 6 filled the house. And I heard one speaking to me out 
 
 7 of the house, and a man was standing by me. And he 
 said to me ; Son of man, this is the place of my throne, 
 and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will 
 dwell in the midst of the sons of Israel forever ; and 
 the house of Israel shall no more pollute my holy 
 name, neither they nor their kings, by their fornication, 
 and by the dead bodies of their kings in their sepul- 
 
 8 chres ; in that they set their threshold by my threshold, 
 and their post near my post, so that there was only a 
 wall between me and them, and defiled my holy name 
 by the abominations which they committed ; where- 
 
 9 fore I have consumed them in my anger. Now let 
 them remove far away from me their fornication, and 
 the carcasses of their kings ; and I will dwell in the 
 midst of them forever. 
 
Ch. xLiii.] EZEKIEL. 121 
 
 10 And thou, son of man, show this house to the house 
 of Israel, that they may be ashamed of their iniquities, 
 
 11 and that they may measure the pattern. And if they 
 be ashamed of all which they have done, let them 
 know the form of the house and the fashion thereof, 
 and the passages for going out and coming in, and all 
 the forms thereof, and all the statutes thereof, and all 
 the laws thereof, and write it in their sight, that they 
 may keep the whole form thereof and all the statutes 
 
 12 thereof, and do them. This is the law of the house. 
 Upon the top of the mountain, all within its limits 
 shall be most holy. Behold, this is the law of the 
 house. 
 
 5. 
 
 The altar of burnt-offering. — Ch. XLiir. 13-27. 
 
 13 And these are the measures of the altar, by cubits; 
 each cubit being a cubit and a hand-breadth. The 
 bottom shall be a cubit high and a cubit broad ; and 
 the border thereof, by the edge thereof round about, 
 shall be a span ; and this shall be the outer part of the 
 
 14 altar. And from the bottom upon the ground to the 
 lower ledge shall be two cubits, and the breadth one 
 cubit ; and from the lesser ledge to the greater ledge 
 
 15 shall be four cubits, and the breadth a cubit. And the 
 altar shall be four cubits, and from the altar upward 
 
 iG shall be four horns. And the altar shall be twelve 
 
 cubits long by twelve broad ; square on the four sides 
 
 17 thereof And the ledge shall be fourteen cubits long 
 
 VOL. III. 11 
 
122 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xliii. 
 
 by fourteen broad on the four sides thereof; and the 
 border about it shall be half a cubit ; and the bottom 
 thereof shall be a cubit round about ; and its steps shall 
 look toward the east. 
 
 18 And he said to me, Son of man, thus saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah ; These are the statutes of the altar, in the 
 day when it is made, to offer burnt-offerings thereon, 
 
 19 and to sprinkle blood thereon. To the priests, the 
 sons of Levi, of the race of Zadok, that come near to 
 me, saith the Lord, Jehovah, to minister to me, thou 
 
 20 shalt give a young bullock for a sin-offering. And thou 
 shall take of the blood thereof, and put it on its four 
 horns, and on the four corners of the ledge, and on the 
 border round about, and thus cleanse and purge it. 
 
 21 And thou shalt take the bullock of the sin-offering, 
 and it shall be burned in the appointed place of the 
 
 22 house, without the sanctuary. And on the second day 
 thou shalt offer a he-goat without blemish for a sin- 
 offering ; and they shall cleanse the altar, as they 
 
 23 cleansed it with the bullock. And when thou hast 
 made an end of cleansing it, thou shalt offer a young 
 bullock without blemish, and a ram out of the flock 
 
 24 without blemish. And thou shalt offer them before 
 Jehovah, and the priests shall cast salt upon them, and 
 
 25 offer them up for a burnt-offering to Jehovah. Seven 
 days shylt thou sacrifice daily a goat for a sin-offering ; 
 they shall also sacrifice a young bullock, and a ram 
 
 26 out of the flock without blemish. Seven days shall 
 they purge the altar, and purify it, and consecrate 
 
 27 themselves. And when they have finished these days, 
 it shall be that on the eighth day and forward the 
 priests shall present your burnt-offerings and your 
 thank-offerings upon the altar, and I will accept you, 
 saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
Ch. xhv] ezekiel. 123 
 
 Divers ordinances for the priests. — Ch. xliv. 
 
 1 Then he brought me back to the outer gate of the 
 sanctuary, which looketh toward the east ; and it was 
 
 2 shut. Tlien said Jehovah to ine ; This gate shall be 
 shut ; it shall not be opened, and no man shall enter 
 in by it ; because Jehovah, the God of Israel, entered in 
 
 3 by it, therefore it shall be shut. The prince, because 
 he is prince, shall sit in it, to eat food before Jehovah ; 
 he shall enter through the porch of that gate, and by 
 the same way shall he go out. 
 
 4 Then he brought me to the north gate before the 
 house ; and I looked, and behold, the glory of Jehovah 
 filled the house of Jehovah. And I fell upon my face. 
 
 5 And Jehovah said to me. Son of man, mark well, and 
 behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears all 
 that I say to thee concerning all the ordinances of the 
 house of Jehovah, and all the laws thereof; and mark 
 well all the entrances of the house and all the outward 
 
 6 passages of the sanctuary. And say to the rebellious 
 house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; Let it 
 suffice you of all your abominations, O house of Israel, 
 
 7 in that ye brought strangers, uncircumcised in heart, 
 and uncircumcised in flesh, to be in my sanctuary, so 
 that ye polluted my house, when ye oflered my food, 
 the fat and the blood, and broke my covenant by 
 
 8 all your abominations. And ye kept not the charge of 
 my holy place, but appointed for yourselves such keep- 
 ers of my charge in my sanctuary. 
 
 9 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; No stranger, uncir- 
 cumcised in heart and uncircumcised in flesh, shall 
 
124 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xliv. 
 
 enter into my sanctuary, of all the strangers that are 
 
 10 among the sons of Israel. But even the Levites, who 
 departed from me, when Israel went astray, who went 
 astray from me after their idols, shall bear their in- 
 
 11 iquity. Yet they shall be ministers in my sanctuary, 
 having charge at the gates of the house, and minister- 
 ing at the house; they shall slay the burnt-offering and 
 sacrifice for the people, and they shall stand before 
 
 12 them, to minister to them. Because they ministered to 
 them before their idols, and caused the house of Israel 
 to fall into iniquity, therefore have I lifted up my hand 
 against them, saith the Lord, Jehovah, that they shall 
 
 13 bear their iniquity. And they shall not come near to me, 
 to do the office of a priest to me, and to come near to 
 any of my holy things, in the most holy place; but 
 they shall bear their shame, and their abominations 
 
 14 which they have committed. But I will make them 
 keepers of the charge of the house, for all the service 
 thereof, and for all which is to be done therein. 
 
 15 But the priests, the Levites, the sons of Zadok, that 
 kept the charge of my sanctuary, when the sons of 
 Israel went astray from me, they shall come near to me, 
 to minister to me, and they shall stand before me, to 
 offer to me the fat and the blood, saith the Lord, Jeho- 
 
 16 vah. They shall come into my sanctuary, and they 
 shall draw near to my table to minister to me, and shall 
 
 n keep my charge. And when they enter the gates of 
 the inner court, they shall be clothed with linen gar- 
 ments, and no wool shall come upon them, while they 
 minister in the gates of the inner court, and within the 
 
 18 house. They shall have linen coverings upon their 
 heads, and linen breeches upon their loins; they shiill 
 not gird themselves with any thing that causeth sweat. 
 
 19 And when they go forth into the outer court, even into 
 
CH. XLIV.l 
 
 125 
 
 the outer court to the p 
 
 garments, in which they m. ^^^w put off their 
 the holy rooms, and shall cloi.i ^^(^ lay them "^ 
 garments, that they may not sai^ggives with other 
 
 20 their garments. They shall neitheii^e people with 
 nor suffer their locks to grow long, their heads, 
 
 21 their heads. And no priest shall drinshall shear 
 
 22 they enter into the inner court. Neithepe, when 
 take for their wives a widow, or her that is p ^'^^^ 
 but they shall take virgins, of the race of the^^^ ' 
 of Israel, or a widow that is the widow of a p'l^.^ 
 
 23 And they shall teach my people the difference betwee. 
 the holy and unholy, and cause them to discern be- 
 
 24 tween the unclean and the clean. And in controversy 
 they shall stand to judge; according to my statutes 
 shall they judge. And they shall keep my laws and my 
 statutes in all my festivals, and they shall hallow my 
 
 25 sabbaths. And they shall come to no dead person, to 
 defile themselves; but for father, or for mother, or for 
 son, or for daughter, for brother, or for sister, that hath 
 
 26 had no husband, they may defile themselves. And 
 after his cleansing they shall reckon to him seven days. 
 
 27 And in the day that he goeth into the sanctuary, into 
 the inner court, to minister in the sanctuary, he shall 
 offer his sin-offering, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 28 And it shall be to them for an inheritance, that I am 
 their inheritance. And ye shall give them no posses- 
 
 29 sion in Israel ; I am their possession. They shall eat 
 the flour-offering, and the sin-offering, and the trespass^ 
 offering; and every dedicated thing in Israel shall be 
 
 30 theirs. And the first of all the first-fruits, and every 
 oblation of all your oblations shall belong to the priests. 
 Ye shall also give to the priest the first of your meal, 
 
 11* 
 
126 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xlv. 
 
 that he may cause a blessing to rest on thine 
 
 31 house. The priests shall not eat of any thing that 
 
 dieth of itself, or that is torn, whether it be fowl or 
 beast. 
 
 7. 
 
 The division of the land. Weights and measures. Offerings, &c. — 
 Ch. xlv. 
 
 1 Moreover when ye shall divide by lot the land for 
 inheritance, ye shall offer an oblation to Jehovah, a 
 holy portion of the land ; the length shall be five and 
 twenty thousand reeds, and the breadth ten thousand. 
 This shall be holy in all its borders round about. 
 
 2 And of this there shall be for the sanctuary five hun- 
 dred in length, and five hundred in breadth, square 
 round about ; and fifty cubits round about for the 
 
 3 suburbs thereof And of this measure shalt thou 
 measure in length five and twenty thousand, and in 
 breadth ten thousand; and in it shall be the sanctuary, 
 
 4 the most holy place. This is the holy portion of the 
 land ; it shall be for the priests, the ministers of the 
 sanctuary, who come near, to minister to Jehovah ; and 
 it shall be a place for their houses, and a holy place 
 for the sanctuary. 
 
 5 Five and twenty thousand in length, and ten thou- 
 sand in breadth, shall the Levites, the ministers of the 
 house, have for themselves for a possession, and twenty 
 rooms. 
 
Ch. xlv.] EZEKIEL. 127 
 
 6 And ye shall appoint the possession of the city, five 
 thousand in breadth, and five and twenty thousand in 
 length, over against the oblation of the holy portion; 
 it shall be for all the house of Israel. 
 
 7 And portions shall be for the prince on this side and 
 on that side of the oblation of the holy portion, and of 
 the possession of the city, before the oblation of the 
 holy portion and before the possession of the city, from 
 the west side westward, and from the east side east- 
 ward ; and the length shall be over against every one 
 of the portions, from the west border to the east border. 
 
 8 As for the land, it shall be to him a possession in Israel, 
 that my princes may no more oppress my people, but 
 give the rest of the land to the house of Israel accord- 
 ing to their tribes. 
 
 9 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; Let it suffice you, O 
 princes of Israel ! Remove violence and spoil, and 
 execute judgment and justice, and cease from your 
 expulsions of my people, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 10 Ye shall have just balances, and a just ephah, and a 
 
 11 just bath. The ephah and the bath shall be of one 
 measure ; that the bath may contain the tenth part of a 
 homer, and the ephah the tenth part of a homer ; the 
 measure thereof shall be according to the homer. 
 
 12 And the shekel shall be twenty gerahs ; twenty 
 shekels, five and twenty shekels, and fifteen shekels 
 shall be to you one maneh. 
 
 13 This is the heave-offering which ye shall offer ; the 
 sixth part of an ephah out of a homer of wheat, and 
 the sixth part of an ephah out of a homer of barley. 
 
 14 And as for the statute concerning oil, the bath of oil, 
 ye shall offer the tenth part of a bath out of a cor ; a 
 
 15 cor being ten baths ; for a homer is ten baths. And 
 ye shall offer one lamb out of the flock, out of two 
 
128 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xlv. 
 
 hundred, from the watered pastures of Israel, for the 
 flour-offering and for the burnt-offering, and for the 
 thank-offerings, to make reconciliation for them, saith 
 
 16 the Lord, Jehovah. All the people of the land shall 
 
 17 give this heave-offering for the prince in Israel. 
 And it shall be the duty of the prince to give burnt- 
 offerings, and flour-offerings, and drink-offerings in the 
 feasts, and in the new moons, and in the sabbaths, and 
 in all the solemn assemblies of the house of Israel ; he 
 shall present the sin-offering, and the flour-offering, 
 and the burnt-offering, and the peace-offerings, to make 
 reconciliation for the house of Israel. 
 
 18 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; In the first month, on 
 the first day of the month, thou shalt take a young 
 bullock without blemish, and shalt cleanse the sanctua- 
 
 19 ry. And the priest shall take of the blood of the sin- 
 offering, and put it upon the posts of the house, and 
 upon the four corners of the ledge of the altar, and 
 
 20 upon the posts of the gate of the inner court. And so 
 shalt thou do on the seventh day for him that hath 
 transgressed through error or simplicity; so shall ye 
 make reconciliation for the house. 
 
 21 In the first month, on the fourteenth day of the 
 month, ye shall have the passover, a- feast of seven 
 
 22 days ; every one shall eat unleavened bread. And 
 upon that day shall the prince sacrifice for himself, and 
 for all the people of the land, a bullock for a sin-offer- 
 
 23 ing. And the seven days of the feast he shall sacrifice 
 a burnt-offering to Jehovah, seven bullocks and seven 
 rams without blemish, daily the seven days; and a he- 
 
 24 goat daily for a sin-offering. And he shall present a 
 flour-offering, an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah 
 
 25 for a ram, and a hin of oil for an ephah. In the sev- 
 enth month, on the fifteenth day of the month, shall he 
 
Ch. xlvi.] EZEKIEL. 129 
 
 do the like, in the feast, seven da^ys, according to the 
 sin-offering, and the burnt-offering, and the flour-offer- 
 inor, and the oil. 
 
 Various ordinances concerning offerings, festivals, the prince, the place 
 of the cooks, &c. — Ch. xlvi. 
 
 1 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah; The gate of the 
 inner court, that looketh toward the east, shall be shut 
 the six working-days ; but on the sabbath it shall be 
 opened, and on the day of the new moon it shall be 
 
 2 opened. And the prince shall enter by the way of the 
 porch of the outer gate, and shall stand by the post of 
 the gate, and the priests shall present his burnt-offer- 
 ings, and his peace-offerings, and he shall worship at 
 the threshold of the gate ; then he shall go forth ; but 
 
 3 the gate shall not be shut, until the evening. Like- 
 wise the people of the land shall worship at the door of 
 this gate before Jehovah on the sabbaths and on the 
 
 4 new moons. And the burnt-offering, which the prince 
 shall offer to Jehovah on the sabbath-day, shall be six 
 lambs without blemish, and a ram without blemish. 
 
 5 And the flour-offering shall be an ephah for a ram ; and 
 the flour-offering for the lambs as much as he is dis- 
 
 6 posed to give ; and a hin of oil to an ephah. And in 
 the day of the new moon there shall be a young bul- 
 Iqck without blemish, and six lambs and a ram ; they 
 
 7 shall be without blemish. And he shall present, as a 
 flour-ofl'ering, an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah 
 
130 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xlvi. 
 
 for a ram, and for the lambs as much as he is able to 
 give ; and a hin of oil to an ephah. 
 
 8 And when the prince shall enter, he shall go in by 
 the way of the porch of that gate, and he shall go forth 
 
 9 by the way thereof But when the people of the land 
 come before Jehovah in the solemn feasts, he that en- 
 teretli by the way of the north gate to worship shall go 
 out by the way of the south gate ; and he that entereth 
 by the way of the south gate shall go forth by the way 
 of the north gate ; he shall not return by the way of 
 the gate by which he entered, but shall go forth over 
 
 10 against it. And the prince shall go in in the midst 
 of them, when they go in, and when they go forth, shall 
 go forth. 
 
 11 And in the feasts and in the solemn assemblies the 
 flour-offering shall be an ephah for a bullock, and an 
 ephah for a ram, and for the lambs as he is disposed to 
 
 12 give ; and a hin of oil to an ephah. And when the 
 prince shall present a freewill burnt-oifering or a free- 
 will tliank-offering to Jehovah, the gate that looketh 
 toward the east shall be opened for him, and he shall 
 present his burnt-offering, or his thank-ofi'ering, as he 
 was wont to do on the sabbath-day ; then he shall go 
 forth, and the gate shall be shut after he hath gone 
 forth. 
 
 13 And thou shalt present, for a burnt-offering daily to 
 Jehovah, a lamb that is a year old without blemish ; 
 
 14 every morning shalt thou present it. And thou shalt 
 present with it every morning a flour-offering, the sixth 
 part of an ephah, and the third part of a hin of oil to 
 moisten the fine flour, for a flour-ofiering to Jehovah; 
 
 15 by a perpetual statute continually. Thus shall they 
 prepare the lamb, and the flour-ofiering, and the oil, 
 every morning, for a continual burnl-ofi'ering. 
 
Ch. xlvi.] EZEKIEL. 131 
 
 16 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah ; If the prince give a 
 gift to any of his sons, the inheritance thereof shall 
 belong to his sons; it shall be their possession by in- 
 
 17 heritance. But if he give a gift of his inheritance to 
 one of his servants, it shall be his to the year of liberty, 
 when it shall return to the prince. But his inheritance 
 
 18 given to his sons shall be theirs. And the prince shall 
 not take of the people's inheritance, to thrust them out 
 of their possession : but he shall give an inheritance to 
 his sons out of his own possession ; that no one of my 
 people may be driven from his possession. 
 
 19 Then he brought me through the entry, which was 
 at the side of the gate, into the holy rooms for the 
 priests, which looked toward the north ; and behold, 
 
 20 there was a place behind, toward the west. And he 
 said to me ; This is the place where the priests shall 
 boil the trespass-offering, and the sin-offering, and bake 
 the flour-offering ; that they may not bear them into 
 
 21 the outer court, and so sanctify the people. Then he 
 brought me forth into the outer court, and caused me 
 to pass by the four corners of the court; and behold, 
 
 22 there was a court in every corner of the court. In the 
 four corners of the court were covered courts forty 
 cubits long, and thirty broad ; these four corners were 
 
 23 of one measure. And there was in them a wall round 
 about, even round about the four ; and boiling-places 
 
 24 were made under the walls round about. Then said he 
 to me. These are the places of them that boil, where 
 the ministers of the house shall I)oil the sacrifice of the 
 people. 
 
132 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xlvii. 
 
 The fountains of the temple. — Ch. xlvii. 1-12. 
 
 1 Afterward he brought me again to the door of the 
 house ; and behold, waters issued forth from under the 
 threshold of the house eastward ; for the fore-front of 
 the house stood toward the east. And the waters 
 flowed down from the side of the house, south of the 
 
 2 altar. Then he brought me out by the way of the gate, 
 northward ; and he brought me round by the way with- 
 out to the outer gate, that looked toward the east; and 
 behold, there ran out waters from the right side. 
 
 3 And when the man that had the line in his hand 
 went forth eastward, he measured a thousand cubits, 
 and he led me through the waters, and the waters were 
 
 i to the soles of the feet. Again he measured a thousand 
 cubits, and led me through the waters, and the waters 
 were to the knees. Again he measured a thousand 
 cubits, and led me through, and the waters were to the 
 
 5 loins. Again he measured a thousand cubits, and it 
 was a river, which I could not pass through ; for the 
 waters were high, waters to swim in, a river which 
 could not be passed through. 
 
 6 And he said to me, Hast thou seen this, son of 
 man ? Then he brought me back to the brink of the 
 
 7 river. Now when I had returned, behold, at the brink 
 of the river were very many trees, on the one side and 
 
 8 on the other. Then said he to me. These waters issue 
 forth toward the east region, and run down into the 
 desert, and go into the sea ; they go forth into the sea, 
 
 9 and the waters shall be healed. And it shall come to 
 pass, that every living thing that moveth, whithersoever 
 
Ch. xlvii.] ' EZEKIEL. 133 
 
 the river shall come, shall live, and there shall be very 
 many fish there ; for when these waters shall come 
 thither, [the waters of the sea] shall be healed, and 
 
 10 every thing shall live, whither the river cometh. And 
 it shall come to pass that fishers shall staiid upon it ; 
 from En-gedi to En-eglaim shall be places to spread 
 nets ; and therein shall be fish according to their kinds, 
 
 11 like the fish of the great sea, exceeding many. But 
 the miry places thereof, and the marshes thereof, shall 
 
 12 not be healed ; they shall be appointed for salt. And 
 by the river, upon the bank thereof, on this side and 
 on that side, shall grow all trees for food, whose leaf 
 shall not fade, and whose fruit shall not fail; every 
 month shall they bring forth new fruit ; because their 
 waters issue forth from the sanctuary. And their fruit 
 shall be for food, and their leaves for medicine. 
 
 10. 
 
 Divisions and boundaries of ihe land. — Ch. xlvii. 13--xlviii. 
 
 13 Thus saith the Lord, Jehovah. This is the border, 
 according to which ye shall distribute the land among 
 the twelve tribes of Israel. Joseph shall have two 
 
 14 portions. And ye shall inherit it, one like another. 
 For I have lifted up my hand, that I would give it to 
 your fathers; and this land shall fall to you for an in- 
 heritance. 
 
 15 And this shall be the border of the land toward 
 the north side, from the great sea toward the way of 
 
 16 Hethlon, as men go to Zedad ; Hamath, Berothah, Si- 
 
 VOL. III. 12 
 
134 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xlviii. 
 
 braim, which is between the border of Damascus and 
 the border of Hamath, and Hazar-hatticon, which is 
 
 17 by the coast of Hauran. And the border from the sea 
 shall be Hazar-Enon, the border of Damascus and 
 farther northward, and the border of Hamath. This 
 
 18 is the north side. And the east side ye shall measure 
 between Hauran and Damascus, and between Gilead and 
 the land of Israel by the Jordan, from the border to 
 
 19 the east sea. This is the east side. And the south 
 side southward shall be from Tamar to the waters of 
 strife in Kadesh, as far as the river by the great sea. 
 
 20 This is the south side southward. And the west side 
 shall be the great sea, from the border till a man come 
 over against Hamath. This is the west side. 
 
 21 So shall ye divide this land among you, according to 
 
 22 the tribes of Israel. And ye shall divide it by lot for 
 an inheritance to you, and to the strangers that sojourn 
 among you, who have begotten children among you ; 
 and they shall be to you as born in the country among 
 the sons of Israel ; they shall have an inheritance with 
 
 23 you among the tribes of Israel. And it shall come to 
 pass, that in what tribe the stranger sojourneth, there 
 shall ye appoint him his inheritance, saith the Lord, 
 Jehovah. 
 
 1 And these are the names of the tribes. From the 
 north end by the way of Hethlon, as one goeth to Ha- 
 math, Hazar-Enan, the border of Damascus northward 
 toward Hamath ; and to him belongs fropi the east 
 
 2 side to the west side ; Dan, one tribe. And by the 
 border of Dan, from the east side to the west side, 
 
 3 Asher, one tribe. And by the border of Asher, from 
 the east side to the west side, Naphtali, one tribe. 
 
 4 And by the border of Naphtali, from the east side to 
 
Ch. xlviii.] EZEKIEL. 135 
 
 5 the west side, Manasseh, one tribe. And by the bor- 
 der of Manasseh, from the east side to the west side, 
 
 6 Ephraim, one tribe. And by the border of Ephraim, 
 from the east side to the west side, Reuben, one tribe. 
 
 7 And by the border of Reuben, from the east side to the 
 west side, Judah, one tribe. 
 
 8 And by the border of Judah, from the east side to 
 the west, shall be the oblation which ye shall offer, 
 five and twenty thousand reeds in breadth, and in 
 length as one of the other portions from the east side 
 to the west side; and the sanctuary shall be in the 
 
 9 midst of it. The oblation, which ye shall offer to 
 Jehovah, shall be five and twenty thousand reeds in 
 
 10 length, and ten thousand in breadth. And the holy 
 oblation shall be for these ; for the priests toward the 
 north five and twenty thousand reeds in length, and 
 toward the west ten thousand in breadth, and toward 
 the east ten thousand in breadth, and toward the 
 south five and twenty thousand in length. And the sanc- 
 
 11 tuary of Jehovah shall be in the midst thereof. It shall 
 be for the priests, who are sanctified, the sons of Zadok, 
 who kept my charge, who went not astray when the 
 sons of Israel went astray, as the Levites went astray. 
 
 12 And it shall be a most holy oblation for them, out of the 
 oblation of land, by the border of the Levites. 
 
 13 And over against the border of the priests, the Le- 
 vites shall have five and twenty thousand reeds in 
 length and ten thousand in breadth ; the whole length 
 five and twenty thousand, and the breadth ten thousand. 
 
 14 And they shall not sell of it ; neither shall they ex- 
 change or transfer the first fruits of the land ; for it is 
 
 15 holy to Jehovah. And the five thousand, which are 
 left in breadth, over against the five and twenty thou- 
 sand in length, shall be common land for the city, for 
 
136 EZEKIEL. [Ch. xlviii. 
 
 habitation and for suburbs. And the city shall be 
 
 16 in the midst of it. And this shall be the measure 
 thereof; the north side four thousand and five hundred, 
 and the south side four thousand and five hundred, 
 and the east side four thousand and five hundred, 
 and the west side four thousand and five hundred. 
 
 17 And the suburbs of the city shall be toward the north 
 two hundred and fifty, and toward the south two hun- 
 dred and fifty, and toward the east two hundred and 
 fifty, and toward the west two hundred and fifty. 
 
 18 And as to the residue in length, over against the holy 
 portion, ten thousand eastward and ten thousand west- 
 ward, over against the holy portion, its increase shall 
 
 19 be for food to them that serve the city. And they that 
 serve the city shall serve it out of all the tribes of 
 
 20 Israel. All the oblation shall be five and twenty thou- 
 sand reeds by five and twenty thousand ; ye shall offer 
 the holy oblation, four square, together with the pos- 
 session of the city, 
 
 21 And the residue on both sides of the holy oblation 
 and of the possession of the city, over against the five 
 and twenty thousand to the east border, and westward 
 over ao-ainst the five and twenty thousand to the west 
 border, by the portions of the tribes, shall be for the 
 prince ; and the holy oblation and the sanctuary of the 
 
 23 house shall be in the midst thereof. What is left from 
 the possession of the Levites and of the city, which 
 are between what belongs to the prince, between the 
 borders of Judah and Benjamin, shall belong to the 
 prince. 
 
 23 And as for the rest of the tribes, from the east side 
 
 24 to the west side, Benjamin, one tribe. And by the 
 border of Benjamin, from the east side to the west side, 
 
 25 Simeon, one tribe. And by the border of Simeon, 
 
Ch. xlviii.] EZEKIEL. 137 
 
 from the east side to the west side, Issachar, one tribe. 
 
 26 And by the border of Issachar, from the east side to the 
 
 27 west side, Zebulon, one tribe. And by. the border of 
 Zebulon, from the east side to the west side, Gad, one 
 
 28 tribe. And by the border of Gad, at the south side 
 southward, shall the border be from Tamar to the wa- 
 ters of strife in Kadesh, even to the river by the great 
 sea. 
 
 29 This is the land which ye shall divide by lot of the 
 possession among the tribes of Israel, and these are 
 their portions, saith the Lord, Jehovah. 
 
 30 And these are the gates of the city. On the north 
 side shall its measure be four thousand five hundred 
 
 31 reeds. And the gates of the city shall be after the 
 names of the tribes of Israel ; three gates northward ; 
 one gate of Reuben, one gate of Judah, one gate of 
 
 32 Levi. And on the east side shall be four thousand and 
 five hundred [reeds] ; and three gates ; one gate of Jo- 
 
 33 seph, one gate of Benjamin, one gate of Dan. And on 
 the south side its measure shall be four thousand five 
 hundred; and three gates ; one gate of Simeon, one gate 
 
 34 of Issachar, one gate of Zebulon. On the west side, 
 four thousand and five hundred ; and three gates ; one 
 gate of Gad, one gate of Asher, one gate of Naphtali. 
 
 35 Its measure round about was eighteen thousand reeds. 
 And the name of the city, from that day, shall be 
 Jehovah-is-there, 
 
 12* 
 
THE 
 
 PROPHET DANIEL 
 
DANIEL. 
 
 Ch. I.] 
 
 Daniel's captivity and elevation. — Ch. i. 
 
 1 In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim, king of 
 Judah, came Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, 
 
 2 against Jerusalem, and besieged it. And the Lord gave 
 Jehoiakim, king of Judah, into his hand, with part of 
 the vessels of the house of God ; and he carried them 
 into the land of Shinar, to the house of his god; and 
 he brought the vessels into the treasure-house of his 
 
 3 god. And the king commanded Ashpenaz, the master 
 of his eunuchs, that he should bring certain of the 
 sons of Israel, of the king's race, and of the princes, 
 
 4 youths in whom was no blemish, and well-favored, and 
 skilful in all wisdom, and having knowledge, and intel- 
 ligence, and strength, to stand in the king's palace, 
 and be taught the writing and the language of the 
 
 5 Chaldeans. And the king appointed them a daily pro- 
 vision of the king's food, and of the wine which he 
 drank ; so nourishing them three years, that at the end 
 thereof they might stand as servants before the king. 
 
 6 Now among these were, of the sons of Judah, Daniel, 
 
 7 Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah. And the prince of 
 
142 DANIEL. [Ch. I. 
 
 the eunuchs gave them other names. To Daniel he 
 gave the name of Belteshazzar ; and to Hananiah, of 
 Shadrach ; and to Mishael, of Meshach ; and to Aza- 
 riah, of Abednego. 
 
 8 But Daniel purposed in his heart, that he would not 
 defile himself with the portion of the king's meat, nor 
 with the wine which he drank ; therefore he requested 
 of the prince of the eunuchs, that he might not defile 
 
 9 himself. And God gave Daniel favor and kindness 
 
 10 from the prince of the eunuchs. And the prince of 
 the eunuchs said to Daniel, I fear my lord, the king, 
 who hath appointed your meat and your drink ; for he 
 might see your faces in worse condition than the 
 youths of your age ; then shall ye make me endanger 
 
 11 my head to the king. Then said Daniel to the stew- 
 ard, whom the prince of the eunuchs had set over 
 
 12 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah, Try thy 
 servants ten days, and let them give us pulse to eat, and 
 
 13 water to drink. Then let our countenances be looked 
 upon before thee, and the countenances of the youths 
 that eat of the portion of the king's meat ; and as 
 
 14 thou seest, deal with thy servants. And he consented 
 
 15 to them in this matter, and tried them ten days. And 
 at the end of ten days their countenances appeared 
 fairer and fatter in flesh than all the youths who eat 
 
 16 the portion of the king's meat. So the steward took 
 away the portion of their meat, and the wine which 
 they should drink, and gave them pulse. 
 
 17 And God gave these four youths knowledge and skill 
 in all learning and wisdom ; and Daniel had under- 
 
 18 standing in all visions and dreams. And at the end of 
 the days, when the king had commanded him to bring 
 them before him, then the prince of the eunuchs 
 
Ch. II.] DANIEL. 143 
 
 19 brought them in before Nebuchadnezzar. And the 
 king conversed with them ; and among them all was 
 found none like Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Aza- 
 riah. Therefore tliey stood as servants before the 
 
 20 king. And in all matters of wisdom and understand- 
 ing, concerning which the king inquired of them, he 
 found them ten times better than all the scribes and 
 
 21 magicians that were in all his realm. And Daniel 
 lived even to the first year of Cyrus, the king. 
 
 11. 
 
 Nebuchadnezzar's dream, and its interpretation by Daniel. — Ch. ii. 
 
 1 And in the second year of the reign of Nebuchad- 
 nezzar, Nebuchadnezzar dreamed dreams, on account 
 of which his spirit was troubled, and his sleep went from 
 
 2 him. Then the king commanded to call the scribes, 
 and the magicians, and the sorcerers, and the Chal- 
 deans, that they might show the king his dreams; and 
 
 3 they came and stood before the king. And the king 
 said to them, I have dreamed a dream, and my spirit is 
 
 4 troubled to know the dream. And the Chaldeans said 
 to the king in Syriac, O king, live forever ! Tell thy 
 servants the dream, and we will show the interpretation. 
 
 5 The king answered and said to the Chaldeans; The 
 word has gone from me ! If ye will not make known to 
 me the dream and the interpretation thereof, ye shall 
 be cut in pieces, and your houses shall be made a dung- 
 
 6 hill. But if ye show the dream and the interpretation 
 thereof, ye shall receive from me gifts, and rewards, and 
 
144 DANIEL. [Ch. II. 
 
 crreat honor. Therefore show me the dream, and its 
 
 7 interpretation ! They answered again and said, Let 
 the king tell his servants the dream, and we will show 
 
 8 the interpretation of it. The king answered and said, 
 I know of a certain, that ye seek to gain time, because 
 
 9 ye see that the word hath gone forth from me. For if 
 ye do not make known to me the dream, this alone is 
 your purpose, and ye have prepared lying and deceitful 
 words to speak before me, till the time be changed. 
 Tell me therefore the dream, and I shall know that ye 
 
 10 can show me the interpretation thereof. The Chal- 
 deans answered before the king, and said ; There is 
 not a man upon the earth who can show what the king 
 requireth; on which account no king, however great 
 and powerful, hath asked such things of any scribe, or 
 
 11 magician, or Chaldean. It is a hard thing which the 
 king requireth, and there is none other that can show 
 it before the king, except the gods, whose dwelling is 
 not with men. 
 
 12 For this cause the king was angry and very furious, 
 and commanded to destroy all the wise men of Baby- 
 
 13 Ion. And the decree went forth that the wise men 
 should be slain, and they sought Daniel and his fellows, 
 
 14 to slay them. Then Daniel answered with understand- 
 ing and wisdom to Arioch, the captain of the king's 
 guard, who was gone forth to slay the wise men of 
 
 15 Babylon. He answered and said to Arioch, the king's 
 captain. Why is the decree so hasty from the king? 
 
 16 Then Arioch made the thing known to Daniel. Then 
 Daniel went in, and desired of the king, that he would 
 give him time, and that he would show the king the 
 
 17 interpretation. Then Daniel went to his house, and 
 made the thing known to llananiah, Mishael, and 
 
 18 Azariah, his companions; that they would desire mer- 
 
Ch. II.] DANIEL. 145 
 
 cies of the God of heaven, concerning this secret ; 
 that Daniel and his fellows should not perish, with the 
 rest of the wise men of Babylon. 
 
 19 Then was the secret revealed to Daniel in a night 
 
 20 vision. Then Daniel blessed the God of heaven. Dan- 
 iel spake and said ; Blessed be the name of God for- 
 
 21 ever and ever ! for wisdom and might are his. And he 
 changeth times and seasons ; he removeth kings, and 
 setteth up kings; he giveth wisdom to the wise, and 
 
 22 knowledge to them that have understanding. He re- 
 vealeth deep and secret things ; he knoweth what is in 
 
 23 darkness, and light dwelleth with him. I thank thee 
 and praise thee, O thou God of my fathers, who hast 
 given me wisdom and might, and hast made known 
 to me now what we desired of thee ; for thou hast now 
 made known to us the king's matter. 
 
 24 Therefore Daniel went in to Arioch, whom the king 
 had appointed to destroy the wise men of Babylon ; 
 he went and said thus to him ; Destroy not the wise 
 men of Babylon ; bring me in before the king, and I 
 
 25 will show to the king the interpretation. Then Arioch 
 brought in Daniel before the king in haste, and said 
 thus to him ; I have found a man of the captives of Ju- 
 dah, that will make known to the king the interpretation. 
 
 26 The king answered and said to Daniel, whose name 
 was Belteshazzar, Art thou able to make known to me 
 the dream which I have seen, and the interpretation 
 
 27 thereof? Daniel answered in the presence of the kino-j 
 and said. The secret, which the king hath demanded, 
 the wise men, the scribes, the magicians, the astrolo- 
 
 28 gers cannot show to the king ; but there is a God in 
 heaven that revealeth secrets, and maketh known to 
 king Nebuchadnezzar what shall be in the days to come. 
 Thy dream and the visions of thy head upon thy bed 
 
 VOL. III. 13 
 
146 DANIEL. [Ch. II. 
 
 29 were these. Thy thoughts, O king, came into thy 
 mind, what should come to pass hereafter ; and he that 
 revealeth secrets maketh known to thee what shall come 
 
 30 to pass. But as for me, this secret is not revealed to 
 me through any wisdom which I have more than all 
 the living, but to the end that the interpretation might 
 be made known to the king, and that thou mightest 
 know the thoughts of thy heart. 
 
 31 Thou, O king, sawest, and behold, a great image. 
 This image, which was high and of surpassing bright- 
 ness, stood before thee ; and its form was terrible. 
 
 32 The head of this image was of fine gold ; his breast 
 and his arms of silver; his belly and his thighs of brass ; 
 
 33 his legs of iron ; his feet, part of iron and part of clay. 
 
 34 Thou sawest till a stone was cut out without hands, 
 which smote the image upon his feet, that were of iron 
 
 35 and clay, and broke them to pieces. Then was the 
 iron, the clay, the brass, the silver, and the gold broken 
 to pieces together, and became like chaff from the sum- 
 mer thrashing-floors, and the wind carried them away, 
 so that no place was found for them ; and the stone 
 that smote the image became a great mountain, and 
 
 3C filled the whole eartii. This is the dream, and now we 
 will tell the interpretation of it before the king. 
 
 37 Thou, O king, art a king of kings; for the God of 
 heaven hath given thee a kingdom, power, and strength, 
 
 38 and glory. And wheresoever the children of men 
 dwell, the beasts of the field and the birds of heaven 
 hath he given into thy hand, and hath made thee ruler 
 
 39 over them all. Thou art the head of gold. And after 
 thee shall arise another kingdom, inferior to thee ; and 
 another third kingdom of brass, which shall bear rule 
 
 40 over all the earth. And a fourth kingdom shall be 
 strong as iron ; forasmuch as iron breaketh in pieces 
 
Ch. II.] DANIEL. 147 
 
 and subdueth all things ; even as iron, that breaketh all 
 
 41 these, shall it break in pieces and bruise. And whereas 
 thou sawest the feet and toes part of potter's clay and 
 part of iron, it shall be a divided kingdom ; but there 
 shall be in it of the strength of the iron, forasmuch as 
 
 42 thou sawest the iron mixed with miry clay. And as 
 the toes of the feet were part of iron and part of clay, 
 so the kingdom shall be partly strong and partly broken. 
 
 43 And whereas thou sawest iron mixed with miry clay, 
 they shall mingle themselves by marriage, but they shall 
 not cleave to each other, even as iron is not mixed with 
 
 44 clay. But in the days of these kings shall the God of 
 heaven set up a kingdom which shall never be destroy- 
 ed ; and the kingdom shall be left to no other people ; 
 but it shall break in pieces and consume all these king- 
 
 45 doms, and it shall stand forever ; even as thou sawest 
 that the stone was cut out of the mountain without 
 hands, and that it broke in pieces the iron, the brass, 
 the clay, the silver, and the gold. The great God hath 
 made known to the king what shall come to pass here- 
 after ; and the dream is certain, and the interpretation 
 thereof sure. 
 
 46 Then king Nebuchadnezzar fell upon his face and 
 worshipped Daniel, and commanded that they should 
 
 47 offer an oblation and sweet odors to him. The king 
 answered Daniel and said, Of a truth, your God is the 
 God of gods, and the Lord of kings, and the revealer 
 
 48 of secrets, since thou couldst reveal this secret. Then 
 the king made Daniel a great man, and gave him many 
 great gifts, and made him ruler over the whole province 
 of Babylon, and chief of the governors over all the wise 
 
 40 men of Babylon. Then Daniel requested of the king, 
 and he set Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego over 
 
148 DANIEL. [Ch. hi. 
 
 the affairs of the province of Babylon ; but Daniel was 
 in the gate of the king. 
 
 III. 
 
 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego are east into a furnace, for refusing 
 to worship a golden image, and come out of it unhurt. — Ch. iit. 
 
 1 Nebuchadnezzar, the king, made an image of gold, 
 whose height was sixty cubits, and whose breadth was 
 six cubits. He set it up in the plain of Dura, in the 
 
 2 province of Babylon. Then Nebuchadnezzar, the king, 
 sent to gather together the satraps, the prefects, and the 
 deputy governors, the chief judges, the treasurers, the 
 judges, the counsellors, and all the rulers of the prov- 
 inces, to come to the dedication of the image, which 
 
 3 Nebuchadnezzar, the king, had set up. Then the sa- 
 traps, prefects, and deputy governors, the chief judges, 
 treasurers, judges, counsellors, and all the rulers of the 
 provinces were gathered together to the dedication of 
 the image, which Nebuchadnezzar, the king, had set up ; 
 and they stood before the image, which Nebuchadnez- 
 
 4 zar, the king, had set up. Then a herald cried aloud ; 
 To you it is commanded, O people, nations, and 
 
 .'■> languages, that at the time ye hear the sound of the 
 horn, the pipe, the harp, the sambuck, the psaltery, the 
 bagpipe, and all kinds of music, ye fall down and wor- 
 ship the golden image, which Nebuchadnezzar, the king, 
 
 6 hath set up. And whoso doth not fall down and wor- 
 ship shall the same hour be cast into the midst of a 
 
Ch. III.] DANIEL. 149 
 
 7 burning fiery furnace. Therefore at the time when all 
 the people heard the sound of the horn, the pipe, the 
 harp, the sambuck, the psaltery, and all kinds of music, 
 all the people, the nations, and the languages fell down 
 and worshipped the golden image, which Nebuchad- 
 nezzar, the king, had set up. 
 
 8 Wherefore at that time certain Chaldeans came near, 
 
 9 and accused the Jews. They spake and said to king 
 Nebuchadnezzar, O king, live forever ! Thou, O king, 
 
 hast made a decree, that every man that shall hear the 
 sound of the horn, the pipe, the harp, the sambuck, the 
 psaltery, the bagpipe, and all kinds of music, shall fall 
 
 11 down and worship the golden image ; and that whoso 
 doth not fall down and worship shall be cast into the 
 
 12 midst of a burning fiery furnace. Now there are cer- 
 tain Jews, whom thou hast set over the affairs of the 
 province of Babylon, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abedne- 
 go, these men, O king, have not regarded thee ; they 
 serve not thy gods, nor worship the golden image 
 which thou hast set up. 
 
 13 Then Nebuchadnezzar in rage and fury command- 
 ed to bring Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego. Then 
 
 14 they brought these men before the king. Nebuchad- 
 nezzar spake and said to them ; Was it by design, O 
 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego ? Do ye not serve 
 my gods, nor worship the golden image which I have 
 
 15 set up ? Now if ye be ready that at the time ye hear 
 the sound of the horn, the pipe, the harp, the sambuck, 
 the psaltery, the bagpipe, and all kinds of music, ye 
 fall down and worship the image, which I have set up, 
 well ! but if ye worship not, ye shall be cast the same 
 hour into the midst of a burning fiery furnace; and 
 who is the God that shall deliver you out of my hands? 
 
 13* 
 
150 DANIEL, [Ch. Hi. 
 
 16 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego answered and said 
 to the king, O Nebuchadnezzar, we have no need to 
 
 n answer thee in this matter. Behold, our God, whom 
 we serve, is able to deliver us from the burning fiery 
 furnace, and he will deliver us out of thy hand, O king ! 
 
 18 But if not, be it known to thee, O king, that we will 
 not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden image which 
 thou hast set up. 
 
 19 Then was Nebuchadnezzar full of fury, and the form 
 of his visage was changed against Shadrach, Meshach, 
 and Abednego. And he spake and commanded that 
 they should heat the furnace seven times more than it 
 
 20 was wont to be heated. And he commanded the 
 mightiest men in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, 
 and Abednego, and to cast them into the burning fiery 
 
 21 furnace. Then these men were bound in their trow- 
 sers, their under-garments, their mantles, and their 
 other clothing, and were cast into the midst of the 
 
 22 burning fiery furnace. And because the command of 
 I'the king was urgent, and the furnace exceeding hot, 
 
 the flame of the fire killed those men that took up Sha- 
 
 23 drach, Meshach, and Abednego. And these three men, 
 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, fell down bound 
 into the midst of the burning fiery furnace. 
 
 24 Then Nebuchadnezzar, the king, was astonished, 
 and rose up in haste, and spake, and said to his coun- 
 sellors. Did we not cast three men bound into the 
 midst of the fire ? They answered and said to the 
 
 25 king, True, O king ! He answered and said. Behold, 
 I see four men loose, walking in the midst of the fire, 
 and they have no hurt, and the appearance of the 
 
 26 fourth is like a son of God. Then Nebuchadnezzar 
 came near to the mouth of the burning fiery furnace, 
 and spake and said, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, 
 
Ch. IV.] DANIEL. 151 
 
 ye servants of the Most High God, come forth ! Then 
 Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego came forth out of 
 the midst of the fire. 
 •27 And the satraps, prefects, and deputy governors, and 
 the counsellors of the kingr, beingf gathered together, 
 saw these men, upon whose bodies the fire had no 
 power, nor was a hair of their head singed, nor w'ere 
 their trowsers changed, nor had the smell of fire passed 
 
 28 on them. Then Nebuchadnezzar spake and said, 
 Blessed be the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed- 
 nego, who hath sent his angel, and delivered his ser- 
 vants, that trusted in him, and disobeyed the command 
 of the king, and yielded their bodies, that they might 
 not serve nor worship any god except their own God ! 
 
 29 Therefore I make a decree, that every people, nation, 
 and language, which speaks any thing reproachful 
 against the God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego, 
 shall be cut in pieces, and its houses shall be made a 
 dunghill ; because there is no other god, that can 
 
 30 deliver after this sort. Then the king promoted Sha- 
 drach, Meshach, and Abednego in the province of 
 Babylon. 
 
 IV. 
 
 Nebuchadnezzar's dream. Its interpretation, and fulfilment. — Ch. iv. 
 
 1 Nebuchadnezzar, the king, to all people, nations, 
 and languages, that dwell upon the whole earth. Peace 
 
 2 be multiplied to you ! I have thought it good to show 
 
152 DANIEL. [Ch. IV, 
 
 the signs and wonders which the Most High God hath 
 
 3 wrought toward me. How great are his signs, and 
 how mighty are his wonders ! His kingdom is an ever- 
 lasting kingdom, and his dominion endureth from gene- 
 
 4 ration to generation. I, Nebuchadnezzar, was at ease 
 
 5 in my house, and flourishing in my palace. There I 
 saw a dream which made me afraid, and the thoughts 
 upon my bed and the visions of my head troubled me. 
 
 6 Therefore made I a decree to bring in all the wise 
 men of Babylon before me ; that they might make 
 
 7 known to me the interpretation of the dream. Then 
 came in the scribes, the magicians, the Chaldeans, and 
 the astrologers ; and I told the dream before them ; but 
 they did not make known to me its interpretation. 
 
 8 But at the last, Daniel came in before me, whose name 
 is Belteshazzar, according to the name of my god, and 
 in whom is the spirit of the holy gods, and I told him 
 
 9 the dream. " O Belteshazzar, master of the scribes, 
 since I know that the spirit of the holy gods is in thee, 
 and no secret is too hard for thee, tell me the visions of 
 my dream which I have seen, and the interpretation 
 
 10 thereof The visions of my head were these. 1 saw, 
 and behold, a tree in the midst, whose height was very 
 
 11 great. The tree was large and strong, and its height 
 reached to the heavens, and it might be seen to the end of 
 
 12 the whole earth. The leaves thereof were fair, and the 
 fruit abundant, and in it was food for all. The beasts 
 of the field had shadow under it, and the birds of heaven 
 dwelt in the boughs thereof, and all flesh was fed of it. 
 
 13 I saw, in the visions of my head upon my bed, and be- 
 hold, a watcher, even a holy one, came down from 
 
 14 heaven ; he cried aloud, and spake thus ; Hew down 
 the tree, and cut off its branches; shake off its leaves, 
 and scatter its fruit ; let the beasts go away from under 
 
Ch. IV.] DANIEL. 153 
 
 15 it, and the birds from its branches ! Yet leave the 
 stump of its roots in the earth, in bands of iron and 
 brass, in the tender grass of the field ; and he shall be 
 wet with the dew of heaven, and his portion shall be 
 
 16 with the beasts in the grass of the field. His heart 
 shall be changed, and be no more that of a man, and 
 a beast's heart shall be given him, and seven times shall 
 
 17 pass over him. This is the decree of the watchers and 
 the sentence of the holy ones ; to the intent that the 
 living may know that the Most High ruleth in the 
 kingdoms of men, and giveth them to whomsoever he 
 will, and setteth up over them the lowest of men. 
 
 18 This dream, I, king Nebuchadnezzar, saw, and do thou, 
 O Belteshazzar, declare the interpretation thereof, 
 forasmuch as all the wise men of my kingdom are not 
 able to make known to me the interpretation ; but thou 
 art able, for the spirit of the holy gods is in thee." 
 
 19 Then Daniel, who was called Belteshazzar, was 
 amazed for one hour, and his thoughts troubled him. 
 The king spake and said, Belteshazzar, let not the 
 dream, or the interpretation thereof trouble thee ! Belte- 
 shazzar answered and said, My lord, the dream be to 
 them that hate thee, and the signification of it to thine 
 
 20 enemies ! The tree which thou sawest, which was large 
 and strong, whose height reached to heaven, and which 
 
 21 might be seen by all the earth ; whose leaves were fair, 
 and whose fruit abundant, and in which was food for all ; 
 under which all the beasts of the field dwelt, and upon 
 whose branches the birds of heaven had their habita- 
 
 22 tion ; it is thou, O king, who art become great and 
 strong ; for thy greatness is immense, and reacheth to 
 heaven, and thy dominion to the end of the earth. 
 
 33 And whereas the king saw a watcher, even a holy one, 
 coming down from heaven, and saying. Hew the tree 
 
154 ...' DANIEL. 
 
 [Ch. IV. 
 
 down and destroy it, yet leave the stump of its roots in 
 the earth, in bands of iron and brass, in the tender 
 grass of the field, and he shall be wet with the dew of 
 heaven, and his portion shall be with the beasts of the 
 
 24 field, till seven times pass over him ; this is the inter- 
 pretation, O king, and this is the decree of the Most 
 
 25 High, which is come upon my lord, the king; they 
 shall drive thee from men, and thy dwelling shall be 
 with the beasts of the field, and they shall let thee eat 
 grass as oxen, and be wet with the dew of heaven, and 
 seven times shall pass over thee, till thou know that the 
 Most High ruleth in the kingdoms of men, and giveth 
 
 2G them to whomsoever he will. And whereas it was 
 commanded to leave the stump of the roots of the tree, 
 thy kingdom shall be sure to thee, after thou shalt have 
 
 27 acknowledged that Heaven rules. Wherefore, O king, 
 let my counsel be acceptable to thee, and break off 
 thy sins by righteousness, and thy iniquities by showing 
 mercy to the poor ; if it may be a lengthening out of 
 thy tranquillity. 
 28 29 All this came upon king Nebuchadnezzar. At the 
 end of twelve months, he was walking in the palace 
 
 30 of the kingdom of Babylon ; and the king spake and 
 said ; Is not this the great Babylon which I have built 
 for the seat of the kingdom, by the might of my power 
 
 31 and for the honor of my majesty 1 While the word 
 was in the king's mouth, there fell a voice from heaven ; 
 " To thee it is said, O Nebuchadnezzar ! the kingdom 
 
 32 is departed from thee. And they shall drive thee from 
 men, and thy dwelling shall be with the beasts of the 
 field ; they shall make thee eat grass as oxen, and 
 seven times shall pass over thee, until thou know that 
 the Most High ruleth in the kingdoms of men, and 
 
 33 giveth them to whomsoever he will." The same hour 
 
Ch. IV.] DANIEL. 155 
 
 was the word fulfilled against Nebuchadnezzar, and he 
 was driven from men, and did eat grass as oxen, and his 
 body was wet with the dew of heaven, till his hairs 
 were grown like eagles' feathers, and his nails like 
 birds' claws. 
 
 34 But at the end of the days, I, Nebuchadnezzar, lifted 
 up my eyes to heaven, and my understanding returned 
 to me, and I blessed the Most High, and I praised and 
 honored Him that liveth forever, whose dominion is an 
 everlasting dominion, and whose kingdom endureth 
 
 35 from generation to generation. And all the inhabitants 
 of the earth are reputed as nothing ; and he doeth 
 according to his will in the army of heaven, and among 
 the inhabitants of the earth ; and none can stay his 
 
 36 hand, or say to him. What doest thou ? At the same 
 time my reason returned to me, and also the glory of 
 my kingdom, my honor, and my splendor returned to 
 me ; and my counsellors and my lords sought me ; and 
 I was established in my kingdom, and I received yet 
 
 37 greater majesty. Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and 
 extol and honor the King of heaven ; all whose works 
 are truth and his ways justice; and those that walk in 
 pride he is able to abase. 
 
.156 DANIKL. - [Ch. v. 
 
 V. 
 
 Bclsiiazzar's feast. Capture of Babylon. — Ch. v. 
 
 1 Belshazzar, the king, gave a great feast to his 
 thousand lords, and drank wine before the thousand. 
 
 9 Belshazzar, while they tasted the wine, commanded to 
 bring the golden and silver vessels which his father, 
 Nebuchadnezzar, had taken out of the temple at Jeru- 
 salem ; that the king and his princes, his wives and his 
 
 3 concubines might drink therein. Then they brought 
 the golden vessels that were taken out of the temple 
 of the house of God at Jerusalem ; and the king and 
 his princes, his wives and his concubines drank in 
 
 4 them. They drank wine, and praised the gods of gold, 
 and of silver, of brass, of iron, of wood, and of stone. 
 
 5 In the same hour came forth fingers of a man's hand, 
 and wrote over against the candlestick upon the plaster 
 of the wall of the king's palace; and the king saw the 
 
 G hand that wrote. Then the king's countenance was 
 changed, and his thoughts troubled him, so that the 
 joints of his loins were loosened, and his knees smote 
 
 1 one against another. The king cried aloud to bring in 
 the magicians, the Chaldeans, and the astrologers. 
 And the king spake and said to the wise men of Babylon, 
 Whoever shall read this writing, and show the inter- 
 pretation thereof, shall be clothed with purple, and have 
 a chain of gold about his neck, and shall be the third 
 
 8 ruler in the kingdom. Then all the king's wise men 
 came in ; but they could not read the writing, nor 
 
 9 make known to the king its signification. Then was 
 king Belshazzar in great consternation, and his coun- 
 tenance was changed, and his lords were amazed. 
 
Ch. v.] DANIEL. 157 
 
 10 Then the queen, on account of this affair of the king 
 and his lords, came into the banquet-house ; and the 
 queen spake and said, O king, live forever ! Let not thy 
 thoughts terrify thee, nor let thy countenance be 
 
 11 changed! There is a man in thy kingdom in whom 
 is the spirit of the holy gods ; and in the days of thy 
 father, light and understanding and wisdom, like the 
 wisdom of the gods, were found in him ; and the king, 
 Nebuchadnezzar, thy father, made him master of the 
 scribes, the magicians, the Chaldeans, and the astrolo- 
 
 12 gers ; thy father, O king! forasmuch as an excellent 
 spirit and knowledge and understanding, to interpret 
 dreams, and to explain hard sentences, and solve difficult 
 questions were found in him, in Daniel, whom the king 
 named Belteshazzar ; now let Daniel be called, and he 
 will show the interpretation. 
 
 13 Then was Daniel brought in before the king. And 
 the king spake and said to Daniel, Art thou that Dan- 
 iel, of the captives of Judah, whom the king, my father, 
 
 14 brought out of Judea 1 I have heard concerning thee, 
 that the spirit of the gods is in thee, and that light and 
 understanding and excellent wisdom are found in thee. 
 
 15 And now the wise men and the magicians have been 
 brought in before me, that they should read this writ- 
 ing, and make known to me its signification ; but they 
 
 16 could not show the signification of the thing. But I 
 have heard of thee that thou canst give interpretations, 
 and solve difficult questions. Now if thou canst read 
 the writing and make known to me its signification, 
 thou shalt be clothed with purple, and have a chain of 
 gold about thy neck, and shalt be the third ruler in the 
 kingdom. 
 
 17 Then answered Daniel and said before the king, Let 
 thy gifts be to thyself, and give thy rewards to another ! 
 
 VOL. in. 14 
 
158 DANIEL. [Ch. v. 
 
 yet 1 will read the writing to the king, and make known 
 
 18 to him the signification. O king, the Most High God 
 gave to Nebuchadnezzar, thy father, a kingdom, and 
 
 19 majesty, and glory, and honor. And by reason of 
 the majesty which he gave him, all people, nations, and 
 languages trembled and feared before him ; whom he 
 would, he slew, and whom he would, he kept alive ; 
 whom he would, he set up, and whom he would, he put 
 
 20 down. But when his heart was lifted up, and his spirit 
 hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly 
 
 21 throne, and his glory was taken from him. And he 
 was driven from the sons of men ; and his heart be- 
 came like the beasts, and his dwelling was with wild 
 asses ; he was fed with grass like oxen, and his body 
 was wet with the dew of heaven ; till he knew that the 
 Most High God ruled in the kingdoms of men, and 
 
 22 appointed over them whomsoever he would. And thou, 
 his son, O Belshazzar, hast not humbled thy heart, 
 
 23 though thou knewest all this : but hast lifted thyself 
 up against the Lord of heaven ; and they have brought 
 the vessels of his house before thee, and thou, and thy 
 lords, thy wives, and thy concubines have drunk wine 
 in them ; and thou hast praised the gods of silver, and 
 <Told, of brass, iron, wood, and stone, which see not, 
 nor hear, nor know ; and the God, in whose hand is 
 thy breath, and whose are all thy ways, thou hast not 
 
 24 honored. Then was the hand sent from him, and this 
 
 25 writing was written. And this is the writing which 
 was written ; Numbered, Numbered, Weighed, and To 
 
 26 be Divided. And this is the interpretation of it. 
 Numbered : God hath numbered thy kingdom, and 
 
 27 made an end of it. Weighed : Thou art weighed in 
 26 the balances, and found wanting. Divided : Thy 
 
 kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Per- 
 
Ch. VI.] DANIEL. 159 
 
 29 sians. Then Belshazzar commanded, and they clothed 
 Daniel with purple, and put a chain of gold about his 
 neck, and made a proclamation concerning him that 
 he should be the third ruler in the kingdom. 
 
 30 In the same night was Belshazzar, king of the Chal- 
 
 31 deans, slain ; and Darius, the Mede, took the kingdom, 
 being about sixty-two years old. 
 
 VI. 
 
 DaDiel conies safe from the lions' den, into which he had been cast for 
 allegiance to his God. — Ch. vi. 
 
 1 It pleased Darius to set over the kingdom a hundred 
 and twenty satraps, which should be over the whole 
 
 2 kingdom, and over these three presidents, of whom 
 Daniel was one, that the satraps might give accounts to 
 
 3 them, and the king should have no damage. Then 
 this Daniel was preferred above the presidents and 
 satraps, because an excellent spirit was in him, and the 
 
 4 king thought to set him over the whole realm. Then 
 the presidents and satraps sought to find occasion 
 against Daniel in relation to the kingdom; but they 
 could find no occasion nor fault ; because he was 
 faithful, and no error nor fault was found in him. 
 
 5 Then said these men, We shall not find any occasion 
 against this Daniel, unless we find it against hiin con- 
 
 6 cerning the law of his God. Then these presidents 
 and satraps assembled together to the king, and spake 
 
 7 thus to him ; King Darius, live forever ! All the presi- 
 dents of the kingdom, the governors and the satraps, 
 
160 DANIEL. [Ch. vr. 
 
 the counsellors and the prefects, have consulted to- 
 gether to establish a royal statute, and to make a firm 
 decree, that whoever shall ask a petition of any god or 
 man for thirty days, save of thee, O king, he shall be 
 
 8 cast into the den of lions. Now, O king, establish the 
 decree and sign the writing, that it be not changed, 
 according to the law of the Medes and Persians, 
 
 9 which altereth not. Wherefore king Darius signed the 
 writing and the decree. 
 
 10 Now when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, 
 he went into his house, his windows being open in his 
 chamber toward Jerusalem, and three times a day he 
 kneeled upon his knees, and prayed, and gave thanks 
 
 11 before his God, as he had done before. Then these 
 men assembled, and found Daniel praying, and making 
 
 12 supplication before his God. Then they came near 
 and spake before the king concerning the royal decree; 
 Hast thou not signed a decree, that every man that 
 shall ask a petition of any god or man, within thirty 
 days, save of thee, O king, shall be cast into the den of 
 lions? The king answered and said, The thing is true, 
 according to the law of the Medes and Persians, which 
 
 13 altereth not. Then answered they and said before the 
 king; Daniel, who is of the sons of the captives of 
 Judah, regardeth not thee, O king, nor the decree 
 which thou hast signed, but maketh his petition three 
 
 14 times a day. Then the king, when he heard these 
 words, was sore displeased with himself, and set his 
 heart to deliver him ; and he labored till the going 
 
 15 down of the sun to deliver him. Then these men 
 assembled before the king, and said to the king. Know, 
 O king, that the law of the Medes and Persians is, that 
 no decree or statute, which the king establisheth, may 
 
 iG be changed. Then the king commanded that they 
 
Ch. VI.] DANIEL. 161 
 
 should bring Daniel and cast him into the den of lions. 
 And the king spake and said to Daniel, May thy God, 
 
 17 whom thou servest continually, deliver thee ! And a 
 stone was brought and laid upon the mouth of the den ; 
 and the king sealed it with his own signet, and with 
 the signet of his lords, that nothing might be changed 
 concerning Daniel. 
 
 18 Then the king went to his palace, and passed the 
 night fasting, and suffered not the concubines to be 
 
 19 brought to him ; and his sleep went from him. Then 
 the king arose very early in the morning, and went in 
 
 20 haste to the den of lions. And when he came to the 
 den, he cried with a troubled voice to Daniel ; and the 
 king spake and said to Daniel, O Daniel, servant of the 
 living God, is thy God, whom thou servest continually, 
 
 21 able to deliver thee from the lions? Then said Daniel 
 
 22 to the king, O king, live forever ! My God hath sent 
 his angel, and hath shut the lions' mouths, so that they 
 have not hurt me; forasmuch as before him innocency 
 was found in me ; and also before thee, O king, have I 
 
 23 done no wronji. Then was the kinfj exceedingly jilad, 
 and commanded that they should take Daniel up out of 
 the den. So Daniel was taken up out of the den, and 
 no manner of hurt was found upon him, because he 
 
 24 trusted in his God. And the king commanded, and 
 they brought those men which had accused Daniel, 
 and cast them into the den of lions, them, their chil- 
 dren, and their wives ; and the lions had the mastery of 
 them, and broke all their bones before they came to 
 the bottom of the den. 
 
 25 Then king Darius wrote to all people, nations, and 
 languages, that dwell in all the earth. Peace be multi- 
 
 26 plied to you ! I make a decree, that in every govern- 
 ment of my kingdom men tremble and fear before the 
 
 14* 
 
162 DANIEL. [Ch. VII. 
 
 God of Daniel ; for he is the living God, that endureth 
 forever, and whose kingdom shall not be destroyed, 
 
 27 and whose dominion shall endure to the end. He 
 delivereth and rescueth, and he worketh signs and 
 wonders in heaven and in earth, who hath delivered 
 Daniel from the power of the lions. 
 
 28 This Daniel prospered in the reign of Darius, and in 
 the reign of Cyrus, the Persian. 
 
 VII. 
 
 Daniel's vision of four beasts, the symbols of four kingdoms. — 
 Ch. VII. 
 
 ' 1 In the first year of Belshazzar, king of Babylon, 
 Daniel had a dream, and visions of his head upon his 
 bed. Then he wrote the dream, and related the sum 
 
 2 of the matters. Daniel spake and said ; 
 
 I saw in my vision by night, and behold, the four 
 
 3 winds of heaven burst forth upon the great sea. And 
 four great beasts came up from the sea, diverse one 
 
 4 from another. The first was like a lion, and had 
 eagles' wings ; I beheld till his wings were plucked 
 from it, and it was lifted up from the earth, and made 
 to stand upon the feet as a man, and a man's heart was 
 given to it. 
 
 5 And behold, another beast, the second, like to a 
 bear, and it stood up on one side, and it had three ribs 
 in its mouth between its teeth ; and they spake thus to 
 it ; Arise, devour much flesh I 
 
Ch. vii.] DANIEL. 163 
 
 6 After this I beheld, and lo, another, like a leopard, 
 which had upon its back four wings of a bird ; the 
 beast also had four heads, and dominion was given to 
 it. 
 
 7 After this I saw in the niglit visions, and behold, 
 a fourth beast, dreadful, and terrible, and exceedingly 
 strong ; and it had great iron teeth ; it devoured, and 
 brake in pieces, and stamped the residue with its feet, 
 and it was diverse from all the beasts that were before 
 
 8 it ; and it had ten horns. I gave heed to the horns, 
 and behold, there came up among them another little 
 horn, before which three of the first horns were 
 plucked up by the roots ; and behold, in this horn 
 were eyes like the eyes of man, and a mouth speaking 
 
 9 great things. I beheld, till thrones were placed, and 
 an aged person seated himself, his garment white like 
 snow, and the hair of his head like pure wool ; his 
 throne like a fiery flame, and his wheels like burning 
 
 10 fire. A fiery stream issued and came forth from before 
 him ; thousands of thousands ministered to him, and 
 ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him ; the 
 
 11 tribunal sat, and the books were opened. I beheld ; 
 and because of the great words which the horn spake, I 
 beheld till the beast was slain, and his body destroyed 
 
 12 and given to the burning flame. As to the rest of the 
 beasts, they had their dominion taken away, for the 
 duration of their lives had been appointed for a season 
 and a time. 
 
 13 I saw in the night visions, and behold, one like a son 
 of man came with the clouds of heaven, and came to 
 the aged person, and they brought him near before him. 
 
 14 And there was given him dominion, and glory, and a 
 kingdom, that all people, nations, and languages should 
 serve him ; his dominion is an everlasting dominion. 
 
164 DANIEL. [Ch. VII. 
 
 which shall not pass away, and his kingdom shall not 
 be destroyed. 
 
 15 I, Daniel, was grieved in my spirit within me, and 
 
 16 the visions of my head troubled me. I came near to 
 one of them that stood by, and asked him the truth con- 
 cerning all this. So he told me, and made known to 
 
 17 me the interpretation of the things. These great 
 beasts, which are four, are four kings, which shall 
 
 18 arise out of the earth. Then shall the saints of the 
 Most High receive the kingdom, and possess the king- 
 
 19 dom forever, even forever and ever. Then I desired to 
 know the truth concerning the fourth beast, which was 
 diverse from all the others, exceedingly dreadful, 
 whose teeth were of iron and his nails of brass, which 
 devoured, broke in pieces, and stamped the residue 
 
 20 with his feet ; and concerning the ten horns which 
 were in his head, and the other which came up, and 
 before which three fell ; even that horn, which had 
 eyes, and a mouth that spake very great things, and 
 whose appearance was larger than that of his fellows. 
 
 91 I beheld, and the same horn made war with the saints 
 
 22 and prevailed against them, until the aged person came, 
 and judgment was given to the saints of the Most 
 High, and the time came that the saints should possess 
 
 23 the kingdom. He spake thus ; The fourth beast is a 
 fourth kingdom upon earth, which is diverse from all 
 kingdoms, and shall devour the whole earth, and shall 
 
 24 tread it down, and break it in pieces. And the ten 
 horns are ten kings, which shall arise out of this king- 
 dom ; and another shall arise after them ; and he shall 
 be diverse from the former, and shall subdue three 
 
 25 kings. And he will speak great words against the Most 
 High, and will harass the saints of the Most High, and 
 shall resolve to change times and laws ; and they shall be 
 
Ch. VIII.] DANIEL. 165 
 
 given into his hand a time, and times, and half a time. 
 
 26 But the tribunal shall sit, and his dominion shall be 
 
 27 taken away, and consumed and destroyed forever. And 
 the sovereignty, and dominion, and power over all 
 kingdoms under the whole heaven shall be given to the 
 people of the saints of the Most High; his kingdom is 
 an everlasting kingdom, and all dominions shall serve 
 
 28 and obey him. Here ended his words. As for me, 
 Daniel, my thoughts terrified me much, and my coun- 
 tenance changed ; but I kept the matter in my heart. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 Vision of the ram and the he-goat, and its explanation. — Ch. viii. 
 
 1 In the third year of the reign of king Belshazzar, a 
 vision appeared to me, Daniel, after that which appeared 
 
 2 to me at the first. And I saw in a vision, and when I 
 saw, I was in Shushan, in the palace, which is in the 
 province of Elam ; and I saw in a vision, and was by 
 
 3 the river Ulai. And I lifted up my eyes and saw, and 
 behold, there stood before the river a ram, which had 
 two horns; and the two horns were high ; and one was 
 
 4 higher than the other; and the higher came up last. I 
 saw the ram pushing westward and northward and 
 southward, and no beast could stand before him, and 
 none could deliver out of his hand ; but he did accord- 
 
 5 ing to his will, and became great. And I gave heed, 
 and behold, a he-goat came from the west, over the face 
 of the whole earth, without touching the ground ; and 
 
166 DANIEL. [Ch. VIII. 
 
 the goat had a conspicuous horn between his eyes. 
 
 G And he came to the ram, which had two horns, which 
 
 I had seen standing before the river, and ran against 
 
 7 him in the fury of his power. And I saw him come 
 close to the ram, and he was enraged against him, and 
 smote the ram, and broke his two horns ; and there 
 was no power in the ram to stand before him ; and he 
 cast him down to the ground, and stamped upon him ; 
 
 8 and none could deliver the ram out of his hand. And 
 the he-goat became exceedingly great ; but when he 
 was strongest, the great horn was broken, and instead 
 of it grew up four conspicuous ones toward the four 
 
 9 winds of heaven. And out of one of them came forth 
 a little horn, which became exceedingly great toward 
 the south, and toward the east, and toward the glorious 
 
 10 land. And he exalted himself even to the host of heav- 
 en, and some of the host and of the stars he cast down 
 
 11 to the ground, and stamped upon them. Yea, he mag- 
 nified himself even to the prince of the host, and the 
 daily sacrifice was taken away from him, and the place 
 
 12 of his sanctuary was cast down. And a host set itself 
 against the daily sacrifice with impiety, and it cast 
 down the law to the ground, and it accomplished its 
 
 13 purpose and prospered. And I heard a holy one speak ; 
 and another holy one said to the one that had spoken, 
 To how long a time extends the vision concerninsf the 
 daily sacrifice, and the impiety of the destroyer, that 
 both the sanctuary and the host shall be trodden under 
 
 14 foot ? And he said to rae. To two thousand and three 
 hundred evenings and mornings ; then shall the sanctu- 
 ary be cleansed. 
 
 15 And it came to pass, when I, Daniel, had seen the 
 vision, and sought for the meaning, behold, there stood 
 
 16 one before me having the appearance of a man. And 
 
Ch. VIII.] DANIEL. 167 
 
 I heard a man's voice between the banks of Ulai, which 
 called and said, Gabriel, make this man to understand 
 
 17 the vision. And he came near where I stood; and 
 when he came, I was afraid, and fell upon my face, 
 and he said to me, Understand, O son of man ! for this 
 
 18 vision relates to the time of the end. But when he 
 spake to me, I fell senseless upon my face to the ground ; 
 but he touched me, and lifted me up, where I had 
 
 19 stood. And he said. Behold, I make known to thee 
 what shall be in the latter time of the indignation ; for 
 
 90 [the vision relates] to the time of the end. The ram, 
 which thou sawest, having two horns, denotes the kings 
 
 21 of Media and Persia. And the rough goat is the kino- 
 of Greece; and the great horn between his eyes is the 
 
 2i first king. And as that was broken and four arose in 
 its place, four kingdoms shall arise out of the nation, 
 
 23 but not with his power. And toward the end of their 
 kingdom, when the transgressors have filled up the 
 measure of their iniquities, a king shall arise of a 
 
 24 fierce countenance, and cunning in artifices. And his 
 power shall become mighty, but not by his strength ; 
 and he will destroy wonderfully, and prosper, and ac- 
 complish his purposes, and he will destroy the mighty, 
 
 25 and the people of the holy ones. And through his 
 policy will he cause fraud to prosper in his hand, and 
 he will magnify himself in his heart, and he will destroy 
 many in the midst of security, and he will stand up 
 against the prince of princes ; but he shall be broken 
 
 2C without hand. And the vision of the evening and the 
 morning, which has been told thee, is true; but do thou 
 
 27 shut up the vision; for it relates to distant days. And 
 I, Daniel, fainted, and was sick some days ; afterward 
 I rose up and did the king's business; and I was as- 
 tonished at the vision, but no one explained it. 
 
168 DANIEL. [Ch. IX. 
 
 IX. 
 
 Daniel's prayer for tha restoration of Jerusalem. Revelation of the 
 seventy weeks. — Ch. ix. 
 
 1 In the first year of Darius, the son of Ahasuerus, of the 
 race of the Medes, who became king over the realm of 
 
 2 the Chaldeans, in the first year of his reign, I, Daniel, 
 attentively considered in the books the number of the 
 years, concerning which the word of Jehovah came to 
 Jeremiah, the prophet, that Jerusalem should remain in 
 ruins, till they were accomplished, namely, seventy years. 
 
 3 And I set my face toward God, the Lord, and made 
 prayers and supplications, with fasting, and sackcloth, 
 
 4 and ashes. And I prayed to Jehovah, my God, and made 
 my confession, and said, O Lord, the great and terri- 
 ble God, who keepeth the covenant and mercy to them 
 
 5 that love him and keep his commandments ! We have 
 sinned, and have committed iniquity, and have done 
 wickedly, and have rebelled, even by departing from thy 
 
 6 precepts and thy statutes. Neither have we hearkened 
 to thy servants, the prophets, who spake in thy name to 
 our kings, our princes, and our fathers, and to all the 
 
 7 people of the land. To thee, O Lord, belongeth right- 
 eousness, but to us confusion of face, as at this day ; to 
 the men of Judah, and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem, 
 and to all Israel, to those that are near, and to those 
 that are far off, through all the countries whither thou 
 hast driven them, because of their trespass, which they 
 
 8 have trespassed against thee. O Lord, to us belongeth 
 confusion of face, to our kings, to our princes, and to 
 
 9 our fathers, because we have siinicd against thee. Yet 
 
Ch. IX.] DANIEL, 169 
 
 with the Lord, our God, is mercy and forgiveness. For 
 
 10 we have rebelled against him, and have not obeyed the 
 voice of Jehovah, our God, to walk in his laws, which 
 
 11 he set before us by his servants, the prophets. Yea, 
 all Israel have transgressed thy law, and turned away, 
 so as not to obey thy voice ; therefore the curse is 
 poured out upon us, and the oath that is written in the 
 law of Moses, the servant of God, because we have 
 
 12 sinned against him. And he hath fulfilled his word 
 which he spake against us, and against our judges 
 who judged us, by bringing great calamity upon us ; 
 
 13 for under the whole heaven hath it not been done, 
 as hath been done to Jerusalem. As it is written in 
 the law of Moses, all this evil came upon us. For 
 we made not our prayer to Jehovah, our God, that 
 we might turn from our iniquities, and give heed to 
 
 14 thy truth. Therefore hath Jehovah, our God, kept 
 his mind upon the evil, and brought it upon us; for 
 Jehovah, our God, is righteous in all his works which 
 
 15 he doeth ; for we obeyed not his voice. And now, O 
 Lord, our God, that broughtest thy people forth from 
 the land of Egypt with a mighty hand, and madest thee 
 a name, such as it is at this day, we have sinned, we 
 
 16 have done wickedly. O Lord, according to all thy 
 goodness, let thine anger and thy fury, I beseech thee,, 
 be turned away from thy city Jerusalem, thy holy 
 mountain ! for because of our iniquities, and the ini- 
 quities of our fathers, Jerusalem and thy people are 
 
 17 become a reproach to all that are about us. Now, 
 therefore, O our God, hear the prayer of thy servant, 
 and his supplications, and cause thy face to shine upon 
 thy sanctuary that is desolate, for the Lord's sake! 
 
 18 O my God, incline thine ear, and hear! open thine 
 eyes, and behold our desolations, and the city which 
 
 VOL. III. 1.5 
 
170 DANIEL. [Ch. IX. 
 
 is called by thy name ! for we do not present our sup- 
 plications before thee on account of our righteousness, 
 
 19 but on account of thy great mercy. O Lord, hear ! O 
 Lord, forgive ! O Lord, hearken and do ! Defer not, 
 for thine own sake, O my God ! For thy city and thy 
 people are called by thy name. 
 
 20 And while I was speaking, and praying, and confess- 
 ing my sin, and the sin of my people Israel, and pre- 
 senting my supplication before the Lord, my God, for 
 
 21 the holy mountain of my God ; yea, while I was speak- 
 ing in prayer, the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the 
 former vision, came, weary with running, and reached 
 
 32 me about the time of the evening oblation. And he 
 instructed me, and talked with me, and said, O Daniel, 
 
 23 I am now come forth to give thee understanding. At 
 the beginning of thy supplication the commandment 
 went forth, and I am come to show thee ; for thou art 
 greatly beloved : therefore give heed to the words, and 
 
 24 consider the prophecy. Seventy weeks are appointed for 
 thy people, and for thy holy city to complete the iniquity, 
 and to fill up the measure of sins, and to expiate the guilt, 
 and to bring in the righteousness of ancient times, and to 
 seal up the vision and the prophet, and to anoint the most 
 
 25 holy place. Know, therefore, and understand ! From 
 the going forth of the word that Jerusalem should again 
 be built, to an anointed prince, are seven weeks ; then 
 shall the streets and moats of Jerusalem again be built 
 
 26 sixty-two weeks, yet in troublous times. And after 
 sixty-two weeks shall an anointed one be cut off, with- 
 out deliverance, and the city and the sanctuary shall be 
 destroyed by the people of the prince that shall come, 
 whose end shall be as by a flood ; yet to the end of the 
 
 27 war is desolation appointed. And he shall establish a 
 covenant with many for one week, and during half a 
 
Ch. x] DANIEL. 171 
 
 week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to 
 cease, and upon the battlement [of the temple] shall be 
 the abominations of the destroyer, until the appointed 
 destruction is poured out upon the destroyer. 
 
 X. 
 
 Daniel's last vision concerning several nations and kings with whose 
 fortunes that of the Jewish nation was connected, and other events. 
 — Ch. X.- XII. 
 
 1 In the third year of Cyrus, king of Persia, was a 
 revelation made to Daniel, who was also called Belte- 
 shazzar ; and the revelation is true, and relates to long 
 warfare. And he gave heed to the revelation, and had 
 understanding of the vision. 
 
 2 In those days, I, Daniel, was mourning three full 
 
 3 weeks. I ate no pleasant bread, neither came flesh or 
 wine into my mouth, till three whole weeks were ended. 
 
 4 And in the four and twentieth day of the first month, 
 
 5 as I was by the side of the great river Hiddekel, I 
 lifted up my eyes and looked, and behold, a certain 
 man, clothed in linen, and his loins girded with gold of 
 
 6 Uphaz. His body was like chrysolite, and his face 
 had the appearance of lightning, and his eyes were as 
 torches of fire, and his arms and his feet like polished 
 brass, and the sound of his words was as the sound of 
 
 7 a multitude. And I, Daniel, alone saw the vision, and 
 the men who were with me saw not the vision ; but a 
 great terror fell upon them, and they fled to hide them- 
 
 8 selves. Therefore I was left alone, and saw this great 
 
172 DANIEL. [Ch. X, 
 
 vision ; and there remained no strength in me, and my 
 color was changed into a deadly paleness, and I re- 
 9 tained no strength. And I heard the sound of his 
 words; and as I heard the sound of his words, I fell 
 senseless upon my face, and my face toward the ground. 
 
 10 And behold, a hand touched me, and lifted me upon 
 
 11 my knees and the palms of my hands. And he said to 
 me, O Daniel, greatly beloved man, give heed to the 
 words which I speak to thee, and stand upright ! for to 
 thee am I now sent. And when he had said this to me 
 I stood up trembling. 
 
 12 Then said he to me. Fear not, Daniel ! for from the 
 first day that thou didst set thy heart to understand, 
 and to chasten thyself before thy God, thy words were 
 
 13 heard, and I am come on account of thy words. But 
 the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one 
 and twenty days ; but lo, Michael, one of the chief 
 princes came to help me ; and I was left there victo- 
 
 14 rious with the kings of Persia. Now I am come to 
 teach thee what shall befall thy people in future days ; 
 
 15 for the vision yet relates to distant days. And when he 
 had spoken these words to me, I set my face toward 
 
 iG the ground, and was dumb. And behold, one, having 
 the appearance of the sons of men, touched my lips ; 
 then I opened my mouth and spake, and said to him 
 that stood before me, O my lord, by the vision my 
 
 17 pains came upon me, and I retained no strength. And 
 how can the servant of this my lord talk with this my 
 lord? And straightway there remained no strength in 
 
 18 me, neither was breath left in me. Then came again 
 and touched me one having the appearance of a man, 
 
 19 and strengthened me, and said, O man, greatly beloved, 
 fear not! peace be to thee ! be strong! yea, be strong! 
 And when he had spoken to me, I was strengthened, 
 
Ch. XI.] DANIEL. 173 
 
 and said, Let my lord speak ; for thou hast strength- 
 
 20 ened me. Then he said, Knowest thou wherefore I 
 have come to thee ? And now will I return to fight 
 with the prince of Persia, and I will go forth ; but be- 
 
 21 hold, the prince of Greece shall come. Yet will I 
 show thee what is written in the book of truth. No 
 one aideth me against them but Michael, your prince. 
 
 1 But I also, in the first year of Darius the Mede, stood 
 
 2 up to confirm and strengthen him. And now I will 
 show thee the truth. 
 
 Behold, there shall arise yet three kings in Persia, 
 and the fourth shall be far richer than they all, and 
 relying upon his riches he shall stir up all against the 
 
 3 realm of Greece. But a mighty king shall arise, and 
 rule with great dominion, and do according to his will. 
 
 4 But when he shall have arisen, his kingdom shall be 
 broken, and shall be divided toward the four winds of 
 heaven ; and not to his posterity, nor with the domin- 
 ion with which he ruled ; for his kingdom shall be 
 plucked up, and divided amongst others besides those. 
 
 5 And the kingr of the South shall become stronsf ; but 
 one of his princes shall be stronger than he, and have 
 dominion ; his dominion shall be a great dominion. 
 
 6 And after some years they shall ally themselves with 
 each other ; and the daughter of the king of the South 
 shall come to the king of the North, to make peace ; 
 but she shall not retain the power ; neither shall she 
 stand, nor her offspring ; but she shall be given up, 
 and they that brought her, and he that begat her, and 
 he that strengthened her in these times. 
 
 7 But aut of a branch of her roots shali one arise iu 
 his place, who shall come to an army, and shall come 
 against the fortresses of the king of the North, and 
 
 8 besiege them, and prevail against them. And their 
 
 15* 
 
174 DANIEL. [Ch. xr. 
 
 gods, with their molten images, and their precious ves- 
 sels of silver and of gold shall he carry into captivity 
 into Egypt ; and he shall prevail for many years 
 9 against the king of the North ; who shall come against 
 the kingdom of the king of the South, but shall return 
 into his own land. 
 
 10 But his sons shall be stirred up, and shall assemble a 
 multitude of great forces; and one of them shall invade, 
 and overflow, and pass through, and shall again stir 
 
 11 himself up to war even against his fortress. Then 
 shall the king of the South be enraged, and shall come 
 forth and fight with him, even with the king of the 
 North ; and shall lead forth a great multitude, and a 
 
 12 multitude shall be delivered into his hand. And the 
 multitude shall be elated, and his heart shall be lifted 
 up, and though he cast down tens of thousands, yet 
 
 13 shall he not be strong. For the king of the North 
 shall again bring against him a multitude greater than 
 the former, and shall certainly come, after certain years, 
 
 14 with a great army and with great riches. And in those 
 times shall many stand up against the king of the 
 South; and violent men of thy people shall exalt them- 
 
 15 selves, to establish the vision, and shall fall. And the 
 kino- of the North shall come, and cast up a mount, 
 and take the fortified cities ; and the arms of the South 
 shall not withstand, neither his chosen people, neither 
 
 16 shall there be any strength to withstand. And he that 
 cometh against him shall do according to his will, and 
 none shall stand before him ; and he shall stand in the 
 glorious land, and destruction shall be in his hand. 
 
 17 And he shall set his face to come against bim with the 
 strength of his whole kingdom, and the righteous with 
 him ; and he shall accomplish his purpose; and he shall 
 give him his daughter in marriage, to ruin his land. 
 
Ch. XI.] DANIEL. Its 
 
 But it shall not succeed, neither shall it be fot him. 
 
 18 After this he shall turn his face to the isles, and shall 
 take many ; but a commander shall put an end to his 
 scorn; nay, shall cause his scorn to return upon 
 
 19 himself. Then shall he turn his face to the fortresses 
 of his own land; and he shall stumble, and fall, and 
 shall not be found. 
 
 20 Then shall arise in his place one who shall send 
 an exacter of tribute through the glory of his kingdom ; 
 but within kw days shall he be destroyed, neither in 
 anger, nor in battle. 
 
 21 And in his place shall arise a despised person, to 
 whom they shall not give the honor of the kingdom ; 
 but in the midst of peace he shall come in and obtain 
 
 22 the kingdom by flatteries. And the forces of a flood 
 shall be overwhelmed before him, and shall be broken ; 
 
 23 and also the prince that is allied with him. For after 
 the league made with him, he will practise deceit; for 
 he will come up, and become strong with a small peo- 
 
 24 pie. In the midst of peace shall he come into the 
 fattest provinces of the land, and he shall do what his 
 fathers never did, nor his fathers' fathers ; he shall 
 scatter among them prey, and spoil, and riches ; and 
 he shall form his devices against the strong-holds, even 
 
 35 for a long time. And he shall stir up his power and 
 his courage against the king of the South, with a great 
 army ; and the king of the South shall be stirred up to 
 battle with a very great and mighty army ; but he shall 
 not stand; for they shall form devices against him. 
 
 26 Even they that eat of his food shall destroy him ; and 
 his army shall overflow, and many shall fall down slain. 
 
 27 And the hearts of both these kings shall be to do mis- 
 chief; and they shall speak lies at one table; but it 
 shall not prosper ; for yet the end is for the appointed 
 
176 DANIEL. [Cn. xi. 
 
 28 time. Then shall he return into his land with great 
 riches; and he vvill'set his heart against the holy cove- 
 nant, and he will execute his purposes, and return to 
 his own land. 
 
 29 At an appointed time he shall again go against the 
 South ; but it shall not be the second time, as at the 
 
 30 first. For the Chittaean ships shall come against him, 
 and he shall be discouraged, and return, and be enraged 
 against the holy covenant, and execute his purposes ; he 
 shall even return, and have intelligence with them that 
 
 31 forsake the holy covenant. And forces shall be raised 
 by him, which shall pollute the sanctuary, the strong- 
 hold, and take away the daily sacrifice, and set up the 
 
 32 abomination of the destroyer. And such as do wick- 
 edly against the covenant will he lead to apostacy by 
 flatteries ; but the people that know their God shall be 
 
 33 strong, and do exploits. And they that have under- 
 standing among the people shall instruct many ; yet 
 they shall fall by the sword, and by flame, by captivity, 
 
 34 and by spoil, many days. And whilst they fall they 
 shall receive a little help, and many shall join them with 
 
 35 flatteries. And some of them of understanding shall 
 fall, to purify them, and to cleanse, and make them 
 white, even to the time of the end, for it is yet for a 
 
 36 time appointed. And the king shall do according to bis 
 will; and he shall exalt himself and magnify himself 
 against every god, and he shall speak horrible things 
 against the God of gods, until the indignation be ac- 
 complished ; for that which is determined shall be done. 
 
 37 Neither shall he regard the god of his fathers, nor the 
 desire of women ; nor shall he regard any god, but 
 
 38 magnify himself against all. But in their place shall 
 he honor the god of strong-holds, and a god whom his 
 fathers knew not shall he honor with gold, and with 
 
Ch. XII.] DANIEL. 177 
 
 silver, and with precious stones, and with jewels. 
 
 39 And he shall act against the fortified palaces with a 
 strange god ; whoever acknowledges him, to them he 
 will give great honor, and give them dominion over 
 many, and divide the land amongst them for a reward. 
 
 40 But at the time of the end shall the king of the 
 South push at him, and the king of the North shall 
 come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and 
 with horsemen, and with many ships ; and he shall 
 enter into the countries, and overflow them, and pass 
 
 41 over them. He shall also enter into the glorious land, 
 and multitudes shall be overthrown; but these shall 
 escape out of his hand, Edom, and Moab, and the 
 
 42 chief of the sons of Amnion. He shall stretch forth 
 his hand also upon the countries, and the land of Egypt 
 
 43 shall not escape. And he shall have power over the 
 treasures of gold and of silver, and over all the precious 
 things of Egypt, and the Lybians and Ethiopians shall 
 
 44 be in his train. But tidings out of the East and out 
 of the North shall trouble him, and he shall go forth 
 with great fury to destroy, and utterly to make away 
 
 45 many. And he shall pitch his palace-tents between the 
 sea and the glorious holy mountain ; yet he shall come 
 to his end, and none shall help him. 
 
 1 And at that time shall Michael arise, the great prince 
 that standeth up for the sons of thy people ; and there 
 shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since 
 there was a nation even to that time ; but at that time 
 shall thy people be delivered, every one that shall be 
 
 2 found written in the book. And many of them that 
 sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake, some to 
 everlasting life, and some to shame, to everlasting con- 
 
 3 tempt. And they that are wise shall shine as the 
 brightness of the firmament ; and they that turn many 
 to righteousness, as the stars forever and ever. 
 
178 DANIEL. [Ch. XII. 
 
 4 But thou, O Daniel, shut up these words and seal 
 this book even to the time of the end. Many shall run 
 eagerly through it, and much knowledge shall be 
 gained. 
 
 5 And I, Daniel, looked, and behold, two others stood 
 there, one on this side of the bank of the river, and 
 
 6 the other on that side of the bank of the river. And 
 one of them said to the man clothed in linen, who was 
 upon the waters of the river, How long shall it be to 
 
 7 the end of these wonders? And I heard the man 
 clothed in linen, who was upon the waters of the river, 
 as he held up his right hand and his left hand to heaven, 
 and swore by Him that liveth forever, that in a time, 
 times, and a half, and when the dispersion of a portion 
 of the holy people should be at an end, all these things 
 
 8 should be fulfilled. And I heard, but understood not; 
 and I said, My lord, what is to follow these things ? 
 
 9 And he said. Go thy way, Daniel, for the words are 
 
 10 closed up and sealed till the time of the end. Many 
 shall be cleansed, and made white, and purified, and the 
 wicked will do wickedly ; and none of the wicked will 
 
 11 understand, but the wise will understand. And from 
 the time when the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, 
 and the abomination of the destroyer set up, there shall 
 
 12 be a thousand, two hundred, and ninety days. Happy is 
 he, that waiteth and cometh to a thousand, three hun- 
 
 13 dred, and five and thirty days! But go thou thy way 
 even to the end ; for thou shalt rest, and rise up for 
 thy portion at the end of the days. 
 
THE 
 
 PROPHET HAGGAI 
 
HAGGAL 
 
 Ch. I.] 
 
 I. 
 
 The people reproved for neglecting to build the temple. — Ch. i. 
 
 1 In the second year of Darius, the king, in the sixth 
 month, on the first day of the month, came the word of 
 Jehovah by Haggai, the prophet, to Zerubbabel, the son 
 of Shealtiel, governor of Judah, and to Joshua, the son 
 
 2 of Josedech, the high priest, saying. Thus saith Jeho- 
 vah of hosts ; This people saith. The time is not yet 
 come, the time that the house of Jehovah should be 
 
 3 built. But the word of Jehovah hath come by Haggai, 
 the prophet, saying, 
 
 4 Is it, then, a time for you 
 To dwell in ceiled houses, 
 While this house lieth waste? 
 
 5 Therefore thus saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 Consider how it goeth with you ! 
 
 6 Ye sow much, and bring in little; 
 Ye eat, but are not full ; 
 
 Ye drink, but are not satisfied ; 
 Ye clothe yourselves, but do not become warm ; 
 VOL. in. 16 
 
182 HAGGAI. [Ch. I. 
 
 And he that earneth wages earneth them for a purse 
 with holes. 
 
 7 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts; 
 Consider how it goeth with you ! 
 
 8 Go up to the mountain, and bring wood, and build the 
 
 house, 
 That I may have pleasure therein, 
 And be glorified, saith Jehovah. 
 
 9 Ye look for much, and lo, it cometh to little ; 
 And when ye bring it home, I blow it away ; 
 And why ? saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 Because of my house which lieth waste. 
 While ye run every one to his own house. 
 
 10 Therefore the heaven over you withholdeth the dew, 
 And the earth refuseth her fruit. 
 
 11 And I have called for a drought upon the land, and 
 
 upon the mountains ; 
 And upon the corn, and the new wine, and the oil ; 
 Upon that which the ground bringeth forth. 
 And upon men, and upon cattle. 
 And upon all the labor of the hands. 
 
 12 Then Zerubbabel, the son of Shealtiel, and Joshua, 
 the son of Josedech, the high priest, and all the people 
 hearkened to the voice of Jehovah, their God, and to 
 the words of Haggai, the prophet, as Jehovah, their 
 God, had sent him ; and the people feared before Jeho- 
 
 13 vah. Then spake Haggai, the messenger of Jehovah, 
 by a message from Jehovah, to the people, saying, I 
 
 14 am with you, saith Jehovah. And Jehovah stirred up 
 the spirit of Zerubbabel, the son of Shealtiel, governor 
 of Judah, and the spirit of Joshua, the son of Jose- 
 dech, the high priest, and the spirit of all the people. 
 
Ch. II.] HAGGAI. 183 
 
 so that they came, and did work upon the house of Je- 
 15 hovah of hosts, their God, on the four and twentieth 
 day of the sixth month, in the second year of Darius, 
 the kinof. 
 
 II. 
 
 ^ The glory of the second temple. — Ch. ii. 1-9. 
 
 1 In the seventh month, on the one and twentieth day 
 of the month, came the word of Jehovah by the prophet 
 
 2 Haggai, saying; Speak now to Zerubbabel, the son of 
 Shealtiel, governor of Judah, and to Joshua, the son of 
 Josedech, the high priest, and to the residue of the 
 people, saying; 
 
 3 Who is there left among you, 
 That saw this house 
 
 In its former glory ? 
 
 And what do ye see it now ? 
 
 Is it not as nothing in your eyes ? 
 
 4 Yet now be strong, O Zerubbabel, saith Jehovah ; 
 And be strong, O Joshua, son of Josedech, the high 
 
 priest ; 
 
 And be strong, O all ye people of the land, saith Jeho- 
 vah, and work ! 
 
 For I am with you, saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 5 According to the covenant, which I made with you, 
 
 when ye came out of Egypt, 
 And my spirit remaineth among you ; 
 
184 HAGGAI. [Ch. II. 
 
 Fear ye not ! 
 
 6 For thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 Yet once more, in a short time, 
 
 I will shake the heavens and the earth, 
 The sea and the dry land ; 
 
 7 I will shake all the nations, 
 
 And here shall come the precious things of all the na- 
 tions ; 
 And I will fill this house with glory, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 8 Mine is the silver and mine the gold, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 9 Greater shall be the glory of this latter house than of 
 
 the former, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 And in this place will I give peace, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 III. 
 
 The neglect to build the temple the cause of unfruitful seasons. 
 Promise of favor. — Ch. ii. 10-19. 
 
 10 On the four and twentieth day of the ninth month, 
 in the second year of Darius, came the word of Jeho- 
 
 11 vah by Haggai, the prophet, saying, Thus saith Jeho- 
 vah of hosts ; Ask now the law from the priests, 
 
 12 saying; If a man carry holy flesh in the skirt of his 
 garment, and with his skirt touch bread, or pottage, or 
 wine, or oil, or any food, shall it be holy? And the 
 
 13 priests answered and said, No. Then said Haggai ; 
 
Ch. II.] HAGGAI. 185 
 
 If a man, unclean by a dead body, touch any of these 
 things, shall it be unclean ? And the priests answer- 
 
 14 ed and said. It shall be unclean. Then answered 
 Haggai and said ; 
 
 So is this people, and so is this nation before me, 
 saith Jehovah ; 
 And so is all the work of their hands ; 
 And that which they offer there is unclean. 
 
 15 And now, I pray you, consider [how it hath gone with 
 
 you] 
 From that day and upward, 
 From the time before one stone was laid upon another 
 
 in the temple of Jehovah, 
 
 16 Since that time one hath come to a heap of twenty 
 
 measures, 
 And there were but ten ; 
 One hath come to a vat to draw out fifty vessels from 
 
 the wine-press. 
 And there were but twenty ; 
 
 17 I have smitten you with blasting, with mildew, and 
 
 with hail, 
 Even all the works of your hands ; 
 Yet none among you hath turned to me, saith Jehovah. 
 
 18 Consider, I pray you, 
 From that day and upward ; 
 
 From the four and twentieth day of the ninth month ; 
 From the day when the foundation of the temple of 
 
 Jehovah was laid ; 
 Consider ye ! 
 
 19 Is there yet seed in the barn ? 
 
 Yea, as yet the vine, and the fig-tree, and pomegranate, 
 
 and the olive-tree have not borne ; 
 But from this day will I bless you. 
 16* 
 
186 HAGGAI. [Ch. II. 
 
 IV. 
 
 Promise of prosperity, victory over enemies, &c. — Ch. ii. 20-23. 
 
 20 And the word of Jehovah came the second time to 
 Haggai, on the four and twentieth day of the month, 
 
 21 saying ; Speak to ^erubbahel, the governor of Judah, 
 and say, 
 
 I will shake the heavens and the earth, 
 
 22 And I will overthrow the thrones of kingdoms, 
 
 And I will destroy the strength of the kingdoms of the 
 
 nations, 
 And I will overthrow the chariots, and those that ride 
 
 in them, 
 And the horses and their riders shall come down, 
 One by the sward of the other. 
 
 23 In that day, saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 I will take thee, O Zerubbabel, son of ShealtieJ, my 
 
 servant, saith Jehovah, 
 And keep thee as a signet ; 
 for thee have I chosen, saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
THE 
 
 PROPHET ZECHARIAH 
 
ZECHARIAH. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 Prophecies and visions relating to the establishment of the Jews in a 
 new state after the captivity. 
 
 Ch. I.] 
 
 I. 
 
 Exhortation to repentance. — Ch. i. 1-6. 
 
 1 In the eighth month, in the second year of Darius, 
 came the word of Jehovah to Zechariah, the son of 
 Barachiah, the son of Iddo, the prophet, saying, 
 
 2 Jehovah hath been much displeased with your fathers. 
 
 3 But say thou to them, Thus saith Jehovah of hosts; 
 Turn ye to me, saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 And I will turn to you, saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 4 Be ye not as your fathers, to whom the former prophets 
 
 cried, saying, 
 
 Turn ye now from your evil ways, and from your evil 
 doings ! 
 
 But they did not hear, nor hearken to me, saith Jeho- 
 vah. 
 
 5 Your fathers, where are they ? 
 
 And the prophets, do they live forever? 
 
190 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. i. 
 
 6 But my words and my statutes. 
 Which I commanded my servants, the prophets, 
 Did they not overtake your fathers ? 
 And they returned and said. 
 Even as Jehovah of hosts thought 
 To do to us according to our ways, and according to 
 
 our doings. 
 So hath he done to us. 
 
 II. 
 
 Vision of the horsemen, designed to encourage the Jews, and to assure 
 them that they might proceed in tranquillity to build the city and 
 temple. — Ch. i. 7-17. 
 
 7 On the four and twentieth day of the eleventh month, 
 which is the month Sebat, in the second year of Darius, 
 came the word of Jehovah to Zechariah, the son of 
 Barachiah, the son of Iddo, the prophet, saying, 
 
 8 I saw in the night, and behold, a man riding upon a 
 red horse, and he stood among the myrtle-trees that 
 were in the deep valley, and behind him were other 
 
 9 horses, red, fox-colored, and white. Then I said, O 
 my lord, what are these? And the angel, that talked 
 with me, said to me, I will show thee what these are. 
 
 JO And the man, that stood among the myrtle-trees, an- 
 swered and said. These are they whom Jehovah hath 
 
 11 sent to go to and fro through the earth. And they 
 answered the angel of Jehovah that stood among the 
 myrtle-trees, and said, We have gone to and fro through 
 the earth, and behold, all the earth sitteth still and is at 
 
Ch. I.] ZECHARIAH. 191 
 
 12 rest. Then the angel of Jehovah answered, and said, 
 
 Jehovah of hosts, how long wilt thou not have mercy 
 on Jerusalem and on the cities of Judah, against which 
 thou hast had indignation these threescore and ten 
 
 13 years ? And Jehovah answered the angel, that talked 
 with me, good words and comfortable words. 
 
 14 And the angel, who talked with me, said to me, Pro- 
 
 claim thou and say ; 
 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts; 
 
 1 am jealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with great 
 
 jealousy, 
 
 15 And with great anger am I angry with the nations that 
 
 are at ease ; 
 For I was but a little displeased, 
 And they helped forward the affliction. 
 
 16 Therefore, thus saith Jehovah ; 
 
 I return to Jerusalem with mercies ; 
 
 My house shall be built in it, 
 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 And a line shall be stretched forth on Jerusalem. 
 
 17 Proclaim yet and say, 
 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 My cities shall yet overflow with prosperity, 
 And Jehovah will yet comfort Zion, 
 And will yet choose Jerusalem. 
 
192 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. ii. 
 
 III. 
 
 The vision of four horns, and its explanation. — Ch. i. 18-21. 
 
 18 Then I lifted up my eyes and looked, and behold, 
 
 19 four horns. And I said to the angel, that talked with 
 me, What mean these ? And he answered me, These are 
 the horns, which have scattered Judah, Israel, and Je- 
 
 20 rusalem. And Jehovah showed me four smiths. 
 SI Then said I, What come these to do? And he spake, 
 
 saying, These are the horns which scattered Judah, 
 so that no man lifted up his head ; and now these are 
 come to make them afraid, and to cast out the horns of 
 the nations which lifted up their horn against the land 
 of Judah to scatter it. 
 
 IV. 
 
 Vision of the man with the measuring-line, denoting that Jerusalem 
 should be rebuilt. Promise of future glory. — Ch. ii. 
 
 1 1 LIFTED up mine eyes again, and looked, and behold, 
 
 2 a man with a measuring-line in his hand. Then said 
 I, Whither goest thou ? And he said to me, To meas- 
 ure Jerusalem, to see what is the breadth thereof, and 
 
 3 what is the length thereof And behold, the angel, 
 who talked with me, went forth, and another angel went 
 
 4 forth to meet him, and said to him. Run, speak to that 
 young man, saying. 
 
Ch. II.] ZECHARIAH. 193 
 
 Jerusalem shall be inhabited without walls, 
 
 For the multitude of men and of cattle within her. 
 
 5 And I will be to her, saith Jehovah, 
 A wall of fire round about. 
 
 And glory will I be within her. 
 
 6 Ho ! ho! Flee ye out of the land of the North, saith 
 
 Jehovah ! 
 For toward the four winds of heaven have I spread you 
 abroad, saith Jehovah. 
 
 7 Ho ! Zion 1 escape 1 
 
 Thou that dwellest with the daughter of Babylon ! 
 
 8 For thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 For glory hath he sent me to the nations which plun- 
 dered you ; 
 
 (For he that toucheth you toucheth the apple of his 
 eye.) 
 
 9 For, behold, Ijivill shake my hand over them, 
 
 And they shall be a spoil to those that served them ; 
 And ye shall know that Jehovah of hosts sent me. 
 
 10 Sing and rejoice, O daughter of Zion! 
 For, behold, I will come. 
 
 And I will dwell in the midst of thee, saith Jehovah ; 
 
 11 And many nations shall join themselves to Jehovah in 
 
 that day, 
 And shall be my people ; 
 And I will dwell in the midst of thee ; 
 And thou shalt know that Jehovah of hosts sent me to 
 
 thee. 
 
 12 And Jehovah will possess Judah as his portion in the 
 
 holy land, 
 And will again choose Jerusalem. 
 
 13 Be silent, all flesh, before Jehovah ! 
 
 For he riseth up from his holy habitation. 
 
 TOL. III. 17 
 
194 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. in. 
 
 V. 
 
 Joshua, the high priest, accused and acquitted before Jehovah. Prom- 
 ise of the Messiah. — Ch. hi. 
 
 1 And he showed me Joshua, the high priest, standing 
 before the angel of Jehovah ; and the adversary stand- 
 
 2 ing at his right hand, to accuse him. And Jehovah 
 said to the adversary ; 
 
 Jehovah rebuke thee, adversary, 
 Even Jehovah, who hath chosen Jerusalem, rebuke 
 
 thee! 
 Is not this man a brand plucked out of the fire ? 
 
 3 Now Joshua was clothed with filthy garments, and 
 
 4 stood before the angel. And he [the angel] spake and 
 said to them [the angels] that stood before him, say- 
 ing. Take off the filthy garments from him ! And to 
 him he said. Behold, I have caused thine iniquity to 
 pass from thee, and will clothe thee with goodly appar- 
 
 5 el. And I said, Let them set a fair mitre upon his 
 head ! And they set a fair mitre upon his head, and 
 clothed him with garments. And the angel of Jeho- 
 vah stood by. 
 
 6 And the angel of Jehovah declared to Joshua and 
 said, 
 
 7 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 If thou wilt walk in my ways, 
 And if thou wilt keep my charge. 
 Then thou shalt also rule my house. 
 
Ch. IV.] ZECHARIAH. 195 
 
 And shalt also keep my courts, 
 
 And I will give thee guides among these that stand by. 
 
 8 Hear now, O Joshua, high priest. 
 
 Thou and thy companions, who sit before thee ! 
 For they are men, that are signs. 
 
 For, behold, I will cause to come my servant, the 
 Branch. 
 
 9 For, behold, the stone, which I have laid before Joshua, 
 Upon this one stone shall seven eyes be fixed ; 
 Behold, I will engrave the ornaments thereof, saith Je- 
 hovah of hosts ; 
 
 And I will remove the iniquity of this land in one day. 
 10 In that day, saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 Shall ye invite every one his neighbor. 
 Under the vine, and under the fig-tree. 
 
 VI. 
 
 Vision of the candlestick, and the two olive-trees which supplied it 
 with oil ; symbols denoting that the temple was to be built not so 
 much by human strength, as by the Divine Spirit. — Ch. iv. 
 
 1 And the angel, that talked with me, came again, and 
 awaked me, as a man that is wakened out of his sleep, 
 
 2 and said to me, What seest thou ? And I said, I have 
 looked, and behold, a candlestick, all of gold, with a 
 bowl upon the top of it, and its seven lamps upon it, 
 and seven pipes to the seven lamps which are upon the 
 
 3 top of it ; and two olive-trees by it, one upon the right 
 side of the bowl, and the other upon the left side of it. 
 
196 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. iv. 
 
 4 And I spake, and said to the angel that talked with me, 
 
 5 What mean these, my lord ? Then the angel, who talked 
 with me, answered and said to me, Knowest thou not 
 
 6 what these mean ? And I said, No, my lord. Then he 
 answered and spake to me, saying. This is the word of 
 Jehovah to Zerubbabel, saying, 
 
 Not by might, nor by power, 
 But by my spirit, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 7 What art thou, O great mountain ? 
 
 Before Zerubbabel thou shalt become a plain ! 
 
 And he shall bring forth the head-stone amid shoutings, 
 
 The people crying, " Favor, favor be to it ! " 
 
 8 Moreover, the word of Jehovah came to me, saying, 
 
 9 The hands of Zerubbabel have laid the foundation of 
 this house ; his hands shall also finish it. And thou 
 shalt know that Jehovah of hosts sent me to you. 
 
 10 For who will despise the day of small things? With 
 joy shall the plummet be seen in the hand of Zerub- 
 babel by those seven ; they are the eyes of Jehovah, 
 which run to and fro through the whole earth. 
 
 11 Then I spake and said to him. What mean these two 
 olive-trees upon the right side of the candlestick, and 
 
 12 upon the left side thereof? And I spake the second 
 time, and said to him. What mean these two olive- 
 branches, which are by the side of the two golden tubes 
 
 13 which empty the oil out of themselves ? And he an- 
 swered me and said, Knowest thou not what these mean? 
 
 14 And I said. No, my lord. And he said, These are the 
 two anointed ones that stand before the Lord of all the 
 earth. 
 
Ch. v.] zechariah. 197 
 
 VII. 
 
 Vision of the flying book-roll, and of the woman shut up in an ephah. 
 — Ch. v. 
 
 1 And I lifted up my eyes again and looked, and 
 
 2 behold, a flying roll. And he said to me, What seest 
 thou ? And I answered, I see a flying roll ; the length 
 thereof is twenty cubits, and the breadth thereof ten 
 
 3 cubits. Then said he to me, 
 
 This is the curse that goeth forth 
 Over the face of the whole land ; 
 For every one who stealeth shall be cut off* from hence, 
 
 according to it, 
 And every one who sweareth falsely shall be cut off 
 from hence, according to it. 
 
 4 I will bring it forth, saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 And it shall enter into the house of the thief. 
 
 And into the house of him that sweareth falsely by my 
 
 name ; 
 And it shall abide in his house. 
 And shall consume it, with the timber thereof, and the 
 
 stones thereof 
 
 5 Then the angel who talked with me went forth, and 
 said to me. Lift up now thine eyes, and see what this is 
 
 6 which goeth forth ! And I said, What is it? And he 
 said, This is an ephah, which goeth forth. He said, 
 moreover. This is their image through all the land. 
 
 1 And behold, a talent of lead was lifted up, and a wo- 
 8 man was sitting upon the ephah. And he said, This 
 17* 
 
198 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. vi. 
 
 is the Wickedness. And he cast her into the ephah, 
 and he cast the weight of lead upon the mouth thereof. 
 9 Then lifted I up mine eyes and looked, and behold, 
 there came forth two women, and a divine energy was 
 in their wings ; for they had wings like the wings of a 
 stork, and they lifted up the ephah between the earth 
 
 10 and heaven. Then said I to the angel who talked 
 
 11 with me. Whither do these bear the ephah ? And he 
 said to me. To build it a house in the land of Shinar, 
 that it may be fixed there, and set upon its base. 
 
 VIII. 
 
 Vision of the four chariots, portending divine judgments upon the 
 nations of the North. — Ch. vi. 1-8. 
 
 1 And T lifted up mine eyes again, and looked, and 
 behold, there came four chariots out from between two 
 mountains ; and the mountains were mountains of 
 
 2 brass. In the first chariot were red horses ; and in the 
 
 3 second chariot, black horses ; and in the third chariot, 
 white horses ; and in the fourth chariot, spotted, strong 
 
 4 horses. Then I spake, and said to the angel that 
 
 5 talked with me. What are these, my lord? And the 
 angel answered and said to me, These are the four 
 Winds of heaven, which go forth from standing before 
 
 6 the Lord of all the earth. The black horses, which 
 are thereto, go forth into the north country, and the 
 white go forth after them ; and the spotted go forth 
 
 7 into the south country. And the strongest ones went 
 
Ch. VI.] ZECHARIAH. 199 
 
 forth, and sought to go, even to walk to and^ fro 
 through the earth. And he said. Go, walk ye to and 
 fro through the earth ! So they walked to and fro 
 8 through the earth. Then he cried to me, and spake to 
 me, saying. Behold, these that go forth toward the 
 north country shall execute my wrath against the north 
 country. 
 
 IX. 
 
 A crown placed upon the head of Joshua, a symbol of a future sove- 
 reign, the Messiah, who should unite the offices of king and priest. — 
 Ch. VI. 9-15. 
 
 9 And the word of Jehovah came to me, saying ; 
 
 10 Take from those of the captivity, from Heldai, from 
 Tobijah, and from Jedaiah, and come thou the same 
 day, and go into the house of Josiah, the son of Zeph- 
 
 11 aniah, whither they are come from Babylon ; take from 
 them silver and gold, and make a crown, and set it upon 
 the head of Joshua, the son of Josedech, the high 
 
 12 priest, and speak to him, saying. Thus saith Jehovah of 
 hosts ; 
 
 Behold, a man whose name is the Branch, 
 He shall spring up from his place. 
 And he shall build the temple of Jehovah. 
 
 13 He shall build the temple of Jehovah, 
 And he shall bear the majesty. 
 
 And sit and rule upon his throne, 
 
 And be a priest upon his throne. 
 
 And the counsel of peace shall be between them both. 
 
200 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. vii. 
 
 14 And the crown shall be to Helem, and to Tobijah, 
 and to Jedaiah, and to Hen, the son of Zephaniah, 
 
 15 for a memorial in the temple of Jehovah. And they 
 that are far off shall come and build in the temple of 
 Jehovah ; and ye shall know that Jehovah of hosts 
 sent me to you. And this shall come to pass, if ye 
 will diligently obey the voice of Jehovah, your God. 
 
 X. 
 
 Through reformation and the prevalence of true righteousness, the 
 favor of God shall change fasts into feasts. — Ch. vu., viii. 
 
 1 And it came to pass, in the fourth year of king 
 Darius, that the word of Jehovah came to Zechariah, 
 on the fourth day of the ninth month, even in Chis- 
 
 2 leu; when they had sent to the house of God She- 
 rezer and Regemmelech, and their men, to pray 
 
 3 before Jehovah, and to speak to the priests that were 
 in the house of Jehovah of hosts, and to the prophets, 
 saying ; " Shall I weep in the fifth month, separating 
 
 4 myself, as I have done these so many years?" Then 
 came the word of Jehovah of hosts to me, saying ; 
 
 5 Speak to all the people of the land, and to the priests, 
 saying ; When ye fasted and mourned in the fifth 
 month and in the seventh month, even those seventy 
 
 6 years, did ye at all fast for me, even for me ? And 
 when ye eat and drink, is it not ye that eat, and ye 
 
 7 that drink? Are not these the words which Jehovah 
 proclaimed by the former prophets, when Jerusalem 
 
Ch. VIII.] ZECHARIAH. 201 
 
 was inhabited and in prosperity, and her cities round 
 about her, and when the South and the Plain were 
 inhabited ? 
 
 8 And the word of Jehovah came to Zechariah, say- 
 
 9 ing ; Thus spake Jehovah of hosts, saying ; Judge true 
 judgment, and show mercy and compassion every man 
 
 10 to his brother. And the widow, and the orplian, and 
 the stranger, and the poor, oppress not, and meditate 
 
 11 not evil against one another in your heart. But they 
 refused to hearken, and showed a refractory shoulder, 
 
 13 and made their ears dull, that they might not hear ; 
 yea, they made their hearts as an adamant stone, that 
 they might not hear the law, and the words which 
 Jehovah of hosts sent by his spirit, by the former 
 prophets. Therefore came great anger from Jehovah 
 
 13 of hosts. And as he called, and they would not hear, 
 so they called, and I would not hear, saith Jehovah of 
 
 14 hosts. And I scattered them as with a whirlwind 
 among all the nations, which they knew not. And the 
 land was desolate after them, so that no man passed 
 through, nor returned; and thus the glorious land was 
 made a desolation. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah of hosts came to me, say- 
 
 ing; 
 
 2 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 I have been jealous for Zion with great jealousy. 
 And with great wrath have I been jealous for her. 
 
 3 Thus saith Jeliovah ; 
 
 I have returned to Zion, 
 And I will dwell in Jerusalem ; 
 And Jerusalem shall be called a city of truth. 
 And the mountain of Jehovah of hosts, the holy moun- 
 tain. 
 
202 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. viii. 
 
 4 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 There shall yet old men and old women dwell 
 
 In the streets of Jerusalem, 
 
 Every one with his staff in his hand for great age. 
 
 5 And the streets of the city shall be full 
 Of boys and girls playing in her streets. 
 
 6 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 If it be difficult in the eyes 
 
 Of the residue of this people in these days, 
 Is it therefore difficult in my eyes, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts ? 
 
 7 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 Behold, I will save my people 
 
 From the land of the rising, and from the land of the 
 setting sun. 
 
 8 And I will bring them, and they shall dwell in Jerusa- 
 
 lem ; 
 And they shall be my people. 
 And I will be their God, 
 In truth and in righteousness. 
 
 9 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 Let your hands be strong, 
 Ye that hear, in these days. 
 
 These words by the mouth of the prophets, 
 
 Who were in the day when the foundation of the house 
 
 of Jehovah of hosts was laid. 
 The temple, that it might be built. 
 
 10 For before these days 
 
 There was no recompense for men, 
 
 Nor was there any recompense for beasts ; 
 
 Nor to him that went out, nor to him that came in, was 
 
 there security from the enemy ; 
 
 For I set all men one against another. 
 
 u But now I will not be, as in former days, 
 
Ch. VIII.] ZECHARIAH. 203 
 
 Toward the residue of this people, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 12 For the seed shall be prosperous ; 
 The vine shall yield its fruit, 
 
 And the earth shall yield her increase, 
 And the heavens shall yield their dew ; 
 And I will cause the remnant of this people to possess 
 all these. 
 
 13 And it shall be, that as ye were a curse among the na- 
 
 tions, 
 O house of Judah and house of Israel, 
 So will I save you, and ye shall be a blessing. 
 Fear not ; let your hands be strong ! 
 
 14 For thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 As I thought to do you evil, 
 
 When your fathers provoked me to anger, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 And I repented not, 
 
 15 So have I again thought, in these days. 
 To do good to Jerusalem, 
 
 And to the house of Judah. Fear ye not ! 
 
 16 These are the things which ye shall do ; 
 Speak ye every man the truth to his neighbor ; 
 Judge according to truth, and for peace in your gates; 
 
 17 And meditate not evil against one another in your 
 
 hearts, 
 And love not a false oath ! 
 For all these are things which I hate, saith Jehovah. 
 
 18 And the word of Jehovah of hosts came to me, say- 
 
 ing ; 
 
 19 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 The fast of the fourth month, and the fast of the fifth 
 month, 
 
204 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. viir. 
 
 And the fast of the seventh month, and the fast of the 
 
 tenth month, 
 Shall be to the house of Judah for joy and gladness, 
 And cheerful festivals. 
 But love ye truth and peace ! 
 
 20 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 It shall yet come to pass, that many nations shall come, 
 And the inhabitants of many cities; 
 
 21 And the inhabitants of one city shall go to another, say- 
 
 ing, 
 " Let us go speedily to pray before Jehovah, 
 " And to seek Jehovah of hosts ! 
 " I will go also 1 " 
 
 22 Then shall come many nations and mighty kingdoms. 
 To seek Jehovah of hosts in Jerusalem, 
 
 And to pray before Jehovah. 
 
 23 Thus "^aith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 In those days shall ten men of all languages of the na- 
 tions take hold, 
 They shall take hold of the skirt of him that is a Jevi', 
 Saying, " We will go with you, 
 " For we have heard that God is with you." 
 
Ch. IX.] ZECHARIAH. 205 
 
 PART II. 
 
 Prophecies of a different iiind. 
 I. 
 
 The prosperity of the Jewish nation after the destruction of their ene- 
 mies. The coming of the Messiah, and his peaceful and glorious 
 kingdom. — Ch. ix., x. 
 
 1 The prophecy of the word of Jehovah is against the 
 
 land of Iladrach, 
 And upon Damascus shall it come down, 
 (For the eye of Jehovah is over man, 
 And over all the tribes of Israel,) 
 
 2 And against Hamath, which bordereth thereon, 
 And Tyre and Sidon, though she be very wise. 
 
 3 Though Tyre hath built her a fortress. 
 And hath heaped up silver as dust, 
 
 And fine gold as the mire of the streets, 
 
 4 Behold, the Lord will cast her out, 
 And will smite her power into the sea, 
 And she shall be devoured by fire. 
 
 3 Askelon shall see it and fear, 
 
 Gaza also shall see and tremble, 
 
 And Ekron, because her expectation shall be put to 
 shame. 
 
 The king shall perish from Gaza, 
 
 And Askelon shall not be inhabited. 
 6 And strangers shall dwell in Ashdod, 
 
 And I will cut off the pride of the Philistines. 
 
 VOL. III. 18 
 
206 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. ix. 
 
 7 And I will take away his blood out of his mouth, 
 And his abominations from between his teeth ; 
 And even he shall be left for our God, 
 
 And he shall be as a governor in Judah, 
 And Ekron as a Jebusite. 
 
 8 And I will encamp about my house, as a garrison, 
 Against him that passeth by and him that returneth, 
 And no oppressor shall pass through them any more ; 
 For now have I seen with mine eyes. 
 
 9 Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Z'lon, 
 Shout, O daughter of Jerusalem ! 
 Behold, thy king cometh to thee, 
 
 He is just and victorious. 
 Mild, and riding upon an ass, 
 Even upon a colt, the foal of an ass. 
 
 10 And I will cut off the chariot from Ephraim, 
 And the horse from Jerusalem ; 
 
 And the battle-bow shall be cut off. 
 And he shall speak peace to the nations ; 
 And his dominion shall be from sea to sea, 
 And from the river to the ends of the earth. 
 
 11 As for thee also, on account of thy blood-sealed cove- 
 
 nant, 
 I will set thy prisoners free from the pit wherein is no 
 water. 
 
 12 Return ye to the strong-hold, ye prisoners of hope ! 
 Even this day do I declare it ; 
 
 I will restore double unto thee. 
 
 13 For I will bend Judah as a bow for myself; 
 As a bow will I extend Ephraim to the utmost ; 
 And I will raise up thy sons, O Zion, 
 Against thy sons, O Greece, 
 
Ch. X.] ZECHARIAH. 207 
 
 And make thee as the sword of a mighty man. 
 
 14 And Jehovah shall be seen over them, 
 
 And his arrow shall go forth as the lightning ; 
 And the Lord, Jehovah, shall blow the trumpet, 
 And shall go forth with whirlwinds of the South. 
 
 15 Jehovah of hosts shall defend them ; 
 
 And they shall devour, and trample under feet the sling- 
 stones, 
 And they shall drink, and shout, as through wine, 
 And they shall be filled like a bowl, like the corners of 
 the altar. 
 
 16 And Jehovah, their God, shall save them in that day ; 
 He will save his people as a flock ; 
 
 For they shall be as the stones of a crown, lifting them- 
 selves up in his land. 
 
 17 How great shall be their prosperity, and how great 
 
 their beauty ! 
 Corn shall make the young men thrive, and new wine 
 the maidens. 
 
 1 Ask ye of Jehovah rain in the time of the latter rain ! 
 It is Jehovah that maketh the lightning ; 
 
 And he will give you abundant showers, 
 To every one the herb of the field. 
 
 2 For the teraphim speak falsehood, 
 And the diviners see a lie, 
 
 And tell false dreams ; 
 
 Their consolations are vain; 
 
 Therefore they wander, as a flock, 
 
 They are in distress, because there is no shepherd. 
 
 3 My anger is kindled against the shepherds, 
 And the bucks will I punish ; 
 
 For Jehovah of hosts will visit his flock, the house of 
 Judah. 
 
208 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. x. 
 
 And make them as his goodly horse in battle. 
 
 4 From him shall come forth the corner-stone, 
 From him the nail, 
 
 From him the battle-bow ; 
 
 From him shall every leader come forth. 
 
 5 And they shall be as mighty men, 
 
 Who tread down their enemies in battle, as the mire of 
 
 the streets, 
 And they shall fight, because Jehovah is with them ; 
 And the riders on horses shall be confounded. 
 
 6 And I will strengthen the house of Judah, 
 And give victory to the house of Joseph, 
 
 And I will set them in their dwellings, because I have 
 
 compassion upon them ; 
 And they shall be as though I had not cast them off; 
 For I am Jehovah, their God, and I will hear them. 
 
 7 And Ephraim shall be as a mighty man, 
 
 And their heart shall rejoice, as through wine ; 
 And their sons shall see it and rejoice, 
 Their hearts shall rejoice in Jehovah. 
 
 8 I will whistle for them, and will gather them ; for I 
 
 will redeem them ; 
 And they shall be as numerous as they were before. 
 
 9 Though I scatter them among the nations. 
 Yet in far countries will they remember me ; 
 
 And they shall live with their children, and shall re- 
 turn. 
 10 And I will bring them back from the land of Egypt, 
 And from Assyria will I gather them ; 
 And I will bring them into the land of Gilead and of 
 
 Lebanon, 
 And there shall not be room enough for them, 
 n And they shall pass through the sea, through distress; 
 
Ch. XI.] ZECHARIAH. 209 
 
 Yet shall He smite the waves in the sea, 
 And all the depths of the river shall be dried up ; 
 And the pride of Assyria shall be brought dovi^n, 
 And the sceptre of Egypt shall depart. 
 12 And I will strengthen them, through Jehovah, 
 And in his name shall they walk, saith Jehovah. 
 
 II. 
 
 The desolation of Judea. — Ch. xi. 1-3. 
 
 1 Open thy doors, O Lebanon, 
 That the fire may devour thy cedars ! 
 
 2 Howl, O cypress, for the cedar falleth ! 
 For the lofty ones are destroyed ! 
 Howl, O ye oaks of Bashan, 
 
 For the high forest is come down ! 
 
 3 Hark ! the voice of the howling of the shepherds, 
 Because their glory is destroyed ! 
 
 The voice of the roaring of young lions, 
 Because the pride of Jordan is destroyed ! 
 
 III. 
 
 Judea undone by bad rulers and by internal dissensions. — Ch. xi. 
 
 4-17. 
 
 4 Thus said Jehovah, my God ; 
 Feed thou the flock of slaughter, 
 18* 
 
210 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. xi. 
 
 5 Whose possessors slay them, and hold themselves not 
 
 guilty, 
 And which they, who sell, say, " Blessed be Jehovah, 
 
 for I am rich 1 " 
 And whose shepherds spare them not. 
 
 6 For I will no longer spare 
 
 The inhabitants of the land, saith Jehovah ; 
 
 But, behold, I will deliver the men. 
 
 Every one into the hand of his neighbor, 
 
 And into the hand of his king ; 
 
 And they shall smite the land. 
 
 And I will not deliver out of their hand. 
 
 7 So I fed the flock of slaughter, truly a miserable 
 flock. And I took to me two crooks ; the one I called 
 Favor, and the other I called Bands ; and I fed the 
 
 8 flock. And I cut off" three shepherds in one month ; 
 for I was weary of them, and they also abhorred me. 
 
 9 Then I said, I will not feed you; that which dieth, let 
 it die ; and that which is to be cut off", let it be cut off*; 
 
 10 and let the rest eat the flesh of one another. And I 
 took my staff Favor, and cut it asunder, that I might 
 break my covenant which I had made with all the na- 
 il tions. And it was broken in that day : and so the poor 
 of the flock, who observed me, knew that it was the 
 word of Jehovah. 
 
 12 Then I said to them, If it seem good in your eyes, 
 give me my wages! If not, keep them! And they 
 
 13 weighed for my wages thirty shekels of silver. And 
 Jehovah said to me, Cast it into the treasury, the 
 goodly price at which I was valued by them ! And I 
 took the thirty shekels of silver, and cast them into 
 
 14 the house of Jehovah, into the treasury. Then I broke 
 my other crook, even Bands, to break the brotherhood 
 between Judah and Israel. 
 
Ch. XII.] ZECHARIAH. 211 
 
 15 And Jehovah said to me ; 
 
 Take to thee yet the instruments of a foolish shepherd! 
 
 16 For lo, I will raise up a shepherd in the land, 
 Who shall not care for those that are perishing, 
 Nor seek that which is gone astray. 
 
 Nor heal that which is wounded, 
 Nor support that which cannot go ; 
 But he shall eat the flesh of the fat, /, 
 And consume it even to the CiLawn. A^^g/^ 
 
 17 Woe to the foolish shepherd that leaveth the flock ! 
 The sword is in his arm, and at his right eye ; 
 
 His arm shall surely be withered. 
 
 And his right eye shall surely be darkened ! 
 
 IV. 
 
 Invasion of Jerusalem by a multitude of hostile nations, which^ ter- 
 minates in their defeat and ruin, and is followed by the permanent 
 peace and prosperity of the Jews. — Ch. xii.-xiii. 6. 
 
 1 The prophecy of the word of Jehovah concerning 
 Israel. 
 
 Thus saith Jehovah, who stretched out the heavens, 
 And laid the foundation of the earth, 
 And formed the spirit of man within him. 
 
 2 Behold, I make Jerusalem a cup of giddiness to all the 
 
 nations round about, 
 And for Judah also shall it be 
 In the siege against Jerusalem. 
 
 3 And in that day will I make Jerusalem 
 
212 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. xii. 
 
 A burdensome stone for all nations ; 
 All that lift it up shall tear themselves, 
 And all the nations of the earth shall gather them- 
 selves together against it. 
 
 4 In that day, saith Jehovah, 
 
 I will smite every horse with amazement, 
 And his rider with madness ; 
 I will open mine eyes upon the house of Judah, 
 And ever^'hoi^e of the nations will I smite with blind- 
 ness. 
 
 5 Then shall the leaders of Judah say in their heart, 
 " Strong are the inhabitants of Jerusalem, 
 
 " Through Jehovah of hosts, their God." 
 
 6 In that day will I make the leaders of Judah 
 Like a fire-pan among wood. 
 
 And like a torch of fire in a sheaf, 
 
 And they shall devour, on the right hand and on the 
 
 left. 
 All the nations round about. 
 And Jerusalem shall again dwell in her own place at 
 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 7 Jehovah will also save the tents of Judah first, 
 That the glory of the house of David, 
 
 And the glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem, 
 May not magnify itself against Judah. 
 
 8 In that day shall Jehovah defend the inhabitants of 
 
 Jerusalem, 
 And he that is feeble among them in that day shall be 
 
 like David, 
 And the house of David shall be as God, 
 As the angel of Jehovah before them. 
 
 9 And it shall come to pass in that day, 
 That I will seek to destroy all the nations 
 Which come against Jerusalem, 
 
Ch. XIII.] ZECHARIAH. 213 
 
 16 Then will I pour upon the house of David, 
 And upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, 
 A spirit of supplication, and of prayer ; 
 And they shall look to me whom they pierced, 
 And they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his 
 
 only son. 
 And shall be in bitterness for him, as one that is in 
 
 bitterness for his first-born. 
 11 In that day the mourning shall be great in Jerusalem, 
 As the mourning of Hadadrimmon in the valley of 
 
 Megiddo. 
 13 And the land shall mourn, every family apart ; 
 
 The family of the house of David apart, and their wives 
 
 apart ; 
 The family of the house of Nathan apart, and their 
 
 wives apart ; 
 
 13 The family of the house of Levi apart, and their wives 
 
 apart ; 
 The family of the house of Shimei apart, and their 
 wives apart ; 
 
 14 All the families that remain. 
 
 Every family apart, and their wives apart. 
 
 1 In that day there shall be a fountain opened 
 
 To the house of David, and to the inhabitants of Jeru- 
 salem, 
 For sin and for uncleanness. 
 
 2 And it shall come to pass in that day, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 That 1 will cut off the names of the idols out of the 
 
 land. 
 And they shall no more be remembered ; 
 And the prophets also, and the impure spirit, 
 Will I cause to pass out of the land. 
 
214 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. xiii. 
 
 3 And it shall come to pass, when any one shall yet pro- 
 
 phesy, 
 
 That his father and mother shall say to him. 
 
 Even they that begat him, " Thou shalt not live; 
 
 " For thou hast spoken falsehood in the name of Jeho- 
 vah." 
 
 And his father and mother, that begat him, shall pierce 
 him through when he prophesieth. 
 
 4 And it shall come to pass in that day, that the prophet 
 
 shall be ashamed. 
 Every one of his vision, when he prophesieth ; 
 Neither shall they wear a garment of hair, to deceive. 
 
 5 But each shall say, " I am no prophet ; 
 " I am a man that tilleth the ground ; 
 
 "For a man hath purchased me from my youth." 
 
 6 And when one shall say to him, 
 
 " What are these wounds in thy hands?" 
 He shall answer, 
 
 " Those with which I was wounded in the house of my 
 friends." 
 
 V. 
 
 Times of great calamity, which are to be followed, through the aid of 
 Jehovah, by victory, prosperity, and holiness. — Ch. xiii. 7-xiv. 
 
 7 Awake, O sword, against my shepherd, 
 Even against my fellow, saith Jehovah of hosts ! 
 ' Smite the shepherd, and let the sheep be scattered ! 
 I will also turn my hand against the lambs ! 
 
Ch. XIV.] ZECHARIAH. 215 
 
 8 And it shall come to pass in all the land, saith Jeho- 
 
 vah, 
 That two parts therein shall be cut off and die; 
 But the third part shall be left therein. 
 
 9 And I will bring the third part through the fire, 
 And will refine them, as silver is refined, 
 
 And will try them, as gold is tried; 
 
 They shall call upon me, and I will hear them ; 
 
 I will say, " It is my people ! " 
 
 And they shall say, " Jehovah is my God ! " 
 
 1 Behold, the day of Jehovah cometh, 
 
 When thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. 
 
 2 For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to bat- 
 
 tle ; 
 And the city shall be taken, 
 And the houses shall be rifled, 
 And the women shall be ravished ; 
 And half of the city shall go forth into captivity, 
 And the residue of the people shall not be cut off from 
 
 the city. 
 
 3 Then shall Jehovah go forth. 
 And fight against those nations. 
 
 As he once fought in the day of battle. 
 
 4 And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of" 
 
 Olives, 
 Which is before Jerusalem on the east ; 
 And the mount of Olives shall be cloven, in the middle 
 
 of it, eastward and westward. 
 Into a very great valley ; 
 And half of the mountain shall remove toward the 
 
 north, 
 And half of it toward the south. 
 
 5 And ye shall flee into the valley of my mountains, 
 
216 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. xiv. 
 
 For the valley of the mountains shall reach to Azal ; 
 Yea, ye shall flee, as ye fled before the earthquake, 
 In the days of Uzziah, king of Judah. 
 And Jehovah, my God, will come. 
 And all his holy ones with him. 
 
 6 And it shall come to pass in that day. 
 
 That there shall be no light, but cold and ice ; 
 
 7 And there shall be one day, 
 (Known to Jehovah is it,) 
 
 It shall be neither day, nor night; 
 
 But at the time of evening there shall be light. •'-' 
 
 8 And it shall come to pass in that day, 
 
 That living waters shall go out from Jerusalem, 
 Half of them toward the eastern sea. 
 And half of them toward the western sea ; 
 In summer and in winter shall they be. 
 
 9 And Jehovah shall be king over all the earth ; 
 
 In that day shall Jehovah be one, and his name one. 
 
 10 The whole land shall be turned into a plain. 
 From Geba to Rimmon, south of Jerusalem ; 
 
 And the city shall be exalted and inhabited in her 
 place. 
 
 From the gate of Benjamin to the place of the former 
 gate, 
 
 And to the corner gate, 
 
 And from the tower of Hananeel to the king's wine- 
 presses. 
 
 11 Men shall dwell therein, 
 
 And there shall be no more destruction ; 
 But Jerusalem shall dwell securely. 
 
 12 And this shall be the plague. 
 
 With which Jehovah will smite all the nations 
 Which warred against Jerusalem ; 
 
Ch. XIV.] ZECHARIAH. 217 
 
 Their flesh shall consume away while they stand upon 
 
 their feet, 
 And their eyes shall consume away in their sockets, 
 And their tongue shall consume away in their mouth. 
 
 13 And it shall come to pass in that day, 
 
 That there shall be a great tumult among them from 
 
 Jehovah ; 
 And they shall lay hold every one on the hand of his 
 
 neighbor, 
 And his hand shall rise up against the hand of his 
 
 neighbor. 
 
 14 And Judah also shall fight in Jerusalem. 
 
 But the wealth of all the nations round about shall be 
 
 gathered together. 
 Gold, and silver, and apparel, in great abundance. 
 
 15 And so shall be the plague of the horse. 
 Of the mule, of the camel, and of the ass. 
 
 And of every beast which shall be in those camps, 
 Even as this plague. 
 
 16 And it shall be, that every one that is left, 
 
 Of all the nations which come against Jerusalem, 
 Even they shall go up, from year to year, 
 To worship the King, Jehovah of hosts. 
 And to keep the feast of tabernacles. 
 
 17 And it shall be, that whoso will not go up, 
 Of the families of the earth, to Jerusalem, 
 To worship the King, Jehovah of hosts, 
 Upon them shall be no rain. 
 
 18 And if the family of Egypt go not up, and come not. 
 Then not for them shall there be water. 
 
 The plague shall come upon them. 
 
 With which Jehovah shall smite the nations 
 
 Which go not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. 
 
 19 This shall be the punishment of Egypt, 
 
 VOL. III. 19 
 
 4.- 
 
218 ZECHARIAH. [Ch. xiv 
 
 And the punishment of all the nations 
 
 That come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. 
 
 20 In that day, upon the bells of the horses 
 Shall be written, " Holy to Jehovah." 
 And the pots in the house of Jehovah 
 Shall be as the bowls before the altar. 
 
 21 And every pot in Jerusalem and in Judali 
 Shall be holy to Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 And all that sacrifice shall come, 
 
 And shall take of them, and seethe therein. 
 
 And there shall be no more a Canaanite 
 
 In the house of Jehovah of hosts, in that day. 
 
THE 
 
 PROPHET JONAH 
 
JONAH. 
 
 Ch. I.] 
 
 Jonah's commission to Nineveh, his disobedience, and his punishment. 
 — Ch. I. 
 
 I Now the word of Jehovah came to Jonah, the son of 
 a Amittai, saying, Arise, go to Nineveh, that great city, 
 
 and cry against it ; for their wickedness is come up 
 
 before me. 
 
 3 But Jonah rose up, to flee to Tarshish from the 
 presence of Jehovah ; and he went down to Joppa, and 
 found a ship going to Tarshish, and paid the fare 
 thereof, and went down into it, to go with them to 
 Tarshish from the presence of Jehovah. 
 
 4 But Jehovah sent forth a great wind upon the sea, 
 and there was a mighty tempest in the sea, so that the 
 
 s ship was like to be broken in pieces. Then the mari- 
 ners were afraid, and cried every man to his god. 
 And they cast forth the things that were in the ship 
 into the sea, to lighten it of them. But Jonah was 
 gone down to the lower part of the ship, and he lay 
 
 fi and was fast asleep. And the ship-master came to him, 
 and said to him. What meanest thou, O sleeper? 
 Arise, call upon thy God ! Perhaps God will think upon 
 19* 
 
222 JONAH. [Ch. I- 
 
 7 US, that we perish not. And they said one to another, 
 Come and let us cast lots, that we may know on whose 
 account this evil is upon us ! And they cast lots, and 
 the lot fell upon Jonah, 
 
 8 Then said they to him, Tell us, we pray thee, on 
 whose account this evil is upon us. What is thy busi- 
 ness ? What is thy country 1 And of what people art 
 
 9 thou ? And he said to them, I am a Hebrew ; and I 
 fear Jehovah, the God of heaven, who made the sea 
 
 10 and the dry land. Then were the men exceedingly 
 afraid, and said to him, Wherefore hast thou done this ? 
 For the men knew that he fled from the presence of 
 
 11 Jehovah, because he had told them. Then said they 
 to him. What shall we do to thee, that the sea may be 
 calm to us? For the sea grew more and more tem- 
 
 12 pestuous. And he said to them. Take me up, and cast 
 me forth into the sea ; and the sea shall be calm to you. 
 For 1 know, that because of me this great tempest is 
 upon you. 
 
 i-i Nevertheless the men rowed hard to firing the ship 
 to the land; but they could not; for the sea grew 
 
 I'J more and more tempestuous against them. And they 
 cried to Jehovah and said. We beseech thee, O Jeho- 
 vah, we beseech thee, let us not perish for the life of 
 this man, and lay not upon us innocent blood! For 
 
 15 thou, O Jehovah, doest what pleaseth thee. And they 
 took up Jonah, and cast him forth into the sea ; and 
 
 16 the sea ceased from its raging. Then the men feared 
 Jehovah exceedingly, and offered sacrifice to Jehovah, 
 and made vows. 
 
 17 Now Jehovah had prepared a great fish to swallow 
 up Jonah. And Jonah was in the belly of the fish 
 three days and three nights. 
 
Ch. II.] JONAH, 223 
 
 II. 
 
 Jonah's prayer and deliverance. — Ch. ii. 
 
 1 Then Jonah prayed to Jehovah from the belly of the 
 
 2 fish, and said ; 
 
 I cried, by reason of my distress, to Jehovah, 
 And he heard me ; 
 
 Out of the depth of the under-world I cried. 
 And thou didst hear my voice. 
 
 3 Thou didst cast me into the deep, into the heart of the 
 
 sea. 
 And the flood compassed me about ; 
 All thy billows and thy waves passed over me. 
 
 4 And I said, " I am cast out from before thine eyes ! 
 " O might I once more look to thy holy temple ! " 
 
 5 The waters compassed me about, even to the life. 
 The deep enclosed me round about; 
 Sea-weeds were bound around my head ; 
 
 6 I sank down to the foundations of the mountains, 
 The bars of the earth were about me forever ; 
 
 Yet hast thou brought up my life from the pit, O Jeho- 
 vah, my God ! 
 
 7 When my soul fainted within me, I remembered Jeho- 
 
 vah, 
 And my prayer came to thee, 
 To thine holy temple. 
 
 8 They, that honor lying vanities, forsake their mercy: 
 
 9 But I will sacrifice to thee with the voice of thanksgiv- 
 
 ing ; 
 I will pay that which I have vowed ; 
 Salvation is from Jehovah. 
 
224 JONAH. [Ch. III. 
 
 10 And Jehovah commanded the fish, and it cast out 
 Jonah upon the dry land. 
 
 III. 
 
 Jonah's second commission to Nineveh, which he does not decline. 
 The effect of it. His displeasure, and its reproof. — Ch. hi., iv. 
 
 1 And the word of Jehovah came to Jonah the second 
 
 2 time, saying, Arise, go to Nineveh, that great city, and 
 proclaim to her the words which I shall speak to thee. 
 
 3 And Jonah arose and went to Nineveh, according to 
 the word of Jehovah. 
 
 Now Nineveh was a great city through God, 
 
 4 three days' journey in extent. And Jonah began to 
 enter into the city a day's journey, and he cried out 
 and said, Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be over- 
 thrown. 
 
 5 And the men of Nineveh believed God, and pro- 
 claimed a fast, and put on sackcloth, from the great- 
 
 6 est of them even to the least of them. For when the 
 matter came to the king of Nineveh, he arose from his 
 throne, and put away his robe from him, and covered 
 
 7 himself with sackcloth, and sat in ashes. And he 
 caused it to be proclaimed and published through 
 Nineveh, by the decree of the king and his nobles, 
 saying, Let neither man nor beast, herd nor flock, 
 taste any thing ; let them not feed, nor drink water. 
 
 8 But let man and beast be covered with sackcloth, and 
 cry mightily to God. Yea, let them turn every one 
 from his evil way, and from the violence that is in their 
 
Ch. IV.] JONAH. 225 
 
 9 hands. Who can tell if God will turn and repent, and 
 turn away from his fierce anger, that we perish not ? 
 
 10 And God saw their works, that they turned from their 
 evil way ; and God repented of the evil which he had 
 said that he would do to them, and he did it not. 
 1 But this displeased Jonah exceedingly, and he was 
 
 a very angry. And he prayed to Jehovah and said, Ah ! 
 Jehovah, was not this what I said, when I was yet in 
 my own country ? Therefore I made haste to flee to 
 Tarshish. For I knew that thou art a gracious and 
 merciful God, slow to anger and abundant in mercy, 
 
 3 and that thou repentest of a threatened evil. And 
 now, O Jehovah, take, I pray thee, my life from me ! 
 
 4 for it is better for me to die than to live. And Jeho- 
 vah said, Is it right, that thou shouldst be angry ? 
 
 5 Now Jonah had gone out of the city, and had sat on 
 the east side of the city, and had made himself a booth 
 there, and had sat under it in the shade, till he should 
 
 6 see what would become of the city. And God, Jeho- 
 vah, prepared a gourd ; and it grew up over Jonah, to 
 be a shadow over his head, to deliver him from his dis- 
 tress. And Jonah was exceedingly glad of the gourd. 
 
 7 But God prepared a worm, when the morning 
 rose the next day, and it smote the gourd so that it 
 
 8 withered. And when the sun arose, God prepared 
 a sultry east wind ; and the sun beat upon the head 
 of Jonah, and he was faint, and he asked for him- 
 self death, and said. It is better for me to die than to 
 live. 
 
 9 And God said to Jonah, Is it right, that thou shouldst 
 be angry for the gourd 1 And he said. It is right, 
 
 10 that I should be angry even to death. And Jehovah 
 said. Thou hast had pity on the gourd, for which thou 
 
226 JONAH. [Ch. IV. 
 
 hast not labored, and which thou madest not to grow, 
 u which grew up in a night and perished in a night ; and 
 should not I spare Nineveh, that great city, wherein are 
 more than a hundred and twenty thousand persons, 
 that cannot discern between their right hand and their 
 left hand, and also many cattle ? 
 
THE 
 
 PROPHET MALACHI 
 
MALACHI. 
 
 Ch. I.] 
 
 God's peculiar regard for the Jewish nation manifested by a comparison 
 between Israel and p]dom. — Ch. i. 1-5. 
 
 1 The prophecy of the word of Jehovah, concerning 
 Israel, by Malachi. 
 
 2 I have loved you, saith Jehovah. 
 
 But ye say, " Wherein hast thou loved us ? " 
 Was not Esau Jacob's brother, saith Jehovah ? 
 Yet I have loved Jacob, 
 
 3 And Esau have I hated; 
 
 And I have made his mountains a desolation, 
 And his inheritance to be habitations of the desert. 
 
 4 Although Edom say, " We are ruined, 
 
 " Yet will we build again the desolate places; " 
 Thus saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 They may build, but I will throw down ; 
 And men shall call them, "The impious land; 
 " The people against whom Jehovah hath indignation 
 forever." 
 
 5 And your eyes shall see it, and ye shall say, 
 
 " Great is Jehovah beyond the borders of Israel ! " 
 VOL. III. 20 
 
230 MALACHI. [Ch. t. 
 
 11. 
 
 Against the priests, on acconnt of their irreligion, their violations of the 
 law, and their complaints of wearisome service. — Ch. i. 6-ii. 9. 
 
 6 A SON honoreth his father, 
 And a servant his master ; 
 
 If I, then, be a father, where is mine honor ? 
 
 And if I be a master, where is my fear 1 
 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts to you, ye priests, that despise 
 
 my name. 
 Ye say, " Wherein do we despise thy name 1 " 
 
 7 Ye bring polluted food to mine altar. 
 
 And ye say, " Wherein do we pollute thee ? " 
 
 In that ye say, " The table of Jehovah is contemptible." 
 
 For when ye bring the blind for sacrifice, 
 
 [Ye say,] " It is not evil." 
 
 8 And when ye offer the lame and the sick, 
 [Ye say,] " It is not evil." 
 
 Offer it, then, to thy governor ; 
 Will he be pleased with thee, 
 Or have regard to thee ? 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 9 And now, I pray you, beseech God to be gracious unto 
 
 us ! 
 Since such things are done by you, 
 Will he have regard to you, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts ? 
 
 10 O that some one of you would close the doors, 
 
 That ye might not kindle the fire upon mine altar in 
 
 vain ! 
 I have no pleasure in you, saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 Neither will I accept an offering at your hand. 
 
Ch. II.] MALACHI. 231 
 
 11 For from the rising of the sun even to the going down 
 
 of the same, 
 My name shall be great among the nations. 
 And in every place shall incense be offered to my 
 
 name, 
 And a pure offering ; 
 
 For my name shall be great among the nations, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 12 But ye profane it, 
 
 In that ye say, " The table of Jehovah is polluted, 
 " And what is offered thereon, even its food, is con- 
 temptible." 
 
 13 Ye say also, " Behold, what weariness ! " 
 And ye snuff at it, 
 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 
 And ye bring that which is plundered, and lame, and 
 
 sick, 
 And present it for an offering ; 
 Shall I accept it at your hand ? 
 Saith Jehovah. 
 
 14 Cursed be the deceiver. 
 Who hath in his flock a male, 
 
 And voweth and sacrificeth to Jehovah that which is 
 
 marred ; 
 For I am a great king, saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 And my name is terrible among the nations. 
 
 1 And now to you, O ye priests, is this commandment ! 
 
 2 If ye will not hearken, 
 
 If ye will not lay it to heart, 
 
 To give glory to my name, saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 I will send a curse upon you. 
 
 And I will curse your blessings; 
 
 Yea, I have cursed them already, 
 
232 MALACHI. [Ch. II. 
 
 Because ye do not lay it to heart. 
 3 Behold, I will rebuke your seed, 
 
 And I will scatter dung in your faces, 
 
 The dung of your solemn feasts. 
 
 And ye shall be carried to it. 
 ■i And ye shall know that I have sent to you this com- 
 mandment. 
 
 That my covenant may remain with Levi, 
 
 5 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 My covenant was with him for life and peace, 
 Which I gave to him for the fear wherewith he feared 
 
 me, 
 And was afraid before my name. 
 
 6 The law of truth was in his mouth. 
 
 And unrighteousness was not found in his lips ; 
 He walked with me in truth and equity. 
 And turned many away from iniquity. 
 
 7 For the lips of the priest should keep knowledge. 
 And men should seek the law from his mouth ; 
 For he is the messenger of Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 8 But ye have departed from the way. 
 
 Ye have caused many to stumble at the law, 
 And ye have made void the covenant with Levi, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 9 Therefore will I also make you 
 Despicable and base before all the people; 
 According as ye have not kept my ways. 
 But have had respect to persons in the law. 
 
Ch. II.] MALACHI. 233 
 
 III. 
 
 Against marriages with foi'eigners, and against divorces. — Ch. ii. 
 10-16. 
 
 10 Have we not all one Father? 
 
 Hath not one God created us ? 
 
 Why do we deal treacherously, one against another, 
 
 And profane the covenant made with our fathers ? 
 u Judah hath dealt treacherously. 
 
 And an abomination is committed in Israel and in 
 Jerusalem. 
 
 For Judah hath profaned the holy people of Jehovah, 
 which he loveth. 
 
 And hath married the daughter of a strange god. 
 
 12 Jehovah will cut off the man tTiat doeth this, 
 
 Him that waketh and him that answereth, from the 
 
 tents of Jacob, 
 And him that bringeth an offering to Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 13 And this also ye do ; 
 
 Ye cover the altar of Jehovah with tears. 
 With weeping, and with groans, 
 So that he no more hath regard to the offering, 
 Cfor receiveth it with good-wilf from your hand. 
 
 14 Yet ye say, " Wherefore V 
 
 It is because Jehovah has been a witness between thee 
 
 and the wife of thy youth, 
 Against whom thou hast dealt unfaithfully. 
 Although she was thy companion and thy covenanted 
 
 wife. 
 
 15 But did not He make one only ? 
 
 And yet had he a residue of the spirit ,- 
 2Q* 
 
234 MALACHI. [Ch. hi- 
 
 And wherefore one ? 
 He sought a godly race. 
 Therefore take heed to your spirit, 
 And be not unfaithful to the wife of thy youth ! 
 16 For I hate him that putteth away, 
 Saith Jehovah, the God of Israel, 
 And him that covereth his garment with violence, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 Therefore take heed to your spirit, and be not un- 
 faithful. 
 
 IV. 
 
 Judgment threatened at the comhig of the Messiah. — ii. 17- iii. 6. 
 
 17 Ye have wearied Jehovah with your words ; 
 Yet ye say, " Wherein have we wearied him? " 
 In that ye say, " Every one of them that do evil 
 " Is good in the sight of Jehovah, 
 " And in them he hath delight ; " 
 Or, " Where is the God of judgment 1 " 
 
 1 Behold, I will send my messenger. 
 
 And he shall prepare the way before me ; 
 
 And the Lord, whom ye seek, shall suddenly come to 
 
 his temple ; 
 And the messenger of the covenant, whom ye desire. 
 Behold, he shall come, saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 2 But who shall abide the day of his coming ? 
 And who shall stand when he appeareth ? 
 For he shall be like the fire of the refiner. 
 And like the soap of the fuller. 
 
Ch. III.] MALACHI. 235 
 
 3 And he shall sit as a refiner and purifier of silver, 
 And he shall purify the sons of Levi, 
 
 And shall refine them as gold and silver, 
 That, being holy to Jehovah, they may bring an 
 offering in righteousness. 
 
 4 Then shall the offering of Judah and Jerusalem be 
 
 pleasing to Jehovah, 
 As in the days of old, 
 And as in former years. 
 
 5 And I will come near to you to judgment ; 
 And I will be a swift witness 
 
 Against sorcerers, and against adulterers, and against 
 
 false swearers, 
 And against those who defraud the hireling of his hire, 
 And oppress the widow and the fatherless, 
 And turn aside the stranger from his right, 
 And fear not me, saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 6 For I am Jehovah ; I change not ; 
 
 Therefore, ye sons of Jacob, are ye not consumed. 
 
 V. 
 
 The people are rebuked for withholding the legal tithes and offerings. 
 — Ch. III. 7-12. 
 
 7 From the days of your fathers have ye turned aside 
 from my statutes. 
 And have not kept them ; 
 Return to me, and I will return to you, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
236 MALACHI. [Ch. III. 
 
 But ye say, " Wherein shall we return ? " 
 
 8 Shall man rob God ? 
 But ye have robbed me. 
 
 But ye say, " Wherein have we robbed thee? " 
 In tithes and offerings. 
 
 9 Ye are cursed with a curse, 
 
 For ye have robbed me, even this whole nation. 
 
 10 Bring ye all the tithes into the storehouse, 
 That there be food in my house ; 
 
 And try me now in this, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 Whether I will not open to you the windows of heaven, 
 And pour out upon you a blessing, until there is none 
 left. 
 
 11 And I will rebuke for you the devourer, 
 
 And he shall not destroy the fruits of your ground. 
 Nor shall your vine be barren in the field, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 12 And all nations shall call you blessed; 
 For ye shall be a delightful land, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 VI. 
 
 Whatever may be the appearance of delay, reward will come to the 
 righteous, and punishment to the wicked. — m. 13 -i v. 
 
 13 Your words have been bold against me, saith Jeho- 
 
 vah ; 
 Yet ye say, " What have we spoken against thee? " 
 
 14 Ye have said, " It is a vain thing to serve God ,- " 
 
Ch. IV.] MALACHI. 237 
 
 And, " What profit is it that we have kept his ordi- 
 nances, 
 
 " And that we liave walked mournfully before Jehovah 
 of hosts ? 
 15 " Therefore we call the proud happy ; 
 
 " Yea, they that do wickedness are built up ; 
 
 " Yea, they tempt God, and are delivered." 
 
 itj Then they, that feared Jehovah, spake to one another, 
 
 And Jehovah gave ear and heard ; 
 
 And a book of remembrance was written before him. 
 
 For them that feared Jehovah, 
 
 And that thought upon his name, 
 n And they shall be to me, saith Jehovah of hosts, 
 
 In the day which I appoint, as my own property : 
 
 And I will spare them, 
 
 As a father spareth his own son that serveth him. 
 18 Then shall ye return and see 
 
 What is the difference between the righteous and the 
 wicked. 
 
 Between him who serveth God, 
 
 And him who serveth him not. 
 
 1 For, behold, the day cometh, which shall burn as an 
 
 oven ; 
 Then shall all the proud, 
 And all that do wickedness, be stubble ; 
 And the day that cometh shall burn them up, 
 Saith Jehovah of hosts ; 
 It shall leave them neither root nor branch. 
 
 2 But for you, that fear my name. 
 Shall the sun of salvation arise 
 With healing under his wings. 
 
 And ye shall go forth and leap for joy, 
 Like calves of the stall. 
 
238 MALACHI. [Ch. IV. 
 
 3 And ye shall tcead down the wicked ; 
 
 For they shall be as dust under the soles of your feet, 
 In the day which I appoint, saith Jehovah of hosts. 
 
 4 Remember ye the law of Moses, my servant, 
 Which I commanded him in Horeb for all Israel, 
 My statutes and precepts ! 
 
 5 Behold, I will send you Elijah, the prophet, 
 Before the day of Jehovah come. 
 
 The great and terrible day. 
 
 6 He shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children, 
 And the heart of the children to their fathers. 
 
 That I may not come 
 
 And smite the land with a curse. 
 
NOTES. 
 
EziIIILtlHl 
 
 tie M : ■ 
 
 before Iht^eeMi 
 theCbri'eiv 
 
 •lie-':. 
 
 
 ^'Ol. 111. 
 
NOTES. 
 
 NOTES ON EZEKIEL. 
 
 EzEKiEL, whose name, being interpreted, is " God-will-strengthen" 
 the son of Buzi, a priest, was one of the ten thousand captives, car- 
 ried with king Jehoiachin, or Jeconiah, into Mesopotamia, and placed 
 near the river Chebar, or Chaboras, by Nebuchadnezzar, the king of 
 Babylon. 2 Kings xxiv. 14. This event happened about twelve years 
 before the destruction of Jerusalem, or about six hundred years before 
 the Christian era. In the fifth year after his removal he was called to 
 the prophetic office, Ch. i. 2, which he continued to exercise to at least 
 the sixteenth year after the capture of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar, 
 or to the twenty-seventh of his captivity, that is, about twenty-two 
 years; not twenty-seven, as is stated by Jahn. How much longer he 
 prophesied, and when he closed his life, we are not informed. From 
 what has been said it appears tliat he was a contemporary of Jeremiah. 
 A great help to the intelligent perusal of both of these prophets is the 
 Jewish history of the times in which they flourished. It may be 
 found in the Bible, or in the writings of Joscphus, or in Prideaux's 
 Connection, or in Milman's History of the Jews. 
 
 Respecting the comparative merits of Ezekiel as a writer, there has 
 been a considerable diversity of opinion, as may be seen in the remarks 
 of Bishop Lowth upon this prophet, in his Lectures on Hebrew Poetry, 
 and the note of Michaclis. To me the judgment of Michaelis ap- 
 pears in this instance to be more correct than that of Lowth. Un- 
 doubtedly there are to be found in Ezekiel some striking passages, such 
 as the vision of the dry bones, some great thoughts, such as that in 
 xxxvi. 26, and many bold images. But in general he wearies the 
 reader by endless amplitication and frequent repetition, and sometimes 
 VOL. III. 21 
 
242 NOTES. 
 
 disgusts by his minuteness of detail in the delineation of gross images. 
 One illustration, which Isaiah has despatched in a single verse, or a 
 single expression. Is. i. 21, Ezekiel has spun out into whole chapters, 
 so as to lead us to wonder at the state of society, when such things 
 would not be offensive to the taste of a writer of genius and his con- 
 temporary readers. See Ch. xvi. and xxiii. His visions and allegories 
 sometimes dazzle and confound rather than impress and instruct us, 
 though it may be said that his contemporaries may have attached a 
 meaning to them, where we cannot. Yet he was himself so sensible of 
 the obscurity of some of his emblems and allegories, that he gives a 
 verbal explanation of them. Some of his emblems are forced and 
 unnatural, and there occurs occasionally something ludicrous in their 
 want of appropriateness, as when he takes an iron pan, and lays siege 
 to it, as the emblem of enemies besieging the wall of a city. His 
 language is generally prosaic, prolix, and without strength. 
 
 There may appear to some readers a want of reverence in thus 
 speaking of the style of the prophet ; but since the time of Bishop 
 Lowth the style of the sacred writers has been regarded as their own, 
 and made the subject of criticism, and in my opinion great injury is 
 done to the just claims of the sacred writers by extravagant and indis- 
 criminate eulogy. 
 
 Though I cannot rank Ezekiel so high amongst the sacred writers 
 as some others have done, in regard to the style and dress in which he 
 conveys his sentiments, I yield to no one in respect for the depth of 
 his moral feelings, and his just and discriminating moral and religious 
 views. See iii. 17-21, xviii., xxxiii. 
 
 The prophecies of Ezekiel have sometimes been divided into three 
 parts ; I. Those relating to the Jews before the destruction of Jerusa- 
 lem, Ch. i. -xxiv. ; 'II. Prophecies relating to foreign nations, Ch. xxv. 
 - xxxii. : III. Prophecies relating to the Jews after the destruction of 
 Jerusalem, Ch. xxxiii. - xlviii. 
 
 I. 1. — in the thirtieth year: i. e. of the reign of Nabopalassar, 
 the first king of Babylon that was independent of Assyria. See Ros. 
 ad loc. — visiotis of God; i. e. visions presented or sent by God. 
 The plural is here used, because the vision to which it relates consists 
 of a variety of pai-ticulars. 
 
 3. — hand of Jehovah, Sfc. : i. e. he was under the influence of the 
 divine spirit. 
 
 4. — a stormy wind came from the north. I do not regard this as 
 referring to the calamities which were to burst on Jerusalem from her 
 
EZEKIEL. 243 
 
 northern enemies, the Chaldeans ; but rather as preparatory to the 
 manifestation of the Deity which follows. Comp. 1 Kings xix. 11 ; 
 Acts ii. 2. The storm is said to come from the north, in allu- 
 sion to an opinion that prevailed in the East, that in the remotest 
 regions of the north there was a certain mount of congregation, a place 
 where God and his angels assembled. See Is. xiv. 13, and the notes of 
 Gesenius or Rosenmilller upon it. It may be here remarked, that it 
 is against the spirit of the writer to explain the circumstances of the 
 vision too minutely, or to assign a particular meaning to every part of 
 the scene. Ezekiel evidently describes a manifestation of the Deity to 
 him, by which he was called to assume and exercise the prophetic 
 office. This was the great design of the vision. The circumstances, 
 under which this manifestation was made, were designed to make it 
 more august and impressive. He, who is elsewhere said to make the 
 clouds his chariot, is here represented as sitting upon such a chariot, 
 and drawn by living creatures of surpassing excellence, and in a man- 
 ner calculated to excite astonishment and veneration ; in an unearthly 
 manner, and corresponding to the greatness of Deity. Various par- 
 ticulars in the description are introduced only to till up the scene, and 
 add to its majesty. 
 
 5. — jour living creatures. In Ch. x. they are called cherubs, and 
 are to be regarded as a class of angels. In Gen. iii. 24, they are 
 represented as guarding the tree of life. They are said to have the 
 human form, by which it is to be understood, that they resembled man 
 in respect to their size and their erect stature. In other respects their 
 forms are borrowed from creatures regarded as most excellent upon the 
 earth, namely, from the lion, the first amongst wild beasts, the eagle, 
 the first amongst birds, the ox, the tirst amongst tame animals, and 
 from man, the head of them all. As symbols, these animals denote 
 strength and wisdom ; or perhaps, strength, swiftness, obedience, and 
 wisdom. Having four faces, they are ready to go with promptness and 
 execute the commands of God in every direction. The representation 
 of the Deity, having his chariot-throne borne by creatures uniting the 
 forms of various animals, was agreeable to the conceptions of the East- 
 ern nations, as appears from antiquities of Egypt, and some of the 
 countries of Asia. See Rosenmilller on Ch. i. 10. 
 
 7. — their feet were upright: i. e. perpendicular, not horizontal, 
 like human feet. 
 
 9. — were joined one to another: i. e. of the two in front, and of 
 the two behind, the right wing of one reached to the left wing of the 
 other ; the extremities of the expanded inner wings forming an arch. 
 
244 NOTES. 
 
 Newcome. — they turned not about. Having a face in each 
 direction, they could go forward or backward, to the right hand or to 
 the left. The wheels also were adapted to such motions. For it ap- 
 pears from verses 16 and 17, that the wheels were made so as to move 
 sideways, as well as straight forwards ; i. e. they were composed of 
 two rims intersecting each other at right angles. There was no need 
 therefore of their turning. This proceeding directly on, in the same 
 undeviating inflexible position, seems to show their steadiness in per- 
 forming the divine will, which advances to its destined goal right on- 
 wards. It may be said, that it is impossible to construct wheels of this 
 kind, so as to move a carriage, as is here represented. But in vision 
 they would go as well as any wheels. No human artist could give a 
 living spirit to wheels. 
 
 12. — the spirit was to go. By a comparison of this phraseology 
 with verses 20, 21, and x. 17, I should suppose that spin^ in this verse 
 denotes the divine spirit or power which was imparted to the living 
 creatures. So in Ch. ii. 2, it is said, " the spirit entered into me, 
 when he spoke to me, and set me upon my feet." Others understand 
 by it inclination, or will. 
 
 15. — with its four sides. The wheel being composed of two rims 
 intersecting each other at right angles, as it were a wheel within a 
 wheel, the four semicircular parts thus formed seem to be called the 
 four faces or sides. 
 
 18. — full of eyes. Their eyes may be supposed to represent God's 
 all-seeing providence. 
 
 20. — for the spirit of the living creatures was in the wheels : i. e. 
 the same divine spirit which was in the living creatures, directing 
 their motions, was also in the wheels. 
 
 22. — a firmament like crystal. So in the Apocalypse iv. 6, the 
 floor or pavement of the divine throne is represented as " a sea of 
 glass, like unto crystal." And in Exodus xxiv. 10, it is said that the 
 elders of Israel " saw the God of Israel, and under his feet as it were 
 a paved work of sapphire, and shining like heaven itself." It has been 
 said, that this representation of the pavement of the divine throne is 
 borrowed from the custom of the ancients, who covered the flooifs of 
 their more costly edifices with glass or crystal. See Ros. ad loc. 
 
 24. — voice of the Almighty: i. e. like thunder. Comp. x. 5. ; 
 Ps. xxix. 3, &c. 
 
 26. — like that of a man. So in Dan. vii. 9, the Supreme Being is 
 represented in the form of an aged man. 
 
EZEKIEL. 245 
 
 II. 1. — Son of man: i. e. O man ; thou that belongest to the 
 race of mortal men, in contradistinction from God and angels. 
 
 4. — Brazen-faced, lit. hard if face. 
 
 9. — a book-roll. It is well known, that ancient books were written 
 so as to be rolled up in the manner of modern maps, on cylinders of 
 wood or ivory. Hence the word volume, from volumen, a Latin word 
 from volvo, to roll. 
 
 10. — within and without. Contrary to the state of the ancient 
 rolls in general, which were written only on the inside. Thus Juve- 
 nal mentions it as an unusual circumstance, denoting a prolix, weari- 
 some writer. 
 
 " aut summi plena jam margine libri 
 Scriptus, et in tergo, nee dum finitus Orestes .' " 
 
 Sat. I. 5, 6. 
 
 " or, huger still, 
 Orestes, with broad margin over-writ. 
 
 And back, and O, ye gods ! not finished yet ? " 
 
 Gifford's Trans. 
 
 Adam Clarke remarks, " The Hebrew rolls are generally written in 
 this way. There are several of such Hebrew rolls before me, all 
 written on the inside only, consisting of skins of vellum, or parchment, 
 sewed together, extending to several yards in length. Other Asiatic 
 books were written in the same way. A Sanscrit roll of sixty feet in 
 length, also before me, is all written on the inside ; and a Koran, writ- 
 ten in exceedingly small characters, about two inches broad, and 
 twelve feet long, and weighing but about half an ounce." The cir- 
 cumstance, that the roll here mentioned was written within and without, 
 denotes that it contained denunciations of a long series of calanu- 
 ties. 
 
 III. 1. — eat this roll. We have a similar metaphor at the present 
 day, with a similar, though not precisely the same, meaning. To 
 devour a book, as the phrase is now used, denotes the eagerness and 
 interest with which it is perused. To eat, when used in a similar 
 way by the Hebrews, seems to have reference to the thoroughness 
 with which one becomes master of the book or subject to which it is 
 applied. The author of the Apocalypse borrows the metaphor from, 
 thispassage. Rev., x. 9, 10. It is used by our Savior in its utmost 
 boldness, when he says, " Unless ye eat the flesh, of the Son of Man 
 and drink liis blood, ye have no life in you," John vi. 53; which is 
 
 21* 
 
246 NOTES. 
 
 explained by ver. 35, " He that cometh to me shall never hunger, and 
 he that believeth on me shall never thirst." " To eat the flesh and 
 to drink the blood of the Son of Man," is thoroughly to receive and 
 retain all those good influences, which flov? from his doctrines, his 
 precepts, his life, and his death ; and for the prophet to eat the book- 
 roll was for him to be thoroughly acquainted with its contents. The 
 same metaphor is used by later Jewish writers. Thus, in reference to 
 a Jewish opinion that Hezekiah was the Messiah, it is said, " Rabbi 
 Hillel said, Israel shall not have a Messiah, since they eat him in the 
 time of Hezekiah." And again, " It shall be, that they shall eat the 
 years of the Messiah." See also Jer. xv. 16. It is remarked by 
 Archbishop Newcome, upon the passage, that " Christians eat bread 
 and drink wine, partly to show that they should receive and imbibe the 
 doctrines of Christ so as to practise them." In verse 10, the prophet 
 uses plain language. 
 
 3. — as honey Jor sweetness. This seems to denote that the 
 prophet received his con^mission from God with willingness and satis- 
 faction. 
 
 12. — from his place : i. e. by us, his ministering spirKs, who are 
 now in the place where his glory dwelleth. 
 
 14. — but the hand of Jehovah, Sfc. : i. e. I was impelled by a 
 strong influence from God. 
 
 15. — astonished : i. e. by the commission with which I was in- 
 trusted, and the overpowering splendor of the vision. 
 
 20. — a stumhling-block : i. e. " such a temptation to sin, and par- 
 ticularly to idolatry, as he might have resisted." Newcome. 
 
 IV. 4. — lay the iniquity, fyc. : i. e. Declare that you thus repre- 
 sent the punisliment of the iniquity of Israel. — thou shall bear : i. e. 
 shalt presignify the punishment which they shall bear. 
 
 12. — dung. The dung of oxen and camels was often used in the 
 East as fuel for preparing their food. The command to use human 
 dung expressed extreme necessity. 
 
 V. 6. — }nore than the nations: becau.se the nations have adhered 
 to the religious rites transmitted down to them by their ancestors. 
 
 16. — RosenmOller remarks, " It is not necessary to suppose, with 
 Grotius, that the arrows of famine denote thunderbolts, winds, storms, 
 locusts, mildew, with which, as with arrows, God destroys the harvest 
 and brings famine ; but weapons are attributed to famine itself, be- 
 cause it will press them like an enemy on every side» and, as It were, 
 destroy them with weapotvs." 
 
EZEKIEL. 247 
 
 VI. 3. — high places, upon which idolatrous worship was prac- 
 tised. 
 
 4. — sun-images: i. e. statues representing the sun, regarded as a 
 deity. Their form was probably conical or pyramidal, the form being 
 borrowed from the ascent of a flame of fire. See Ges. Thes. ad loc. 
 
 11. — Smite: i.e. with one hand upon the other, i. e. smite thine 
 hands together ; a gesture of astonishment and grief. 
 
 VII. 6. — It awaketh, 4'C- For the end of a country to awake 
 seems a harsh metaphor. Its use, however, in the original is account- 
 ed for by the circumstance that the two words form what is called a 
 paronomasia; a play upon words somewhat analogous to alliteration. 
 
 2Tiy ruin runneth is an expression somewhat resembling the original. 
 
 7. — Thy fate, lit. thy circle ; the vicissitudes of things being con- 
 ceived of as revolving in a circle. 
 
 10. — The rod hath blossomed. "The rod of oppression and of 
 wickedness, ver. 11, prevails among the Jews, and their pride in- 
 creases." Newcome. 
 
 12. — JVor the seller mourn : as his property would soon be in the 
 possession of the enemy. 
 
 13. — the seller shall not return: i. e. at the year of jubilee. 
 
 14. — For mine anger, Sfc. : which prevents their going to battle by 
 taking away their courage and resources. Comp. Is. xxix. 14. 
 
 17. — shall flow with tvater : i.e. shall be, as it were, dissolved 
 into water, and unable to support their bodies. 
 
 19. — stumbling-block of their iniquity. It was employed to 
 adorn their idols, and to nourish their own pride. 
 
 22. — my secret place : i. e. the sanctuary, which was not to be 
 approached by any but the priests. 
 
 23. — Make a chain : i. e. to denote that the people shall be led 
 into captivity in chains. 
 
 26. — seek a vision, Sfc, whether there be any way of escaping 
 their calamities. — Instruction, 8fc. : i. e. there shall be no one who 
 can show them a way of escape, either by an answer from God or by 
 human wisdom. "Then shall they seeke visyons in vayne at their 
 prophetes." Cranmer's Bible. 
 
 27. — be troubled : i. e. be, as it were, in trepidation, in a tremor. 
 
 VIII. 3. — in the visions of God: i. e. not by actual removal, but 
 mental representation. — the idol of jealousy : i. e. an idol which 
 rivalled God and piovoked his jealousy ; pi-obably an image of Baal. 
 See 2 Kings xxiii. 4, 5. 
 
248 NOTES. 
 
 10. — creeping things. The prophet seems here to refer to idola- 
 tries borrowed from Egypt. " Round the room in Thebes, where the 
 body of king Osymandrias seemed to be buried, a multitude of cham- 
 bers was built, which had elegant paintings of all the beasts sacred in 
 Egypt." Diod. Sic. 1, p. 59, ed. Wess., quoted by Newcome. 
 
 12. — in the dark. 
 
 " By the vision led 
 His eye surveyed the dark idolatries 
 Of alienated Judah." 
 
 Par. Lost, I. 455. 
 
 14. — weeping for Thammuz. The name of a Syrian god corre- 
 sponding to the Adonis of the Greeks. For a good account of the 
 manner in which the fabled death and resurrection of this god were 
 celebrated, and of their symbolical import, see Robinson's Calmet's 
 Dictionary, article Adonis. 
 
 " The love-tale 
 Infected Sion's daughters with like heat; 
 Whose wanton passions in the sacred porch 
 Ezekiel saw." 
 
 Far. Lost, I. 453. 
 17. — branch to their nostrils. In allusion to a custom of the Per- 
 sians, who, when they worshipped the rising sun, used to hold in their 
 left hands a bunch of twigs called Barsom. See Ros. ad loc. 
 
 IX. 2. — inkhorn by his side: i. e. suspended from the girdle, as 
 is still the custom in the East. See Robinson's Calmet, article Ink- 
 horn. 
 
 4. — a mark. This mark was probably the last letter of the He- 
 brew alphabet in its ancient form, somewhat resembling a cross, from 
 which the T of the Greeks and Romans, which is the same as ours, 
 was borrowed. 
 
 7. — Pollute the house : i. e. with the blood of the slain. 
 
 X. 1. — cherubs. I see not why the plural of cherub should not 
 be formed in the usual way. The Bishop's Bible hzs it chcrubims ; 
 Cranmer's cherubins. 
 
 2. — over the city, to denote that the city should be burned by the 
 Babylonians. 
 
 13. — Whirlwind. See Is. v. 28. 
 
EZEKIEL. 249 
 
 14. — cherub. From Ch. i. 10 there can be no doubt that the face 
 of an ox is here denoted. But why the face of the ox, rather than 
 either of the other three faces, should be called the face of the cherub, 
 it is not easy to say. Lightfoot, as quoted by Ros. ad loc, supposes the 
 appellation to arise from the circumstance, that it was the face of the 
 ox that presented itself to the high priest as he was advancing toward 
 the ark. 
 
 XI. 3. — The time is not near that we should build houses. 
 Newcome explains this passage as follows : " The time is not near that 
 we should build houses in a foreign land. Chald. Jer. xxix. 5. Here 
 we shall die in mature age; as the choice pieces are not taken out of 
 the caldron till they are perfectly prepared. The image is suggested 
 by the process at the Jewish sacrifices. See 1 Sam. ii. 13, 14. In 
 opposition to this, God says, verse 7, that if Jerusalem is the caldron, it 
 is the caldron of the slain ; and verse 11, that it should not be 
 the caldron of many, who were destined to fly and to perish in the 
 extreme parts of their country. See 2 Kings xxv. 6, 7, 21." Or, 
 " The city is the caldron, and we are the flesh," may denote simply, 
 We will share all fates with her; we will either be preserved or perish 
 with her. 
 
 5. — Thus have ye said, Sfc. " Ye have advanced the assertion 
 mentioned, verse 3. You have rightly said. What you say, ' The city 
 is the caldron, and we are the flesh,' shall be fulfilled, but not as you 
 understand it. Many of you will perish in the city. For those it will 
 be the caldron, and they will be the flesh boiled in it. But yourselves 
 shall not be the flesh in the caldron ; but you shall be taken out and 
 elsewhere cut in pieces." 
 
 RosenmUller explains it somewhat differently, supposing the mean- 
 ing of those who used the proverb to be, " The Babylonians will take 
 and burn the city, and we, who are shut up in it, shall be burned, as 
 flesh is boiled in a pot ; it is not safe, therefore, to remain in the city, 
 much less to build or repair houses." RosenmUller supposes their ob- 
 ject to be, to show the necessity of procuring aid from the Egyptians, 
 whicb Jeremiah, as well as Ezekiel, xvii. 15, had opposed as injurious 
 to the state. The explanation of Newcome seems to be favored by 
 verse 15. See also Jer. xxxviii. 17-23. It is a frequent practice with 
 Ezekiel to express in plain language what he had previously expressed 
 in metaphor or allegory. 
 
 16. — sanctuary: i. e. a place of refuge, an asylum; the sacred 
 places among the Hebrews having the privileges of an asylum. See 
 I Kings i. 50 ; ii. 2S. 
 
250 NOTES. 
 
 23. — the mountain, 8rc. : i. e. the Mount of Olives. The assertion, 
 that the glory of Jehovah went up from the midst of the city, may 
 denote that he would desert the city. 
 
 XII. 3. — prepare thee stuff for removing: i. e. whatever is 
 necessary for a long journey. It is evident that the prophet is ordered 
 to do this, in order to represent in his own person the flight and exile 
 of Zedekiah and the Jews. 
 
 4. — at even. A circumstance, which seems to denote secret 
 flight. Comp. 2 Kings xxv. 4. 
 
 6. — Cover thy face : a sign of shame and grief. 
 
 7. — the wall : i. e. the wall of his house, which, says Kimchi, was 
 to be broken through with the hand, rather than with instruments of 
 iron, so that the noise might not be heard. 
 
 13. — not see it. His eyes were put out. See 2 Kings xxv. 7. 
 16. — declare: confessing that they were justly punished for their 
 idolatries and immoralities. 
 
 XIII. 2. — out of their own hearts : i. e. things of their own in- 
 vention, without a commission from God. 
 
 4. — like the foxes : i. e. they destroy the vineyard of Jehovah, in- 
 stead of protecting it. 
 
 5. — Ve have not gone up, Sfc. : i. e. ye have"not used the means 
 to avert from the people the judgments of Jehovah, by your interces- 
 sions, your instructions, your warnings, and your exemplary conduct. 
 
 8. — have seen a lie : i. e. pi-ophesied that which is false. 
 
 9. — in the assembly, Sfc: i. e. they shall not be considered as 
 belonging to my people. — register: i. e. which contains the names 
 of all belonging to the nation of Israel, 
 
 16. — even the projihets. This verse explains the whole from verse 
 10. Jerusalem is the wall which is to be destroyed ; and those who 
 daubed it with mortar unduly prepared are the false prophets. 
 
 18. — pillows, 8fc. This language seems to be metaphorical, de- 
 noting the accommodating, flattering answers, which these female 
 prophets gave to those who consulted them, or the secuiity and pros- 
 perity which they promised to the people generally. See verse 22. 
 For the customs fiom which the language is borrowed, see Rob. 
 Calm. art. Bed. 
 
 IS. — hunt the lives: i. e. lead them to destruction for your own 
 profit. 
 
 19. — pollute me : i. e. by uttering their false oracles in the name 
 of Jehovah. 
 
EZEKIEL. 251 
 
 XIV. 3. — idols in their heart: i. e. they have a strong inward 
 inclination to idolatry, and have actually set up idols, which they wor- 
 ship. 
 
 5. — that I may lay hold: i. e. catch, surprise them in their own 
 consciences, when they perceive that I am acquainted with their 
 secret idolatries, and denounce the woes which they deserve. 
 
 9. — /, Jehovah, have deceived. "When any false prophet is de- 
 ceived, the probable event proving contrary to his prophecy, I, Jeho- 
 vah, have so superintended the course of things as to deceive that 
 prophet." Newcome. 
 
 XV. 2. — a branch, that is among, Sfc. : i. e. which is unfruitful, 
 and so on a par with barren forest-trees. 
 
 XVI. 2, — an Amorite: i. e. "Your degenerate and idolati-ous 
 conduct being suitable to such a descent. See Susan. 56, Jolin. viii. 
 44. It is the language of indignation and reproof, like 
 
 ' Duris genuit te cautibus horrens 
 Caucasus.' 
 
 Virg. Mn. IV. 366." Newcome. 
 
 See also Is. i. 10. 
 
 24. — an arched place : \. e. a brothel, corresponding io fornix in 
 Latin. — a high place : i. e. a place devoted to the worship of idols. 
 Plain language and metaphorical seem to be mingled in this verse. 
 
 30. — faint : i. e. with lust. 
 
 31. — scoffeth at her hire : i. e. at a low-price ; sets a high price on 
 her favors. 
 
 56. — mentioned by thy mouth : i. e. she was held in such contempt 
 that thou didst not even mention her name. 
 
 62. — that I am Jehovah : i. e. the Unchangeable. 
 
 XVII. 3. — great eagle: i. e. Nebuchadnezzar. See verse 12. 
 
 5. — one of the shoots : i. e. Zedekiah, of the seed royal, placed in 
 Judea by Nebuchadnezzar, after the removal of Jehoiachin. 
 
 7. — another great eagle : i. e. the king of Egypt. 
 
 XVIII. 6. — eat not upon the mountains : i. e. things offered to 
 idols. See Exod. xxxii. 6. — lift not up his eyes : i. e. in trust and 
 adoration. — uncleanness. See Lev. xx. 18. 
 
 8. — usury : i. e. interest. See Deut. xxiii. 19, 20. 
 
252 NOTES. 
 
 13.— his blood shall be upon him: i. e. he shall be guilty of his 
 own blood ; the voluntary cause of his own death. He cannot com- 
 plain that he is unjustly condemned. See Lev. xx. 9. 
 
 17. — keepeth back his hand from the poor : i. e. doth not lay it 
 upon them oppressively. 
 
 XIX. 2. — a lioness. " An allusion to Gen. xlix. 9. Judea was 
 among the nations like a lioness among the beasts of the forest. She 
 had strength and sovereignty." Newcome. 
 
 3. — one of her ivhelps. Jehoahaz, the son of Josiah. See 
 2 Kings xxiii. 33, 34. 
 
 5. — another, &fc. This is commonly supposed to be Jehoiakim. 
 See 2 Kings xxiii. 34-36. RosenmUller, however, prefers Jehoia- 
 chin, who reigned only three months, on the ground that Jehoiakim 
 was made king by Pharaoh Necho, rather than by the Jewish people. 
 But Pharaoh may have acted from the recommendation, or with the 
 approbation of the people. 
 
 7. — He knew, <^c. The word is here used in the same sense as 
 in Gen. iv. 1. 
 
 XX. 5. — lifted up my hand : i. e. sware. See Gen. xiv. 22 ; 
 Ex. vi. 8. 
 
 7. — the abomination of his eyes : i. e. the idols to which his eyes 
 look with pleasure or reverence. 
 
 11. — live: i. e. prosper, enjoy prosperity. 
 
 12. — a sign : i. e. " a mark of distinction to mankind, that I was 
 their Creator and God, and they my creatures and people; and a me- 
 morial to themselves, which might constanly suggest to them that 
 they were set apart by me to be a holy and peculiar nation. Exod. 
 xxxi. 13." Newcome. 
 
 25. — I gave them statutes that were not good : i. e. I suffered 
 them to fall into the observance of idolatrous lites of an abominable 
 and destructive character, such as are mentioned in the following 
 verse. 
 
 26. — I polluted them: i. e. suffered them to pollute themselves 
 with idolatrous sacrifices. 
 
 29. — "What is this idolatrous high place to which ye go rather 
 than to my sanctuary ? And yet, notwithstanding my reproof, the 
 name continues, and the practice, unto this day." Newcome. 
 
 35. — desert of the nations : i. e. the barren regions which lie 
 between Judea and Babylon. 
 
EZEKIEL. 253 
 
 37. — under the rod: a shepherd's rod, in allusion to the custom of" 
 numbering flocks and herds by striking them with the rod as they 
 enter the fold, so as to see that all are there. — bond of the cove- 
 nant : i. e. I will renew with you the covenant which I made with 
 your fathers, from the bond of which ye have, as it were, set your- 
 selves loose by your impiety. 
 
 39. — Be altogether idolaters, or altogether worshippers of me. Re- 
 nounce me, or your idols. Choose ye whom ye will serve. 
 
 45. — the soxith : i. e. Jerusalem, which was south from the river 
 Chebar in Chaldea. 
 
 49. — Doth he not speak inparables 7 i. e. Is he not unintelligible ? 
 In what follows, Ch. xxi., therefore, the prophet is instructed to deliver 
 plainly what, in verses 47, 48, is set forth parabolically. 
 
 XXI. 3. — my sword: i.e. the armed Chaldeans, whom I shall 
 employ to execute my purposes. See 9, 10. 
 
 5. — not return: i. e. into its scabbard. 
 
 6. — With the breaking of thy loins : i. e. With the utmost anguish, 
 with pain in thy loins, as if they were broken. See Is. xxi. 3 ; Nah. 
 ii. 10. 
 
 7. — the rumor : i. e. of approaching calamity. See vii. 26. 
 
 10. — Or shall we make mirth: i.e. rather than to be warned by 
 the threatened chastisement. — Tlie staff of my son : i. e. the tribef 
 or people of Israel, so denominated from the sceptre or staff of the 
 leader of the tribe. See verse 13. — every rod : i. e. every rod of 
 chastisement. Various explanations of this uncertain verse may be 
 found in Rosenmilller. 
 
 13. — smite upon thy thigh. See the note on Jer. xxxi. 19. — 
 The trial is made : i. e. the contemning staff, or tribe, which is men- 
 tioned in the following line, has been tried by means of prophetic 
 warnings, and various punishments. — contemning rod. This is a. 
 misprint for " contemning staff." It refers to the " staff of my son " 
 in verse tenth, and the original word for " staff" is the same in both 
 verses. The " contemning staff" seems to denote the scornful, contu- 
 macious staff, or tribe, w^hich despises punishment, verse tenth, and is 
 here threatened with entire destruction. 
 
 16. — Unite thyself: sword to sword ; in reference to verse 14, 
 " twice, yea thrice, cometh the sword," &c. 
 
 17. — smite my hands : a gesture of sorrow ; or, as some understand 
 it, of encouragement to the victorious Chaldeans. — cause mine 
 
 VOL. III. 22 
 
254 NOTES. 
 
 anger to cease : i. e. by satisfying it ; by inflicting severe punish- 
 ment. 
 
 \9. — hoth of them: i. e. the ways, or roads. 
 
 21. — use divination : in order to discover whether he should first 
 attack Jerusalem, or Rabbah. — his arrows. There were several 
 modes of divination by arrows, of which it is uncertain which was 
 practised here. From the use of the verb shake together, it is proba- 
 ble that the names of the cities were written upon the arrows, and that 
 which was first drawn out was regarded as indicating the city which 
 should first be attacked. Pococke, in his Spec. Hist. Arab. p. 329, 
 relates, that when one was about to set out on a journey, or to marry a 
 wife, or to undertake any business of importance, he used to consult 
 three arrows, which he kept inclosed in a box. On the first was 
 written, God orders it; on the second, God forbids it ; and on the 
 third nothing was written. One of these he draws out with his hand, 
 and if it be that which has the first inscription, he pursues his enter- 
 prise with alacrity ; if the second, he desists from his undertaking; and 
 if the blank arrow, he draws again, until a decisive answer be given by 
 one of the other two. See Kos. ad loc. — teraphim. These appear 
 to have been idolatrous images in the human form. How they were 
 questioned is uncertain. — look at the liver: a mode of divination 
 familiar to the Greeks and Romans, as well as to the Oi'icntals. 
 
 23. — in their sight : i. e. of the Jews. — because they swore oaths : 
 i. e. because the Chaldeans had bound themselves in a treaty of alli- 
 ance by an oath to defend the Jews, although Zedekiah and the Jews 
 had not regarded their oath to Nebuchadnezzar. A very different 
 explanation has been given by Schnurrer, who supposes the meaning 
 to be, that it appeared incredible to the Babylonians that so strong a 
 city, having the protection of Jehovah, should fall before him ; that 
 some swore there was fraud in the augury, and some that it was 
 founded in truth ; and that finally the king decided, that the wicked- 
 ness and impiety of the Jews were so great, that no one ought to 
 despair of taking their city. See Ros. ad loc. 
 
 24. — that hand : i. e. the well known hand or power of Nebuchad- 
 nezzar. 
 
 25. — prince: i. e. Zedekiah. 
 
 27. — judgment belongeth: i. e. to whom belongeth the sovereign- 
 ty, the office of governing. 
 
 28. — sons of Amman. See verse 20. — and their reproach : 
 i. e. which they cast upon the Jews when they were in distress. See 
 XXV. 3, 6; Zeph. ii. 8. 
 
EZEKIEL. 255 
 
 29. — While they see deceit : i. e. utter false prophecies. — bring 
 thee upon the necks : i. e. that the sword may bring thee, O Ammo- 
 nite, prosti ate upon the mangled bodies of the slain ; of those whose 
 heads are severed from their bodies, leaving the bleeding neck a promi- 
 nent object. 
 
 30. — Return the sword : i. e, make no resistance, for it will be 
 vain. 
 
 31. — / will blow upon thee : i. e. to increase the heat of the fire. 
 
 XXII. 4. — days — years: i.e. appointed for thy punishment, for 
 thy captivity, &c. 
 
 5. — confusion : such as tumults, sedition, violence. 
 
 10. — uncover, Sfc: i. e. by criminal intercourse with his wife. 
 
 12. — take a reward: i. e. the judges are bribed to condemn the 
 innocent to death. 
 
 13. — smitten my hands : i. e. with astonishment and indignation. 
 15. — consume thine impurity: thy impure citizens shall be slain 
 
 or carried captive. 
 
 16. — be profaned : declared impious and profane by the punish- 
 ment which I send upon you. 
 
 28. — daub, Sfc. See Ch. xiii. 13 - 16. 
 
 XXIII. 3. — in Egypt. See xx. 8. 
 
 4. — Aholah : i. e. her tent or tabernacle, not God's dwelling-place. 
 
 ^holibah : i. e. my tabernacle is in her ; in reference to the 
 
 temple in Jerusalem. 
 
 14. — tnen portrayed. By these are not to be understood Babylo- 
 nian gods painted in human form, but rather Babylonian princes, with 
 whom the Jews were led to form alliances, and by whom they were 
 allured to idolatry. 
 
 18. — discovered : i. e. she was open and notorious in them. 
 
 35. — bear thou thy lewdness : i. e. the consequences, the punish- 
 ment of it. 
 
 40. — men to come from afar: i. e. not content with domestic 
 superstitions and idolatries, they borrowed many from foreigners, such 
 as the Assyrians and Chaldeans. 
 
 42. — deep-drinkers, fyc. : i.e. such as wasted in riot what they 
 obtained by plunder in the deserts of Arabia. 
 
 49. — bear the sins of your idols: i. e. suflfer punishment for the 
 sins which you committed in worshipping idols. 
 
256 NOTES. 
 
 XXIV. 6. — bring it out — let no lot, l^c. Let the citizens, with- 
 out distinction of station, age, or sex, be the prey of the enemy. 
 
 12. — labors : i. e. endeavors to cleanse it. 
 
 13. — quieted, Sfc: i. e. by the infliction of severe punishments. 
 
 17. — ?nake no mourning, Sfc. : i. e. to be a sign or symbol to the 
 Jews, setting forth that, in the destruction of the city and its inhabi- 
 tants, they shall not have opportunity to lament their dead. 
 
 27. — speak, and be no more dumb: i. e. speak freely and with 
 confidence, having no fear of ridicule or violence, when your citizens 
 see your former predictions fulfilled. 
 
 XXV. 9. — open the side, Sfc: i. e. cause the territory upon his 
 borders to be invaded or passed through. 
 
 XXVI. 2. — gate of the nations. Jerusalem is so called because 
 immense multitudes resorted thither for traffic. 
 
 4. — scrape off her earth, 8fc. The entii-eness of her destruction is 
 thus set forth. Not only shall her edifices be destroyed, but the very 
 earth on which she stood shall be removed, and nothing but bare rock 
 remain. 
 
 6. — her daughters that are upon the land: i. e. the cities and vil- 
 lages in Phoenicia, sai<l to be on the land, or continent, in distinction from 
 Tyre, which was upon an island, or peninsula. See verse 17. 
 
 11. — idols of thy strength : i.e. to which they look as a refuge; 
 upon which they rely for aid. 
 
 16. — sit on the ground ; a posture expressive of grief. 
 
 17. — peopled from the seas: i. e. to which people came from 
 every sea. 
 
 20. — in the land of the living: i. e. the land of the Jews, who 
 shall be living and prosperous, when Tyre is in the lower world. 
 
 XXVII. 5 — Senir : a part of the ridge of mount Hermon. 
 
 6. — benches, for the rowers. — Chittians : i. e. Cyprians, inhabi- 
 tants of Cyprus ; or, perhaps, of the islands and coasts of the Mediter- 
 ranean. 
 
 7. — Elisha: i. e. Peloponnesus. 
 
 8. — Jlrvad: a city upon aa island of the same name at the mouth of 
 the river Eleutheros, upon the coast of Phcrnicia. 
 
 9. Gebal -. on the coast of Phoenicia, called by the Greeks Byblos. 
 
 13. — Javan : Greece. — Tubal: the Tibareni, a nation of Asia 
 Minor upon the Euxine sea. Meshech : the Moschi, a barbarous 
 
EZEKIEL. 257 
 
 people inhabiting the mountains between Iberia, Armenia, and Col- 
 chis. — persons of men: i. e. slaves. 
 
 14. — Togarmah : Armenia, or a part of it. 
 
 15. — Dedan : a city in the Persian gulf, now called Daden. 
 
 17. — Minnith : a town upon the borders ol the Ammonites, — 
 syrup : Heb. debash; the unfermented juice of the grape boiled down 
 to a syrup, which is still an article of exportation from Palestine. It 
 was probably this substance which was carried as a present to Phara- 
 oh, since genuine honey probably abounded in Egypt. Gen. xliii. 11. 
 
 19. — Vedan : probably the name of a place in Arabia. See Ges. 
 ad verb. 
 
 21. — Kedar : in Arabia. 
 
 22. — Sheba : in Arabia Felix. — Raamah : a city of Arabia on 
 the Persian gulf. 
 
 23. — Haran : in Mesopotamia, Gen. xi. 31 ; Latin, Carrce, memora- 
 ble for the defeat of Crassus, which there occurred. — Canneh : 
 probably the same as Calneh, a great city on the eastern bank of the 
 Tigris, subject to the Assyrians, called by the Greeks Ctesiphon. — 
 Eden : a region of Mesopotamia, or Assyria. — Chilmad : the name 
 of an unknown place. 
 
 25. — Tarshish : the proper name of a city and country in Spain, 
 Tartessus, the most celebrated emporium in the West, to which the 
 Hebrews and Phoenicians traded, situated between the two mouths of 
 the river Baetis or Guadalquivir. 
 
 26. — Compare Horace, Lib. I, Od. xiv. 
 
 XXVIII. 3. — art wiser: i. e. in thy own conceit. 
 7. — beauty of thy uyisdom : i. e. the beautiful things procured by 
 thy wisdom, such as edifices, wealth, the army, &c. 
 
 9. — man, and not God, 8/-C. : i.e. mortal, and not immortal. The 
 term -God seems here to be used in a generic sense, as in Is. xxxi. 
 3. " The Egyptians are men, and not God, and their horses are flesh, 
 and not spirit." 
 
 10. — the uncircumcised. This was a name of contempt given by 
 the Jews to other nations. Perhaps it may here be used to denote 
 the impious, the uncircumcised in heart and flesh. 
 
 13. — thy jewel-holes ; the holes, in which the jewels of the signet, 
 verse 12, weie set. The assertion, that these were prepared at his 
 birth, intimates that so many ornaments were appointed for him. 
 
 14. — cherub. The two cherubs were of beaten gold, and covered 
 the mercy-seat with their wings. They were in the most holy place, 
 
 22* 
 
2.58 ' NOTES. 
 
 and there was access to them, even for the high priest, only once a 
 year. The image, therefore, sets forth, that^ the king of Tyre was 
 regarded with a reverence almost religious, as more than mortal. 
 — in the inidst of the stones of fire : the twelve precious stones on the 
 breast-plate of the high priest, which shone like tire. 
 
 17. — thy splendor: i. e. thy prosperity. 
 
 18. — thy sanctuaries : i. e. thy palace, which was, as it were, 
 sacred to the use of the king. 
 
 22. — am sanctified in her : i. e. when I shall show that I am holy 
 and just by the punishment I inflict upon her. 
 
 XXIX. 3. — great dragon. The crocodile is alluded to, which, 
 among the ancients, was a symbol of Egypt, and appears so on Roman 
 coins. — rivers. The Nile had seven mouths. Rivers also emptied 
 themselves into it, and channels were cut from it. 
 
 4. — fish, 8fc. Pharaoh being represented by the crocodile, his sub- 
 jects or soldiers are represented by fish. 
 
 6. — staff of reed. Comp. 2 Kings xviii. 21 ; Is. xxxvi. 6. 
 
 10. — Migdol even to Syene ; the former being in the northern, the 
 latter in the southern part of Egypt. 
 
 18. — made bald: by the helmet, by disease, and by labor. — 
 peeled; woi-n, galled, by bearing burdens. — had ivages : i. e. they 
 found no spoils in the city, the Tyrians having carried them away in 
 ships. 
 
 21. — a horn to groto forth: i. e. I will restore to Israel their 
 former powei- and prosperity. — to opeji the mouth: i. e. with free- 
 dom and confidence, when they see your predictions fulfilled. 
 
 XXX. 5. — C%w& .- in Mareotis, an Egyptian province, according 
 to Ptolemy. Grotius. Gesenius conjectures that the reading should be 
 JVub, i. e. Nubia. 
 
 9. — confident : feeling secure from danger. 
 
 12. — rivers dry: upon which the fertility and wealth of Egypt 
 depend. 
 
 13. — JSToph : i. e. Memphis. 
 
 14. — Pathros : i. e. Thebais, or upper Egypt. — Zoan: i. e. 
 Tanis, in lower Egypt. — jYo : i. e. Thebes. See note on Nah. iii. 8. 
 
 17. — On: i. e. Heliopolis, the city of the sun. — Pibeseth, in 
 lower Egypt, called by the Greeks Hubastis, or Bubastus. 
 
 18. — Tahpanhes : called by Herodotus the Pehisiac Daphne, sit- 
 uated on the western side of the Pelusiac branch of the Nile. 
 
EZEKIEL. 259 
 
 XXXI. 3. — the Assyrian. Assyria, mightier than Egypt, was 
 laid waste for wickedness and impiety, therefore Egypt might be. 
 
 4. — their plantation: i. e. the plantation on the banks of the 
 streams. 
 
 10. — his heart. "This allegory is boldly pursued; though here, 
 and verses 11,14, 15, 16, 17, 18, its imagery is not supported with the 
 scrupulous accuracy of polished writers." Newcome. 
 
 13. — his ruin : i. e. his fallen trunk. 
 
 14. — To the end: i. e. the preceding destruction came upon him, to 
 the end, &c. 
 
 15. — covered it : as it were with sackcloth. 
 
 16. — Were comforted : because he had become as one of them. 
 See Is. xiv. 10. 
 
 XXXII. 2. — dragon in the seas : i. e. the crocodile of the Nile. 
 6. — cover the heavens : with black clouds, as with funeral gar- 
 ments. See note on Is. xiii. 10. 
 
 9. — thy destruction : i. e. the tidings of thy destruction. 
 
 24- — Elam: a province of Persia of which Susa was'the capital, 
 Ez. iv. 9 ; Dan. viii. 2 ; sometimes, perhaps, denoting the whole of 
 Persia. 
 
 27. — Havi?ig their swords, fyc. I should understand by this, that 
 the swords, which they once wielded so powerfully, were lying 
 useless under their heads, and that the weapons, the instruments of 
 their iniquity, which once were worn upon healthy and strong bodies, 
 were lying useless upon their bones. Others suppose the meaning to be, 
 that they were interred with the honors of war, having their swords 
 placed under their heads, but that their iniquity, i. e. the punishment 
 of their iniquity, rested upon their bones. 
 
 28.— And thou, Sfc. : i. e. O Egypt. Comp. verses 18-20. 
 
 30. — of the JVorth : i. e. the Tyrians, who were at the north with 
 respect of Egypt and Judea, and are usually associated with the Sido- 
 nians. Perhaps also the Syrian kings may be referred to. — In the 
 midst, Sfc. : i. e. in spite of the terror which they caused by their 
 might. 
 
 31. — comfort himself: i. e. by seeing so many companions in mis- 
 fortune. 
 
 XXXIII. 15. — statutes of life: i. e. to the observance of which 
 life is promised. 
 
260 NOTES. 
 
 24. ibrahain,^c. : i. e. If Abraham, a single individual, increased 
 
 into so great a multitude, much more shall we, who are many, be mul- 
 tiplied. 
 
 31. — lovely : i. e. pleasing to God. 
 
 XXXIV. 16. — the fat and the strong: i. e. rich and powerful 
 oppressors. 
 
 25. — covenant of iieace : i. e. a covenant engaging to secure peace 
 or prosperity, 
 
 29. — for my glory : i. e. by which my glory shall be promoted. 
 
 XXXV. 2. —Mount Seir : i. e. the mountainous country of the 
 Edomites, extending from the Dead sea to the Elanitic gulf, the 
 northern part of which is now called Djebal, and the southern El- 
 Shera. See the note upon Obadiah, verse 3. 
 
 5. — a perpetual hatred: i. e. beginning with that of Esau towards 
 Jacob. 
 
 10. — two nations : i. e. Israel and Judah. 
 
 XXXVI. 2. — everlasting heights: i. e. the mountains of Judea 
 celebrated by ancient fame. 
 
 3. — the residue of the nations : i. e. the nations which remained 
 unconquered by the Babylonians. 
 
 12. — bereave them of children: i. e. thy inhabitants, O mountain, 
 shall no more perish in thy defence. 
 
 38. — Jlock of Jerusalem: i. e. as the numerous flocks assembled in 
 Jerusalem for sacrifices during the solemn festivals. 
 
 XXXVIII. 2. — Magog. The name of a region, and of a great 
 and powerful people, dwelling in the extreme recesses of the North. 
 Nearly the same people seem to be intended, as were comprehended 
 by the Greeks under the name of Scythians. See Ges. ad verb. — 
 Mosh : i. e. without much doubt, Russia. See Ges. ad verb. 
 
 4. — turn thee about : i. e. I will manage thee, incline thee to that 
 which I have in view. See xxxix. 2. So Vatablus in Poole's Sy- 
 nopsis. 
 
 6. — Gomer. Probably the Cimmerians, inhabiting the Chersone- 
 sus of Taurica, and the adjacent regions, as far as to the mouths of the 
 Tanais and the Ister. See Ges. ad verb. 
 
 12. — heights of the earth : i. e. Judea, which its inhabitants regard- 
 ed as higher than all other lands. 
 
EZEKIEL. 261 
 
 13. — merchants of Tarshinh : i. e. probably, who traded to Tar- 
 shish. 
 
 XXXIX. 9. — iurn the weapons: as was customary amongst 
 ancient nations. See Virg. .^n. VIII. 561. 
 
 16. — of a city ; i. e. to be built near the great burial-place. 
 
 XL. 9. — border: 1. e. the projecting margin, which surrounds a 
 door, often ornamented with columns at the sides, and with a I'rieze 
 above. See Ges. Thesaur. upon the Hebrew word. 
 
 10. — projecting wall-pillars : i. e. projections, juttings out, promi- 
 nent pans of the wall in the front of an edifice, often decorated with 
 columns or palms, between which are sunken spaces or recesses in the 
 wall, where the windows are situated. Ges. 
 
 16. — closed tvindows : i. e. with bars or lattices, which, being let 
 into the walls or beams, could not be opened and shut at pleasure. 
 Ges. — cornices : i. e. projections, which appear to have been carried 
 round the building. See Ges. 
 
 43. — edging-boards. This seems to denote boards provided with 
 hooks to which the victims were fastened. 
 
 XLI. 1. — the temple : i. e. the body or nave of the temple. 
 
 8. — six cubits to the knuckles : i. e. of the lesser kind of cubits, not 
 so long as another kind by the distance from the knuckles to the end of 
 the fingers. 
 
 24. — turning-leaves : i. e. turning on their hinges. 
 
 XLIII. 3. — tvhen I came to destroy : i. e. to predict the destruc- 
 tion of, according to a common Plebrew idiom. See xxxii. 18; Jer. 
 i. 10. 
 
 7. — fornication: i. e. idolatry. See Ch. xvi. — dead bodies. 
 " It seems that some monuments of the deceased kings were erected 
 near the wall, which surrounded the temple and the courts. This 
 vicinity was regarded as a profanation of the temple." Michaelis. 
 
 13. — bottom: i. e. the base of the altar, extending one cubit be- 
 yond the breadth of the altar. According to others, the cavity in the 
 hearth where the fire was kept burning; which appears to be less 
 suited to the connexion in verses 14 and 17. 
 
 XLIV. 19. — sanctify, Sfc. Whatever touched any thii}g holy 
 was regarded as becoming itself holy, and no longer to be profaned by 
 common use. See Ex. xxx. 29 ; Lev. vi. 27. 
 
262 NOTES. 
 
 26. — they shall reckon : i. e. the other priests. 
 28. — / am their inheritance : i. e. of things offered to God they 
 shall have an abundance. 
 
 XLV. 7. — every one of the portions : i. e. to be assigned to the 
 adjoining tribes. See Ch. xlviii. 8. 
 
 9. — expulsions : i. e. expelling my people from their homes, their 
 estates. 
 
 12. — maneh or mina. The meaning may be that there shall be 
 three kinds of maneh, one of 20, one of 25, and one of 15 shekels, 
 or that 20 + 25 + 15 = 60 shekels, shall be one maneh. 
 
 XLVI. 17, — of liberty : i. e. of jubilee, when slaves were set at 
 'iberty. See Lev. xxv. 10. 
 
 XLVII. 8. — the sea: i. e. the Dead sea, the sea of Sodom, or 
 lake Asphaltites. Respecting this sea, see Robinson's Calmet, Art. 
 Sea, and Maundrell's Journey, &c., p. 140, &c., American edition. 
 
 15. — great sea : i. e. the Mediterranean. — Hethlon. For infor- 
 mation concerning this and the following places, see Robinson's Cal- 
 met. 
 
 XLVIII. 18. — serve the city: i. e. perform the various labors 
 which a great city needs, such as repairing walls, streets, cleansing, 
 &c. 
 
 35. — Jehovah-is-there. Jehovah will not again desert them ; he 
 will be with them for their protection and happiness. The meaning of 
 the name is equivalent to that of the name given to the city of Jeru- 
 salem by Jeremiah, xxxiii. 16, " Jehovah-is-our-salvation," 
 
 NOTES ON DANIEL. 
 
 What we know of Daniel appears with so much distinctness in the 
 book which bears his name, that it is unnecessary to say any thing 
 here of his character and history. His name imports, either "judge- 
 
EZEKIEL. 263 
 
 of-God," i. e. one who pronounces judgment in the name of God, or, 
 " God is-n)y-judge," i. e. my vindicator. He is referred to in Ezekiel 
 xiv. 14, 16, IS, 20 ; xxviii. 3 ; as distinguished for piety and for wisdom. 
 From these passages of Ezekiel, however, we cannot infer that the 
 book of Daniel was known to that prophet. 
 
 A tradition* is said to prevail amongst the Mahometans, that Daniel 
 returned with Ezra into Judea, and that he was afterwards prefect of 
 Syria, and that he closed his life at Susa, the capital of Persia. But it 
 is entitled to no credit. 
 
 The book of Daniel consists of two principal parts, the one historical, 
 extending to the end of chapter sixth, (he other prophetical, containing, 
 four visions, representing the revolutions of kingdoms. The work is 
 written in different languages. Ch. i. -ii. 4, and from Ch. viii. to the 
 end, being in Hebrew, and the other part in Chaldee. For this fact 
 no satisfactory reason has been assigned. 
 
 The most important question, relating to the book of Daniel, is 
 whether it be genuine ; that is, the production of a prophet, who lived 
 during the exile at Babylon. The best defence of its genuineness, 
 probably, is that of Bishop Chandler t in his dissertation upon the sub- 
 ject. Most of the distinguished German critics in modern times regard 
 the work as a production of the age of Antiochus Epiphanes, conse- 
 quently as the latest of the books of the Old Testament. There are 
 those, however, who maintain its genuineness, such as Jahn and 
 Hengstenberg. I have given the book the place to which it belongs 
 according to the i-eceived opinion of its genuineness, but do not wish 
 to have my opinion upon the subject inferred from that circumstance. 
 It is not consistent with the design of the present work to settle pr 
 discuss questions of this kind. 
 
 I. 4. — to stand in the king's palace : i. e. to be servants to wait 
 upon the king. — the writing: i. e. the letters, which differed from 
 the Hebrew. 
 
 8. — defile himself. Tlie meat of the king was regarded as pollu- 
 ting, because it might consist of animals, or parts of animals forbidden 
 by the Jewish law, or because portions of it might have been offered to 
 idols. For this last reason the wine of the king was regarded as pol- 
 luting. 
 
 * See Ro?. Comm. in Dan. p. 5. 
 
 t In his work, entitled, A Vindication of the Defence of Christianity 
 from the Prophecies of the Old Testament. London, 1728. 
 
264 NOTES. 
 
 12. — pulse: more sirici\y, seed-herbs, vegetables. 
 
 17. — learning : lit. writing, which in verse fourth denoted the Chal- 
 dee letters, but must here denote the subjects of writing, what is con- 
 tained in books. — wisdom. In various parts of the Old Testament the 
 meaning of this word is the common English meaning. But here and 
 in verse twentieth, and elsewhere in Daniel, it seems to denote 
 that sort of wisdom, which is expected in scribes, learned men, magi- 
 cians, &c. 
 
 20. — scribes: i. e. learned men, skilled in matters of religioli ; 
 it^oYQatijiiaTiL?. — magicians. Simonis regards the primaiy mean- 
 ing of the word, from which the Hebrew is derived, to be, to cover, 
 to hide ; hence, to practise hidden arts, to use incantation. 
 
 II. 2. — sorcerers. The primary meaning of the original seems to 
 have been, to pray, to worshij) ; hence, to use magic formulas, to mut- 
 ter. — Chaldeans. The word here seems to denote astrologers. 
 
 5. — The word has gone from me : i. e. it has been uttered, and is 
 irrevocable. See verse 13. According to the Common Version, it 
 would appear that the king had forgotten his dream ; but in that case, 
 it would not have troubled him. The true reason of the king's re- 
 quiring them to tell the dream is indicated in verse 9 ; " Tell me the 
 dream, and I shall know that ye can show me the interpretation 
 thereof." 
 
 9. — till the time be changed : i. e. till the pi-esent time pass, and I 
 be occupied with other business, so as to give up inquiry about the 
 dream. 
 
 21. — he changeth times and seasons: i.e. all the vicissitudes of 
 time depend upon him. 
 
 27. — astrologers : Lit. deciders, determiners. By casting nativities 
 fj-om the place of the stars, at one's birth, they determined and foretold 
 his condition. 
 
 30. — know the thoughts of thy heart: i.e. understand the vision 
 or dream which came into thy mind, verse 29. 
 
 38. — Thou art the head, &fc. Here Nebuchadnezzar is considered 
 as the representative of the kingdom. It is the kingdom which is 
 chiefly denoted. 
 
 39. — another kingdom, inferior to thee : i. e. of the Modes and 
 Persians. — third kingdom of brass : i. e. the Macedonian, the 
 kingdom of Alexander the Great. 
 
 40. — a fourth kingdom: i. e. " the kingdom of the successors of 
 Alexandei-, the Seleucida; and the Lagida; ; which is called one, and 
 
DANIEL. 265 
 
 yet was divided, as is mentioned in the next verse ; one, because both 
 families were from Macedonia, and divided, because its boundaries 
 were unceitain and often disturbed by wars." Grotius. Most inter- 
 preters have supposed tlie Roman kingdom to be denoted. 
 
 42. — partly strong and partly broken : i. e. one part strong and 
 one depressed, according as different parties prevail. 
 
 44. — God of heaven set up a kingdom, 8fc. : i. e. the kingdom of 
 the Messiah. — to no other jjeople : as the Babylonians relinquished 
 theirs to the Persians, and the Persians theirs to the Greeks. 
 
 46. — worshipped Daniel, <^c. — offer an oblation and sweet odors : 
 i. e. paid him such honors as were paid to the gods; not because he 
 regarded Daniel as a god, but as a god-inspired man, as appears 
 from the next verse ; or because the spirit of the holy gods was in him. 
 iv. 8. 
 
 49. — in the gate of the king : i. e. of the royal palace, put for the 
 palace itself, or rather for the court of the palace, into which there 
 was only one entrance. So it is well known that the court of the Turk- 
 ish sovereigns is called the Porte, or the Sublime Porte, i. e. the 
 Gate, or the High Gate. 
 
 III. 5. — sambuck: Gr. aau^vxii. This was probably a species of 
 harp. Concerning this and other musical instruments, see Jahn's Ar- 
 chaeology, § 94,93. — bagpipe. This was a wind-instrument, con- 
 sisting of pipes annexed to a bag. It is still called in Asia Minor 
 Sambonja, and in Italy Zampogna, names which, like the Chaldee, 
 are borrowed from the Greek avutportu. 
 
 22. — the command of the king was urgent, ^c. : and so made them 
 hasty and precipitate, so that they came too near the fire. 
 
 25. — a son of God : i. e. an angel, as the king himself explains it, 
 verse 28. 
 
 IV. 8. — Belteshazzar, according to the name of my God. Bel- 
 teshazzar is a compound woi'd, meaning BeVt prince, i. e. the prince 
 whom Bel favors. 
 
 13. — a watcher : i. e. an angel, so called fi-om his office of watch- 
 ing over men. See Ps. xci. 11. 
 
 16. — seven times: i. e. seven years. 
 
 32. — A description, somewhat figurative, of insanity. 
 
 34. — the end of the days : i. e, the seven years, verse 16. 
 
 V. 5. — the hand. What in the Common Version is rendered 
 VOL. III. 23 
 
266 NOTES. 
 
 part of the hand is, literally, the extremity of the hand ; i. e. the hand, 
 considered as an extremity. 
 
 6. — joints of his loins: i. e. the joints of his back, the vertebrae. 
 
 12. — hard sentences: i.e. enigmas, ditficult questions, Vit. knots. 
 
 26. — numbered thy kingdom: i. e. he hath lixed the number of 
 days and years, upon the completion of which thy kingdom shall be at 
 an end. 
 
 VII. 2. — the great sea: i. e. the Mediterranean. The storm 
 upon the great sea is symbolical of great wars, revolutions, &c. 
 
 4. — The first was like a lion. The Babylonian kingdom under 
 Nebuchadnezzar, powerful and fierce, denoted by the head of gold in 
 Nebuchadnezzar's dream. — eagles^ wings. The eagle flies highest 
 and swiftest, and thus denotes the eminence which the kingdom at- 
 tained, and the rapidity of its conquests. By the deprivation of its 
 wings, and a human heart being given to it, seems to be denoted that it 
 lost its glory and power, and grew less ferocious. 
 
 5. — the second, like to a bear: i.e. the Medo-Persian empire, 
 which was to succeed the Babylonian, answering to the breast and 
 arms in the image in Nebuchadnezzar's dream. The bear is fierce 
 and strong, but inferior to the lion. — on one side. This seems to 
 denote that the Medes and Persians dwelt on one side, i. e. at the east 
 of the Babylonians. — three ribs in its mouth, denoting the Median, 
 Persian, and Chaldean kingdoms, which were brought into one. 
 
 6. — like a leopard : i.e. the Macedonian kingdom under Alexan- 
 der, compared to a leopard for fierceness and activity. The wings on 
 his back denote the rapidity of Alexander's conquests. The four 
 heads probably denote the four generals of Alexander, viz. Ptolemy, 
 Seleucus, Philip, and Antigonus. 
 
 7. — a fourth beast : i. e. the kingdom of the Seleucidas and Lagi- 
 d*, i. e. of Egypt and Syria, which succeeded that of Alexander the 
 Great, corresponding to the legs and feet of the image in Nebuchadnez- 
 zar's dream, and by which (he Jewish people was afflicted. Others 
 understand the fourth kingdom to be the Roman. — ten horns : said, in 
 verse 24, to denote ten kings ; i.e. says Rosenmilller, the ten kings 
 who had dominion over Palestine after the death of Alexander, viz. 
 Antigonus, Demetrius Poliorcetes, Ptolemy the son of Lagus, Ptole- 
 my Philadelphus, Ptolemy Euergetes, Ptolemy Philopator, Ptolemy 
 Epiphanes, Ptolemy Philometor, Antiochus the Great, Seleucus Phi- 
 lopator. " That these kings," says RosenmOller, " had successively 
 dominion over Palestine, from the time of Alexander the Gi-eat to 
 
DANIEL. 267 
 
 Antiocluis Epiphanes, appears from Justin, Lib. XV., Plutarch's Life of 
 Demetrius, Diodorus Siculus, Lib. XIX., XX., Polyb. Lib. V., Jo- 
 seph. Lib. XIL, and the book of Appian concerning Syria." 
 
 8. — another little horn : i. e. Antiochus Epiphanes. See Ch. viii. 
 23-25. — like the eyes of man, denoting intelHgence, perspicacity. 
 — speaking great things. Comp. verse 25. 
 
 9. — were placed. So Apoc. iv. 2, " a throne was set." — an aged 
 person. Undoubtedly the Supi-eme Being is intended. But it is not 
 probable that the expression, " ancient of days," means anytliing more 
 than an aged person or man. It was not an epithet exclusively belonging 
 to the Deity. It is rather the intention of the prophet to represent the 
 Deity in the form of an aged man. — like pure tvool : i. e. white with 
 age. 
 
 10. — the tribunal. See verse 26. Probably ceitain angels of the 
 highest order are denoted. — the books were opened; i. e. " records 
 containing all that relates to a cause, accusation, defence, testimony, 
 documents." Grot. 
 
 11. — the beast was slain: the kingdom of Egypt and Syria, which 
 had been so long contending for the possession of Palestine, and inflict- 
 ed upon it such grievous oppressions. See verse 7, and the note. 
 
 12. — a season and a time: i. e. a fixed time appointed by God, 
 beyond wliich it could not exist. 
 
 13. — a son of ?nan : \. e. a man. See Ezek. ii. 1, and note, also 
 viii. 17 ; i. e. the Messiah. — ivith the clouds of heaven. This may 
 mean that the Messiah was represented to the prophet's vision, borne 
 upon tiie clouds, as a chariot; or that he shall come as swift as 
 clouds boi-ne by the wind. See Jer. iv. 13. Comp. uerU nvnirig 
 avffiuto, Horn. Od. II. 148. That the Messiah is referred to by the 
 writer in this passage, I have no doubt. But it seems to be his in- 
 tention, not to give him a distinguishing epithet, but to represent 
 him as having the form and appearance of a man. 
 
 22. — judgment was given, 8fc. I understand the meaning to be, 
 that the authority, the government, the possession of the kingdom was 
 given, &c. ; and not, with Gesenius, and De Wette, ihai justice ivas 
 rendered to them. See veise 27. 
 
 23. — The fourth beast, S/'c. See note on verse 7. 
 
 25. — times and laws: such as sabbaths, religious ordinances, &c. 
 See 1 Mac. i. 10-22, 41-64. — a time atid times and half a 
 time: i. e. three yeais and a half. Sec Joseph. Proem, ad Bell. Jud. 
 § 7, and Lib. I. Cap. I. § 1. 
 
268 NOTES. 
 
 VIII. 2. — Shushan: i. e. Susa, the capital of Susiana, (and of all 
 Persia,) in which the Persian nionarchs held their winter residence, 
 Neh. i. 1 ; Esth. i. 2. It was situated on the Eulaeiis or Choaspes, 
 probably on the spot now occupied by the village Shush; Ges. ad 
 verb. 
 
 3. — a ram which had two horns: i. e. the empire of (he Medes 
 and Persians, as explained in verse 20, which was dislinguished among 
 other kingdoms, as the ram among sheep. — the higher: i. e. the 
 Persian empire. 
 
 5. — he-goat: i. e. the kingdom of Macedonia, or Gi'eece, under 
 Alexandei', previously denoted by the belly and thighs of the image 
 in Nebuchadnezzar's dream, and by the third beast, the leopard, 
 Ch. vii. 6. — without touching the ground: i. e. seeming to fly 
 rather than to run. So Virgil of Camilla. JVec teneras cursu loesisset 
 aristas. JEn. VII. 809. So the leopard was said to have wings. 
 The rapidity of Alexander's conquests is denoted. — a conspicuous 
 horn between his eyes; i. e. Alexander. The horn being placed be- 
 tween his eyes may denote that the power of Alexander was accom- 
 panied by sagacity and policy. 
 
 8. — four conspicuous ones: i. e. the four parts into which the 
 empire was divided by Alexander's generals after his death. 
 
 9. — a little horn which became exceedingly great : i. e. Antiochus 
 Epiphanes, who was at the beginning of his tareera private man, and 
 at one time a prisoner and hostage at Rome. See Ch. vii. 8. — the 
 glorious land: i. e. Judea. See Ezek. xx. 6. 
 
 10.^— host of heaven. This term seems to include more than the 
 stars. It denote;;, probably, the angels by which God was supposed to 
 be surrounded. See Job xxxviii. 7. Figuratively, the priests, rulers, 
 and chaiYipions of the Jewish people arc denoted. See note on verse 
 11. 
 
 11. — prince of the host : i. e. God himself, called prince of princes, 
 verse 25. — fro7n him : i. e. the prince of the host. — place of his 
 sanctuary: i. e. the temple. The meaning of vei'ses 10-12 is, that 
 Antiochus set himself against the I'eligion of the Jews, abused its 
 ministers, and profaned and desolated the temple. See 1 Mac. Ch. 1. 
 
 12. — Andahosl: i.e. the army of Antiochus. Otherwise, And 
 the host, mentioned in the preceding verse, shall be delivered up to 
 the impious, or, on account of impiety. 
 
 13. — a holy one : i. e. an angel. 
 
 14. — evenings and mornings : i. e. days. 
 
DANIEL. 269 
 
 16. — a man^s voice ; i. e. the voice of an angel resembling the 
 human voice. The Jews suppose Michael, the archangel, to have 
 been the speaker. 
 
 17. — time of the end: the end of the indignation, verse 19; i.e. 
 the calamitous times preceding the coming of the Messiah. 
 
 21. — the king of Greece: i. e. the liings of Greece collectively, 
 or, the kingdom of Greece. So vii. 17. — the first king: i.e. the 
 first who extended his empire into Asia, unless we understand the 
 term to denote, first in eminence, as it sometimes does. 
 
 22. — four kingdoms shall arise: i. e. 1. Macedonia, or Greece. 
 2. Asia Minor. 3. Egypt. 4. Babylon and Syria. 
 
 23. — the transgressors. Some suppose the Jews to be denoted, to 
 punish whom Antiochus was raised up ; others, the subjects of the 
 kingdom just mentioned. — a king shall arise: i. e. Antiochus 
 Epiphanes. 
 
 24. — not by his strength : i. e. not so much by force, as by policy, 
 cunning, fraud. S'ee verse 25. — people of the holy ones : i. e. the 
 Jews. 
 
 25. — in the midst of security : i. e. while all seems to be peace- 
 ful, and they suspect no danger. — prince of princes: i. e. God. 
 
 — without hand : not by any visible force, or the interference of 
 man. 
 
 26. — the vision, Sfc. : i. e. of the 2300 evenings and mornings, dur- 
 ing which the daily sacrifices should be interrupted. See verses 13, 14. 
 
 — shut tip : i. e. keep them secret, ov record the .vision, and seal up 
 the book that contains it. See xii. 4, 9. — distant days: i.e. a 
 remote period of time. 
 
 IX. 2. — the books : containing the prophecies of Jeremiah, which 
 were on different rolls, or books. See Jer. xxv. 11, 12; xxix. 10. 
 
 11. — law of Moses. See Levit. xxvi. 14, &c. ; Deut. xxviii. 15, &c. 
 
 12. — judges : i. e. rulers of every name. 
 
 23. — to show thee; for thou art greatly beloved: or, to show thee 
 that thou art greatly beloved, viz. by bringing an answer to thy 
 prayer. 
 
 24. — Seventy weeks, 8fc. : i. e. weeks of years, or 490 years. This 
 verse appears to contain a series of parallelisms, thus : 
 
 1 Seventy weeks are appointed for thy people. 
 And for thy holy city, 
 
 2 To complete fhe iniquity, 
 
 2a* 
 
270 NOTES, 
 
 And to fill up the measure of sins, 
 
 3 And to expiate the £;uilt, 
 
 And to bring in the riirhteousness of ancient times, 
 
 4 And to seal up the vision and the prophet, 
 And to anoint the most holy place. 
 
 In the rendering, " to fill up the measure of sins," I have 
 adopted the Keri, as the true reading, as probably did the authors 
 of the Common Version. It was the reading of the Syr. and Vul- 
 gate, and is supported by the parallel expression in Ch. viii. 23. If 
 this be the true reading, it is probable that it denotes " to fill up 
 the measure of sins," as it certainly does in Ch. viii. 2'S. If this he 
 so, then to complete the iniquity is a more natural rendering of 
 the parallel word, than to finish, in the sense o( j^utting an end to. 
 It also appears to me n)ore likely that the couplet second contains a 
 difTerent sentiment from couplet third, than that four expressions 
 should be used to denote nearly the same thought. In regard to the 
 sentiment, the idea seems to be, that the people were allowed a certain 
 space of time to fill up the measure of their iniquities, before suffering 
 certain great calamities. Comp. viii. 23 ; Gen. xv. 16. — to expiate 
 the guilt. The meaning of these words will be different, according 
 to the application which is made of the whole passage. Those, who 
 refer it to the time of Antiochus Epiphanes, ivill suppose the guilt to 
 be expiated by punishment, or by the calamities which came upon the 
 Jews. Those who refer it to the time of our Savior will suppose the 
 guilt to be expiated by the crucifixion of Jesus. — to bring in 
 the righteousness of ancient times. This is a strictly literal, and, I 
 think, the most natural and probable rendeiing. The piety of the 
 ancient fathers is thus referred to in Ps. cxxxix. 24, ^nd lead me in 
 the ancient way. See also Jer. vi. 16; xviii. 15. The next proba- 
 ble rendering is, to bring in an everlasting salvation ; according to a 
 secondary, but common meaning of the word rendered righteousness. 
 — to seal up the vision and the prophet: i. e. to fulfil the predic- 
 tions of the prophet; by which term the prophets generally may be 
 denoted ; and the term prophet or prophets denotes prophecy or proph- 
 ecies, according to the idiom by which we say that we have read an au- 
 thor, meaning the writings of the author. — to anoint the most holy 
 place, or, the holy of holies. Some supi)ose the meaning to be, to 
 consecrate or purify the temple ; others, to furnish the Christian church, 
 the spiritual temple, with spiritual gifts. That the phrase cannot be 
 applied to a person is plain from the fact, that it is of frequent occur- 
 
DANIEL. 271 
 
 rence in the Old Testament, and is never applied (o jiersons, but 
 always to things. 
 
 , 25. — an anointed prince ; or, an anointed one, a prince. Some 
 of those who suppose the Messiah to be here denoted, Hengstenberg 
 for instance, Christol. Theil. II. p. 459, as well as those who suppose 
 Cyrus to be the anointed prince here mentioned, yet maintain, that the 
 indefinite article is required by the original. — seven weeks. The 
 pointing here adopted, placing a semicolon after " seven weeks," is 
 that of the Common Version, as- it came from the hands of the Trans- 
 lators ; as appears from most of the ancient copies, and especially from 
 the fac-simile of the first edition of it, piinted in Oxford, 1833; a copy 
 of which is in the possession of Kev. Mr. Lolhrop, of Brattle Street 
 Church, Boston. In most copies of the Common Version, as it is now 
 printed, there is no stop after " seven weeks," so that it reads " seven 
 weeks and threescore and two weeks," i. e sixty-nine weeks. I doubt 
 whetTier such a form of expression, to denote sixty-nine, can be jus- 
 tified by the usage of the Hebrew or any other language. — then 
 shall the streets and moats, 8fc. This is the rendering of Cran- 
 mer's Bible, except that it has " walls " instead of " moats." I sup- 
 pose the meaning to be that during 62 weeks, or 434 years, the 
 people should rebuild the city, and inhabit it, at the end of which 
 time an important event should take place, mentioned in the next 
 verse. 
 
 26. — an anointed one: i. e. a king. Here the same remark ap- 
 plies which was made upon verse 25, as the indefinite ai-ticle is pre- 
 fixed by those who suppose the Messiah to be denoted, (see Heng- 
 stenberg ad loc.,) as wejl as by those who suppose the " anointed one," 
 to be Alexander the Great, or Seleucus Philopator, which last is 
 referred to in Ch. xi. 20. — without deliverance : lit. and there is not 
 to him, viz. a helper; the word which is supplied in Ch. xi. 45. 
 
 . Hengstenbei'g renders the phrase, " and there is nothing to him," 
 i. e. no authority, power, &c. — the prince that shall come. Ac- 
 cording to their different views of the prophecy, some understand 
 Antiochus Epiphanes, who is referred to in Ch. xi. 21, &c. ; others, 
 Titus Vespasian. — whose end : i. e. the end of the prince. 
 
 27. — one week; i. e. seven years. — battlement: lit. tcin^, cor- 
 responding to mi'u'yiov Totj itQuv, Mat. iv. 5. — abominations : i. e. 
 idols, or emblems of heathenism. 
 
 X. 5. — Hiddekel : i.e. the Tigris. — a certain man: i. e. an 
 angel. See U, 13. 
 
272 NOTES. 
 
 12. — chasten thyself: i. e. by fasting, abstaining from pleasant 
 food, &c., verses 2, 3. 
 
 13. — prince of the kingdom of Persia : i. e. the archangel, (he 
 patron of the kingdom of Persia ; according to the prevalent belief, 
 that particular nations had angels, who were their patrons and advocates 
 before God. — with the kings of Persia ; i. e. to influence them as 
 I pleased. 
 
 20. — prince of Persia — prince of Greece. Some understand the 
 angel patrons of these kingdoms; others, their eai-thly rulers. — 
 shall come: i. e. as enemy against the Jews. 
 
 XI. 2. — yet: i. e. after Cyrus. See x. 1. — three kings: i. e. 
 Cambyses, Smerdis, oi- Pseudo-Smerdis, and Darius, the son of Hys- 
 taspes. — the fourth: i. e. Xerxes. See Prideaux's Connection, 
 Vol. I. Part I. Book 3. 
 
 3. — a mighty king : i. e. Alexander the Great. 
 
 5. — king of the South: i. e. Ptolemy, the son of Lagus, king of 
 Egypt, who is mentioned because he took Jerusalem by treachery. 
 See Joseph, xii. 1. — one of his princes : i. e. of the princes of Alex- 
 ander, viz. Seleucus Nicanor, king of Syi-ia, who overcame Deme- 
 trius, and added Asia Minor to his empire. 
 
 6. — they shall ally themselves : i. e. the successors of the kings just 
 mentioned. — the daughter : i. e. Berenice, daughter of Ptolemaus 
 Philadelphus, who brought her to Pelusium with a great dowry, to be 
 married to Antiochus 0fog, or" the Divine, in order to cement the 
 treaty of peace between the two kings. — but she shall not retain 
 the power, 8fc. Antiochus put away Berenice, and took again his 
 former wife Laodice, which latter, fearing tiie fickle disposition of her 
 husband, put him to death by poison, and set up her son Seleucus 
 Callinicus in his stead. She also caused Berenice and her son to be 
 put to death, and was finally slain herself by her son above nientioned. 
 See Appian, Syr. LXV. § 75-85. Justin, Hist. Lib. XXVII. 
 Cap. 1. Valerius Maximus, Hist. Varr. Lib. IX. Cap. 14. — given 
 up : i. e. to be put to death. — he that strengthened her : i. e. who- 
 ever supported her cause. 
 
 7. — one arise : i. e. Ptolemy Euergetos, brother of Berenice, who 
 invaded and took a great part of Syria. — king of the J\'orth : i. e. 
 Seleucus Callinicus, son of Laodice. 
 
 10. — his sons : i. e. Seleucus Ceraunus and Antiochus the Great, 
 sons of Seleucus Callinicus, king of Syria. — one of them: i.e. 
 Antiochus the Great, his brother Seleucus having been put to death. 
 
DANIEL. 273 
 
 — his fortress : viz. of the king of Egypt, Ptolemy Philopator. By 
 his fortress is probably to be understood the city Raphia at the en- 
 trance of Egypt. 
 
 11. — and a multitude: i. e. the army of Antiochus. 
 
 12. — ^nd the multitude : i. e. the army of Ptolemy. 
 
 14. — kinf^ of the South : i. e. Ptolemy Epiphanes. — to establish 
 the vision: i. e. those declai-ations of the prophets which denounce all 
 kinds of calamities against the disobedient. 
 
 15. — arms of the South : i, e. the forces of the king of the South. 
 
 16. — Jlnd he that cometh, Sfc: i. e. Antiochus, as before. — 
 the glorious land: i. e. Judea. 
 
 17. — set his face to come: i. e. to inva<le Egypt. — the right- 
 eous: i. e. the Jews, as distinguished from idolaters. — his daughter. 
 Antiochus gave his daughter Cleopatra in niarriage to Ptolemy 
 Epiphanes, with the treacherous design of thereby getting possession 
 of his kingdom. 
 
 18. — isles : the countries on the sea-coast, such as Asia Minor and 
 Greece, may be included in the term. — a commander : i. e. Lucius 
 Scipio Nasica. — his scorn: his scornful and unjust treatment. 
 
 20. — one who shall send: i. e. Seleucus Philopator, son of Antio- 
 chus the Great. — glory of his kingdom: i.e. Judea. See verses 
 16, 41, and Ch. viii. 9. — neither in anger nor in battle: i. e. he 
 shall die an inglorious death, without the fame that follows those, 
 who die in angry contest with their enemies. Livy relates. Lib. XLl. 
 Cap. 19, that Seleucus was slain by the secret treachery of Hcliodorus, 
 one of his courtiers. See also Appian, in Syr., Cap. 4-"), § 65. 
 
 21. — a despised person, Sfc: i.e. Antiochus Epiphanes, or the 
 Illustrious, as he is usually called, or Epimanes, the Mad, as some- 
 times. He was despised for his low manners and habits. See Milman's 
 Hist, of the Jews, Vol. \\. p. 35. — they shall not give: i. e. the 
 people. Antiochus was not heir to the kingdom, as he was the brother 
 of Seleucus Philopator, who had a son. — flatteries : i. e. flatteries 
 practised towards the Romans and the Syrians. See Liv. Lib. XLI, 
 Cap. 20. Concerning the character and reign of Antiochus Epiphanes, 
 see 1 Mac. Cli. i. &c. ; Jos. Anfiq. of the Jews, Book Xii. Cb. 5, 
 &c. ; Milman's History of the Jews, Vol. II. p. 34, &c. 
 
 22. — forces of a flood: i. e. armies, which oveiwhehn a country 
 like a flood overflowing the banks of a river. — prince that is al- 
 lied, 8fc.: i. e. Ptolemy Philometor, his nephew, the son of Cleo- 
 patra ; called king of the South, verse 25, 
 
274 NOTES. 
 
 24. — among them: i. e. his soldiers, the sinali people, mentioned 
 in verse 23. 
 
 25. — but he shall not stand: i. e. the king of the South, i. e. 
 Egypt, viz. Ptolemy Philometor. 
 
 26. — shall destroy him : i. e. the king of the South. — his army : 
 i. e. the army of Antiochus. — shall overflow: i. e. cover the land 
 of Egypt like a flood. 
 
 27., — for yet the end, Sfc: i. e. the end of these was deferred to 
 the time appointed by God. 
 
 28. — the holy covenant : i. e. against the Jewish religion, and the 
 people that professed it. See 1 Mac. i. 41, &c. And Tacitus, Hist. 
 Lib. V. § VIII. says, " rex Antiochus, demere superstitionem et 
 mores Grscorum dare adnixus, quo minus feterrimam gentem in me- 
 lius mutaret, Parthorum bello prohibitus est." 
 
 30. — Chittcean : primarily, Cyprian, of the island Cyprus, hut used 
 to include the islands and coasts m the north part of the Mediterranean 
 sea. Here it probably denotes ships belonging to the Romans. See 
 Gesen. ad verb. 
 
 35. — And some of them of understanding. The meaning seems 
 to be, that even pious Jews shall undergo fiery trials, in order to purify 
 them. See verses 32,33; and Cli. viii. 10. — time of the end: i. e. 
 the time when their atiiictions shall come to an end. 
 
 36. — the king. The laws of interpretation, according to which we 
 interpret other books, seem to require us to suppose Antiochus to be 
 denoted by this king ; for there is not the least notice of a change of 
 the subject of discourse. Many interpreters, however, suppose the 
 Roman government to be denoted. " Now mark," says one of them, 
 " here the Spirit of God seems to slide into the Roman monarchy." 
 See Poole's Annotations ad loc. 
 
 37. — desire of women : i. e. probably, some god specially wor- 
 shipped by the Syrian women, such as Astarte, Anailis. 
 
 38. — god of strong-holds: probably a god of the Syrians, cor- 
 responding to Mars. 
 
 40. — time of the end : when those calamities sliall come to an end : 
 when the indignation shall be accomplished, verse 36. — king of the 
 South : i. e. of I'^gypt. See verses 5, 6. — king of the JVorth : i. e. 
 the king of Syria, viz. Antiochus Epiphanes, at whom the* king of 
 the South pushed. The epithets A''urth and South designate the 
 kingdom, and of course different monarchs might bo styled kings of 
 the North or South. — shall come against him: i.e. against the 
 king of the South just mentioned. The confusion of pronouns in this 
 
HAGGAI. 275 
 
 verse and the next, which belongs to the original, I know not how to 
 avoid in the translation without too much circumlocution. — into the 
 countries : i. e. of the king of the South, i. e. Egypt. 
 
 45. — between the sea. Some understand the river Nile, which is 
 sometimes called a sea; others, the Mediterranean. See Ros. ad loc. 
 
 XII. 11. — a thousand, two hundred, and ninety days : the same 
 as the time, times, and half a time, or three years and a half, in verse 7. 
 
 NOTES ON HAGGAI. 
 
 Hagga.1 was the first prophet of the Jews who wrote after the 
 return from the captivity at Babylon. It appears from Ch. i. 1, that he 
 began to prophesy in the second year of Darius, the son of Hystas- 
 pes, king of Persia, or about live hundred and twenty years before 
 Christ. 
 
 The book of Haggai contains four short discourses, designed to 
 excite the people to go on in the building of the new temple, and in 
 the restoration of the services of former times. The circumstances 
 under which he wrote are to be learned from the book of Ezra, Ch. v. 
 -vi. 15. 
 
 II. 7. — precious things of all the nations. This is the render- 
 ing of all the ancient versions except the Vulgate. That it is the true 
 rendering appears to me plain from its connexion with the preceding 
 line, comp. verse 22, and with the " silver and gold " mentioned in 
 verse 8. The verb " shall, come " is plural in the original, which I 
 cannot well account for, if its nominative be singular, referi'ing to a 
 single person. It must either be a collective noun, or pointed so as to 
 be in the plural form. The same word in the same form occurs in 
 1 Sam. ix. 20, which should be thus rendered, as it seems to me, and 
 as the Sept. and Vulg. have it; "Care not for them [the asses], for 
 they are found ; and to whom shall all the valuable things in Israel 
 belong ? shall they not to thee, and to thy father's house ? " More- 
 
276 NOTES. 
 
 over, it is not agreeable to the language of the Jewish prophets, 
 or to the sentiments of the Jewish people, to speak of the Mes- 
 siah as the desire of all the nations. Moreover, it is not suscepti- 
 ble of satisfactory proof, that the Messiah was the object of such 
 general desire or expectation out of Judea, as that he might be called 
 the desire of the nations. Besides, in reference to the application of 
 this prophecy to Jesus, it is to be remembered, that he did not appear 
 in the temple here spoken of. For Josephus tells us, in the most ex- 
 plicit language, that this temple was pulled down, and the foundations 
 of it taken away, by Hei-od the Great, wiio built a larger and more 
 magnificent one in its place. See Jos. Ant. xv. 11. The temple in 
 which Jesus appeared was as much the third temple, as that built in 
 the time of Haggai was the second. In accordance with these views 
 is a valuable note of Dr. Heberden, inserted by Newcome, ad loc. 
 He says, at the close of it, " The most plausible objections to the 
 Christian religion have been made out of the weak arguments which 
 have been advanced in its support. And can there be a weaker argu- 
 ment than that which sets out with doing violence to the original text, 
 in order to form a prophecj', and then contradicts the express testimony 
 of the best historian of those times, in order to show that it has been 
 accomplished?" Calvin, the Reformer, Adam Clarke, the Methodist, 
 Houbigant and Jahn, the Catholics, and Newcome, the Episcopa- 
 lian, agree in adopting the meaning which I have assigned to the word 
 in question. 
 
 12. — shall it be holy ? So the priests, by bringing oblations to the 
 altar, while the building of the temple was neglected, i. 9, did not 
 sanctify you. 
 
 14. — So is this people ; i. e. their neglect of the temple makes 
 thein unclean, as if they had contracted legal polhition by touching a 
 dead body. 
 
 23. — as a signet : under very peculiar care. See Cant. viii. 6 ; 
 Jer. xxii. 24. 
 
ZECHARIAH. 277 
 
 NOTES ON ZECHARIAH. 
 
 Zechariah, a name sie;nifying "Jehovah-remembers," the son 
 of Barachiah, the son of Iddo, was a contemporary of Hao;e,ai, coming 
 forward as a prophet only one month later. In Ezra, Ch. vi. 14, 
 he is called the son of Iddo, accordinE; to the well known unlimited 
 signification of the term son in the Hebi-ew idiom ; the meaning being, 
 that he was a descendant, i. e. the grandson of Iddo, who was probably 
 a more distinguished person than the father of the prophet. 
 
 The book of Zechariah consists of two parts, remarkably distin- 
 guished from each other, in respect both to their subject and their 
 style. The first part, Ch. i.-viii., forms a whole, consisting of a 
 series of visions or symbols, described in prose, and all relating to the 
 reestablishment of the Jewish commonwealth and temple. The sec- 
 ond part, Ch. ix. -xiv., has reference to circumstances and events 
 entirely different, and contains no symbols. Its language also is some- 
 what poetic, and marked by the Hebrew rhythm or parallelism. 
 
 In consequence of these circumstances, many writers, English and 
 German, have supposed the second part of the book to be the produc- 
 tion of a more ancient prophet than Zechariah. The first, so far as I 
 know, who maintained this opinion, was Di-. Joseph Mede, who died in 
 1630, in his remarks on Mat. xxvii. 9, 10. (Epist. xxxi.) His opinion is 
 adopted by Archbishop Newcome, who, in his notes upon this prophet, 
 makes copious extracts from the note of Dr. Mede. The arguments of 
 Dr. Mede seem to be, quite conclusive; but some eminent critics have 
 supposed, that there ai'e indications of the age of Zechariah in the lan- 
 guage and allusions of the second part. But the decision of this 
 question is not important, as in the case of the book of Daniel, since 
 the same authority will be conceded to the work, whether the writer 
 were Zechariah, or an earlier prophet. 
 
 I. 8. — a man: i. e. an angel in human form. See verse 11. — 
 red, fox-colored, and white. "The angels had horses, to show their 
 power and celerity ; and hoi-ses of different colors, to denote the differ- 
 ence in their ministries." Newcome. 
 
 14. — jealous for : i. e. ardently devoted to her, and engaged in her 
 behalf. 
 
 VOL. 111. 24 
 
278 NOTES. 
 
 16. — a line shall be stretched forth: i. e. a measuring line, to 
 measure the ground upon which the city should be built. 
 
 18. — four horns : comraon emblems of power in the Old Testa- 
 ment. Perhaps the number four is here used, to denote that the Jews 
 were surrounded by hostile powers, or threatened by enemies from 
 the four quarters of the earth, who had, as it were, pushed at, tossed, 
 and wounded them. 
 
 II. 3. — the angel who talked with me. " A notion has been 
 entertained, that the angel, who talked with Zechariah, and inter- 
 preted to him, was no other than Jehovah himself, the second person 
 in the blessed Trinity. In examining some passages which follow, I 
 think it will appear to be without sufficient foundation. In the mean- 
 time let me observe, that here he is not only called simply an angel, 
 (that is, ' a ministering spirit,' as the Apostle to the Hebrews explains 
 the term, expressly contrasting it with ' the Son ; ' Heb. i. 14,) but 
 he is addressed by the other angel not as a superior, but as a fellow- 
 servant, to whom he delivers orders, as from a common master ; ' Run, 
 speak to that young man,' " &c. Biayney. 
 
 6. — Ho ! ho ! Flee, Sfc. " This beautiful apostrophe is addressed 
 to such of the Jews as continued still to dwell in Babylon, and the 
 adjacent country lying to the north of Jerusalem, exhorting them not 
 only to come, but to make their escape with all possible speed from a 
 land which God was about to make the scene of his vengeance." 
 Biayney. 
 
 8. — For thus saith, <^c. The words which immediately follow, 
 " For glory, i^c," are not those of Jehovah, but of the angel, verse 3. 
 But in the course of the passage 8-11, some lapguage occurs which 
 is appropriate to Jehovah. The words of the messenger and him that 
 sent him seem to be used interchangeably, as elsewhere in the Scrip- 
 tures. Respecting this usage, see Christian Examiner, for May, 1836, 
 p. 222. — For glory : mentioned in verse 5. 
 
 9. — shake my hand, ^c. : i. e. as one that inflicts stripes. 
 
 10. — dwell in the midst of thee : i. e. as thy powerful defender. 
 See verse 5. 
 
 10, 11. — " Hitherto nothing has appeared to indicate the angel to be 
 more than what the name usually imports, an ordinary messenger of 
 God's will, and the agent of his providence. Nor will it appear other- 
 wise from these two verses, if we attend to the proper distinction 
 between what the angel speaks in his own person, and what he deliv- 
 ers as the immediate words of God. He first begins to e.xhort in his 
 
ZECHARIAH. 279 
 
 own person, ' Sing and rejoice, O daughter of Sion, for Jehovah hath 
 said ; ' he then repeats, as the words of Jehovah, ' Behold, I am com- 
 ing, and I will dwell in the midst of thee ; and many nations shall be 
 joined unto Jehovah in that day, and shall become a people unto me ; 
 and I v\ill dwell in the midst of thee.' Having thus finished what 
 Jehovah had spoken, he adds, from himself, ' Then,' when these 
 things come to pass, ' thou shalt know that Jehovah of hosts hath sent 
 me unto thee; ' as verse 9." Blayney. On the subject of the angel 
 of Jehovah, see an article in the Christian Examiner, for May, 1836. 
 
 12. — as his portion: and of course will defend them, as a man 
 will his own possessions. 
 
 13. — Be silent, 8fc. Since Jehovah is about to undertake the de- 
 liverance of his people from their enemies, let all mankind fear before 
 him. — For he riseth up, Sfc. God is said to sleep, when he suffers 
 his people to be harassed with impunity ; and to ai-ise as one awaked 
 from sleep, when he punishes their enemies. Ps. xliv. 23. — his 
 holy habitation : i. e. heaven. See Deut. xxvi. 15 ; Jer. xxv. 30. 
 
 III. 1. — the adversary: i. e. the evil spirit, who, according to 
 the later theology of the Jews, seduces men to evil and accuses them 
 before God ; in which latter employment he is here represented as 
 engaged. Comp. Job, Ch. i. ii. ; Rev. Ch. xii. 10. See also Chris- 
 tian Examiner, for May, 1836, p. 236. 
 
 2. — JliidJehovah said: i. e. the same person who is called the angel 
 of Jehovah in verse first; called Jehovah, because he represented the 
 person, was imbued with the spirit, and spake in the name of Jehovah. 
 — a brand plucked out of the fire : i. e. God, who has just saved 
 Joshua from the calamities of exile, will not suffer him to be over- 
 whelmed with accusations and calumnies. 
 
 3. — filthy garments. It appears from verse 4, that these denote 
 sins. These sins may have been some well known offences, of which 
 the hif^h priest had been guilty, and of which he had been publicly 
 accused, and which are forgiven, verse 4. But the whole representa- 
 tion may be emblematical ; what was done to Joshua being a sign, 
 verse 8, of what is promised in verse 9, " I will remove the iniquity 
 of this laud in one day." 
 
 7. — guides: i. e. I will give thee angels for thy leaders and guard- 
 ians. 
 
 8. — the Branch : perhaps, more strictly, the shoot or sprout, not a 
 part of the tree, but springing out of the earth, or from the root or 
 stem of a tree that is cut down. It denotes the Messiah. See vi. 12 ; 
 
280 NOTES. 
 
 Jer. xxiii. 5 ; xxxiii. 15. The Messiah may be called the shoot, ia 
 reference to his descent from David, as in the passages in Jeremiah 
 just referred to, or in reference to his being, in a peculiar sense, the 
 offspring of God, that is, a divinely endowed king. Some suppose 
 Zerubbabel to be denoted. But he was the leader of those who came 
 from Babylon, Ez. ii. 2 ; whereas one that was to come seems to be 
 here spoken of. 
 
 9, — the stone: i. e. the corner-stone of the temple, which was laid 
 in the presence of Joshua. See iv. 7-10. — seven eyes: i. e. of 
 Jehovah ; see iv. 10 ; i. e. the eyes of Jehovah shall be intently 
 fixed upon that stone; God will watch over the foundation of the 
 temple and favor its erection. 
 
 IV. 2 — candlestick. In verse 12, certain circumstances ace men- 
 tioned which make the description of the candlestick, or lamp-bearer, 
 more complete. We have here a description of the stem or shaft of 
 the candlestick, surmounted by a bowl, to contain the oil for the nour- 
 ishment of the lamps, which were at the extremities of seven pipes, 
 branching out from the bowl or reservoir. In verse 12, we find that 
 the bowl or reservoir was constantly supplied with oil from the two 
 olive-trees, by means of two tubes connected with it and with two 
 branches of the olive-trees. 
 
 7. — great mountain: a metaphorical expression, denoting the 
 obstacles which hindered the building of the temple. — the head- 
 stone: i. e. the chief corner-stone. — Favor, favor, fyc: i, e. May 
 the favor of God prospei- it, and the temple to be built upon it, and 
 those that are to worship in it. 
 
 10. — day of small things: i. e. "the time when the resources of 
 the Jewish nation appeared in the eyes of many, even well-wishers, 
 so small and inadequate to the building of the temple against a 
 powerful opposition, that they despaired of seeing it cariied into effect. 
 Such persons would of course rejoice, when the event turned out so 
 contrai-y to their expectations." Blayney. — shall the plummet, 
 Sfc. : i. e. he shall be seen engaged in building the temple. — the 
 eyes of Jehovah : symbols of his universal, watchful providence. 
 See iii. 9. 
 
 12. — empty the oil out of themselves : i. e. into the two tubes, or 
 canals, which conduct it to the bowl or reservoir. 
 
 14. — ttvo anointed ones: i. e. king and priest, who shall not fail to 
 be raised up, to stand before the Lord, ^c: i. e. to be his n)inisters, 
 servants, instruments of his mercy. See 1 Kings xvii. 1 ; xviii. 15 ; 
 Deut. x. 8 ; Judg. xx. 28 ; Ps. cxxxiv. 2. 
 
ZECHARIAH. 281 
 
 V. 1. — flying roll : i. e. like that which Ezekiel describes, Ch. ii. 
 9, 10, filled with curses, and in the act of flying, to denote the celerity 
 and speed, as well as the certainty, with which the thief and the false 
 swearer would receive their meiited punishment. 
 
 6. — an ephah, 8fc.: a measure containing about a bushel and a 
 half of our measure ; here used, to denote a large measure in the form 
 of an cphah. It may denote that before the Jews went into captivity 
 they had filled up the measure of their iniquity. The design of the 
 vision being to warn the Jews, that, as the Babylonish captivity had 
 happened on account of the wickedness of their ancestors, a similar 
 fate awaited them, if they relapsed into similar crimes. — their im- 
 age : i. e. that which they resemble: i. e. the ephah, including what 
 was contained in it, set forth the wicked Jewisli people. 
 
 7. — talent of lead : i. e. a piece of lead of a- talent weight, large 
 enough to cover the mouth of the ephah, verse 8. It may have been 
 lifted up from the ephah, or brought thither to cover it. 
 
 8. — the wickedness : this represents the wicked Jewish nation. 
 9. — two women: some suppose the Assyrians and Babylonians to 
 
 be denoted ; others, that the women are symbols, to denote the agents 
 of divine Piovidence. — a divine energy; lit. the spirit: i. e. of 
 God. 
 
 11. — To build it a house: i. e. To give it a permanent residence. 
 — Shinar : i. e. the country around Babylon. — iqwn its base: i. e. 
 so as to remain fixed and immovable. 
 
 VI. 1, 2. — four chariots. In verse fifth these chariots are said 
 by the interpreting angel to denote the four winds of heaven ; which, 
 being personified as agents of the divine judgments, are said to stand 
 before God, i. e. as his ministers, servants. See Jer. xlix. 36. The 
 color of the horses denotes the ministry in which they were to be 
 engaged ; red, the color of blood, denoting war and destruction ; black, 
 denoting woe ; and white, victory. As no significant color remained 
 for the fourth horse, he gives him a color compounded of that of the 
 other^i, and of like signification, and adds the epithet strong, active, or 
 fleet, as his distinction. 
 
 5. — Winds. It is difficult to say, whether the winds, personified as 
 agents of divine Providence, are denoted by the term, or actual persons, 
 that is, angels having charge of the four winds. Comp. Apoc. vii. 1. 
 
 7. — The strongest ones : i. e. The red, as the context seems to re- 
 quire. The spotted were called strong; but the strong ones, (the arti- 
 cle is used in the original,) seem to denote the strongest amongst the 
 
 24* 
 
282 NOTES. 
 
 whole. This is the explanation of Hengstenbeig. Perhaps it attri- 
 butes too much significance to the article. Gesenius suspects a cor- 
 ruption of the text. 
 
 8. — execute my wrath, lit. quiet my wrath: i. e. satisfy it, satiate 
 it, by the infliction of punishment, as appears from the use of the 
 expression. See Ezek. v. 13; xvi. 42. So in Ezek. vi. 12, he is said 
 to accomplish his fury. 
 
 11. — a crown. The original word is in the plural form, but this 
 may be because the crown was composed of various parts, or as the 
 plural of excellence. In verse 14, it is connected with a singular verb. 
 I think the main design of this vision is, not to represent the union of 
 the kingly and priestly offices in the person of the Messiah by two 
 crowns, but to give, for the encouragement of the Jews, a promise of 
 the Messiah, as he is commonly represented. I doubt whether the 
 priestly office would naturally be represented by a crown. If this 
 office is set forth emblematically in this vision, it is by placing the 
 crown upon the head of Joshua, the high priest. It is mentioned in 
 plain language in verse 13. 
 
 12. — the Branch, " There cannot be a doubt that the same person 
 is meant by the Branch here who is so called in iii. 8, and this hag 
 already been shown to be, not Zerubbabel, but the Messiah himself; 
 of whom Joshua is made a type by the crown placed on his head. 
 But to what end should he have been called in to represent Zerubba- 
 bel, who was his contemporary, and altogether as ready at hand as 
 himself.^ " Blayney. 
 
 13. — the majesty: i. e. the insignia of royalty. — upon his 
 throne: i. e. as I understand it, the throne of Jehovah, namely, the 
 throne of Israel. Thus it is said, 1 Chron. xxix. 23, " And Solomon 
 sat upon the throne of Jehovah." It appears to me that Zechariah 
 had in view the ex. Psalm, in which to sit at the right hand of Jeho- 
 vah means to be the visible king of Israel under Jehovah, their 
 supreme king, " who reigned in Zion and whose dwelling-place was 
 in Jerusalem." See Christian Examiner, for Jan., 1836, p. 280, &c. 
 So the land of Israel is called the land of Jehovah, ix. 16. My 
 principal reason for referring the pronoun "his" to Jehovah is tlie 
 last line, " And the counsel of peace shall be between them both," 
 which I understand to mean, that Jehovah and the Messiah shall 
 both be engaged in devising peace and happiness for Israel. So in 
 Ch. xiii. 7, Jehovah calls the king of Israel " my fellow." I can- 
 not persuade myself tluit the phrase " counsel of peace," according to 
 Hebrew usage, denotes merely harmonious feeling, according to 
 
ZECHARIAH. 283 
 
 Michaelis, De Wette and others ; or that " between both " means 
 between king and priest united in one person, or between the regal 
 and priestly offices, taking " both " in a neuter sense, with RosenmUl- 
 ler. I think this " counsel of peace " must have been between two 
 substantial persons; and, as I have before intimated, the circumstances 
 under which the vision was uttered lead us to suppose that the main 
 design of it was to give, for the encouragement of the people, a sensi- 
 ble, emblematic representation of the coming of the king Messiah, 
 called a priest, agreeably to the language of Ps. ex. In the above 
 explanation of the last verse, I difTer from any of the modern critics 
 which I have seen. I find the explanation, which I prefer, as- 
 cribed to De Dieu, in Poole's Synopsis. 
 
 14. — Helem : the same as Heldai, and i7en, the same as Josiah, 
 verse 10. The crown, while it answers its main purpose as an em- 
 blem of the Messiah, shall also be a memorial of the liberality of those 
 who contributed its materials. 
 
 15. — build in the temple : assist the Jews in building the temple. 
 
 VII. 1. — Chisleu : which corresponded nearly with our Decem- 
 ber. 
 
 5. — fifth month — seventh mo7ith. In the fifth month the city 
 and temple were destroyed by the Babylonians. In the seventh 
 month Gedaliah was assassinated, and the Jews that were with him 
 dispersed into Egypt. See 2 Kings xxv. 8 - 10, 25. In commemora- 
 tion of these calamities, fasts had been instituted. — for me : i. e. 
 for my honor, or at my command .' 
 
 6. — eat and drink : i. e. at festivals. — is it not ye, Sfc. : i. e. have 
 I required it at your hands, or do I derive benefit from it, or do ye really 
 honor me in it? The sentiment seems to be, that God required of 
 them what he required of their fathers, namely, moral righteousness, 
 mercy, and obedience, rather than sacrifice and ceremony. See Is. 
 Ch. i., Iviii. ; Jer. vii. 
 
 7. — the South : i. e. the southern part of Palestine. — the Plain: 
 i. e. the low country, on the coast of the Mediteri-anean. 
 
 11. — a refractory shoulder. Burdens are usually borne upon the 
 shoulder. Hence, the expression, to turn or show a refractory shoul- 
 der, means, to refuse the appointed burden, that is, to disobey. 
 
 VIII. 2. — jealousy. See note to i. 14. — with great wrath: 
 i. e. against her oppressors. 
 
284 NOTES. 
 
 3. — a city of truth. See Zeph. iii. 13. — the holy mountain : on 
 which shall be the temple of Jehovah, not again to be profaned by 
 foreign enemies on account of domestic wickedness. See Joel iii. 17. 
 
 5. — playing in her streets: which implies a state of peace and 
 security. Comp. verse 10. 
 
 8. — In truth and in righteousness. These words apply to the peo- 
 ple, as well as to God. God will fulfil his promises, and they shall be 
 his people, not in name and profession merely, but be in sincerity and 
 truth devoted to him. 
 
 10. — no recompense, 8fc. : i. e. there was no profit from the labor; 
 of man or beast. 
 
 13. — a curse — a hlessi7ig : i. e. as the nations, in imprecating 
 calaiiiities, once said, " May ye be as miserable as the Jews ! " so they 
 shall say hereafter, " ]May ye be as happy as the Jews! " 
 
 16. — in your gates : i. e. your courts of justice. See Dent. xxi. 
 19; xxii. 15; and note on Job xxix. 7. Mr. Lowth has an im- 
 portant remark on these two verses (16, 17) ; that the promises made 
 to the Jews after the captivity were conditional. 
 
 21. — I will go also : i. e. one shall say so to another. 
 
 23. — ten men : i.e. many men. — the skirt: in the manner of 
 one who desires to go with another and will hardly take a refusal. To 
 take hold of the skirt seems also to have been a gesture used in ear- 
 nestly asking protection and aid of any kind. See Is. iii. 6 ; iv. 1 ; 
 1 Sam. XV. 27. 
 
 IX. 1. — Hadruch: name of a city and region east of Damascus. 
 
 2. — though she. This pronoun probably refers to Tyre, which is 
 elsewhere represented as boasting of her wisdom. See Ezekiel 
 xxviii. 3. 
 
 7. — blood — abominations: i. e. eating the flesh of animals, 
 offered to idols with the blood. — for our God: i. e. shall become his 
 worshipper, professing the Jewish religion. — a governor in Judah: 
 i. e. head of a family or tribe. The meaning seems to be, that the 
 Philistines shall be a part of the Jewish people with a phylarch at 
 their head. — a Jebusite: a poetical denomination of the inhabi- 
 tants of Jerusalem without distinction. 
 
 8. — seen ivith mine eyes : i. e. the oppression of the Jews by their 
 enemies. Comp. Ex. iii. 7. 
 
 9- — Mild, and riding upon an ass. I suppose the mild, pacific, 
 disposition of the Messiah, rather than his humility, to be particularly 
 denoted by the adjective,[and by the circumstance of his riding upon 
 
ZECHARIAH. 285 
 
 an ass. It seems to have been appropriate to princes or magistrates to 
 ride upon asses, especially white asses. See Judges v. 10 ; x. 4 ; xii. 
 14; but it was a sign of peace to ride upon an ass rather than, a war- 
 horse. This explanation is supported by what follows in the next 
 verse. It may be added, that the oriental ass is more stately, active, 
 and lively than that of northern countiies. See Robinson's Calmet, 
 Art. jIss. 
 
 11. — As for thee: i. e. Jerusalem, Judea. — blood-sealed cove- 
 nant : i. e. the covenant anciently made with the Jewish people, and 
 ratified by the sprinkling of blood. See Ex. xxiv. 8. — pit, or cis- 
 tern, wherein is no loater: i. e. a prison; comp. Jer. xxxviii. 6; i. e. 
 from oppression, or captivitj', or great distress. 
 
 12. — Return ye to the strong- hold : i. e. either to Zion or Jerusalem, 
 as under the protection of the Almighty ; or to a state of safety, deliv- 
 erance. — prisoners of hope : i. e. piisoners hoping for deliverance. 
 — / will restore doiible: i. e. prosperity and happiness which they 
 lost. Comp. Is. Ixi. 7. 
 
 13. — / 7vill bend Judah, Sj-c.: i. e. I will employ Judah and 
 Ephraim as m^ instruments of destrucdon. 
 
 14. — whirlwinds of the South : which were the most violent. See 
 Is. xxi. 1 ; Job xxxvii. 9. 
 
 15. — devour : i. e. destroy their enemies like wild beasts. — the 
 sling-stones: they shall disregard them, as inflicting no injury. — 
 drink: i. e. the blood of the slain. The metaphor is still borrowed 
 from beasts of prey, and denotes merely that the Jews should shed 
 copiously the blood of their enemies. — a bowl: used to contain the 
 blood of victims offered upon the altar. — corners, 8fc.: which the 
 priest used to sprinkle with blood. 
 
 17. — Corn, 8fc. It is hardly necessary to observe, that the arrange- 
 ment of this line is Hebraistic, denoting that an abundance of corn and 
 wine should make the young men and maidens thrive, who gathered 
 them in. 
 
 X. 2. — the teraphim : i. e. the household gods, the Penates of the 
 Hebrews, which appear to have been of human form and size, 
 at least so far as the head or upper part of the body is concerned, 
 (1 Sam. xix. 13, 16,) and to have been consulted as oracles. 
 
 3. — shepherds — bucks: the kings and principal leaders of the 
 people. — goodly horse : such a horse as for his extraordinary quali- 
 ties is chosen and equipped as the war-horse of the general. The 
 meaning, therefore, is, that the house of Judah shall be thoroughly 
 prepared to meet their enemies. 
 
286 NOTES. 
 
 4. — From him : i. e. From Judah. — the corner-stone : the 
 state being considered as an edifice, the corner-stone will lepresent the 
 head or ruler of it. — the nail : an important appendage to an an- 
 cient building (See Is. xxii. 23, and note) will represent those next 
 in authority to the chief. — the battle-bow: i.e. the military com- 
 manders, or forces. 
 
 5. — the riders on horses: i. e. the enemies of the Jews, who 
 were themselves unskilled in horsemanship. See. Is. xxxvi. 8, and 
 note. 
 
 7. — And their sons : i. e. not only themselves, but their posterity. 
 8. — whistle for them: i.e. utter a shrill sound to call them to- 
 gether. Whistle may not denote the exact sound. 
 
 11. — the sea : the difficulties with which the Isiaelites would con- 
 tend on their return are compared to the passage through the Red sea. 
 — the ri%er : i. e. the Nile. 
 
 12. — through Jehovah : i. e. myself ; the noun being used for the 
 pronoun, according to a common Hebrew idiom. 
 
 XI. 1. — Lebanon: here used as an emblem of the land or people 
 of the Jews. 
 
 2. — the cedar falleth : and, of course, less noble trees will not be 
 spared. 
 
 3. — theii- glory: i. e. the high trees, under which they sheltered 
 themselves. — pride of Jordan : the beautiful thick woods which 
 grew on its banks. See note on Jer. xii. 5. 
 
 4. — Feed thou the flock. This is commonly understood to mean. 
 Instruct, udmonish the flock. I think the meaning is, Govern the 
 flock. It appears to me, that the prophet represents himself here, not 
 as literally dischaj-ging the prophetic ofhce, not merelj' as the messen- 
 ger, but as the emblem, or symbol of the Supreme King of Israel, that 
 is, Jehovah, whose government the Jewish people are represented as 
 contemning. Comp. verses 7, 8, 9, 13, 14. So in verse 15, in con- 
 formity with this emblematic representation, the prophet is the symbol 
 of a Ibolish shepherd, that is, of the i-ulers, or the government, to 
 which the Jews were left, when they spurned the government of 
 Jehovah. It was not unusual with the prophets thus to represent 
 themselves as symbols. See Is. Ch. xx. ; Ezek. Ch, iv. ; Jer. xix. 1, 
 10, 11. 
 
 7. — Favor : in order to denote the goodness of God in preserving 
 the people from their enemies under liis peculiai' government. — 
 Bands : to denote the dissolution of the fraternal league between 
 Israel and Judah, verse 14, 
 
ZECHARIAH. 257 
 
 8. — three shepherds. The prophet, in prophetic vision, is repre- 
 sented as removing three shepherds of the flock, intimating that Jeho- 
 vah, of whom, as Supreme Ruler of the Jews, the prophet was the 
 emblem, caused three, that is, several kings, or rulers to be destroyed, 
 &c. Others, by the three shepherds, understand, with less piobability, 
 three classes of rulers, namely, kings, priests, and prophets. 
 
 10. — with all the nations : i. e. that they should not destroy or 
 lead captive his people. This would amount to the same thing as to 
 abandon his people to their enemies. For similar phraseology, see 
 Job V. 23; Hos. ii. 18; Ezek. xxxiv. 25. 
 
 12. — wages. Tlie mean wages, allowed to the prophet for his 
 services as shepherd, that is, emblem of the Supreme Ruler of the 
 Jewish people, Jehovah, seem to denote the low estimation in which 
 the Jews held their peculiar privileges, under the immediate govern- 
 ment of Jehovah, and their ingratitude to theii- Supreme Ruler. 
 
 13. — treasury : i. e. the treasury of Jehovah in the temple, where 
 money consecrated, or in a peculiar sen.se belonging to Jehovah would 
 of course be put. From the latter part of the verse, " cast them into 
 the house of Jehovah, into the treasury," arises the difficulty of sup- 
 posing " potter" to be a correct translation. For what had a potter to 
 do in the temple ? The reasons for the rendering " treasury " may be 
 seen in Ges. Lex. upon the Hebrew word. — / was valued: i. e. at 
 which my services were valued. The newest explanation, which 
 retains the common rendering " pottei-," is that of Hengstenberg, 
 " I cast them into the house of Jehovah, that they might thence be 
 carried to the potter ; that is, to a mean, dirty place." To this there 
 are two objections, which he fails to remove. 1. The ellipsis. 
 2. Why the prophet should first cast the silver into the house of Je- 
 hovah, if he were ordei'ed to throw it to the potter. 
 
 15. — instruments of a foolish shepherd: such a crook as would 
 hurt or wound the sheep, &c. Bad rulei-s in genei-al arc denoted, such 
 as the Jews had, when they cast off their allegiance to Jehovah. 
 
 16. — claws. This should be hoofs. 
 
 17. — at his right eye: i. e. his right eye directs the sword of 
 slaughter against the sheep. 
 
 XII. 2. — cup of giddiness : i.e. an intoxioniing potion, which 
 shall make them stagger ; that is, they shall in their attempts against 
 Jerusalem receive a signal overthrow. — And for Judah also shall 
 it be: i. e. the cup of giddiness. Before the overthrow of the invad- 
 ing nations, it is evident that Judea would be in great terror and distress. 
 
288 NOTES. 
 
 In verse 4, God promises to open his eyes upon them, that is, to deliver 
 them from their distress. 
 
 6. — fire-pan : such as was used for boiUng, roasting, &c. The 
 Arabs make a fire in a great stone pitcher, and, when it is heated, 
 spread paste upon it, which is baked in an instant. — Jerusalem : 
 here personified, and representing tlie inhabitants. 
 
 8. — as God: i. e. irresistible jilce God, in whatever way he mani- 
 fests himself, whether by an angel, as in the next line, or by light- 
 ning, tempests, &c., as elsewhere. 
 
 10. — supplication. See Job xix. 17, (in the original,) and Ges. ad 
 verb. — whom they pierced. «' God," says Calvin, on John xix. 37, 
 "here speaks in the manner of men, signifying, that he is wounded by 
 the wickedness of his people, and especially by the obstinate con- 
 tempt of his word, as a man is mortally wounded when his heart is 
 pierced." — for him : i. e. him whom they pierced by their wicked- 
 ness and ingratitude. There can be no doubt that " him " refers to the 
 same person as " me " in the preceding line. Such a change of the 
 pronoun is very common in Hebi-ew. On this passage, see Christian 
 Examiner, for January, 1836, p. 2'^2, &c. 
 
 11. — the mourning of Hadadrimmon : i. e. the mourning- for king 
 Josiah, slain at Hadadrimmon, a town in the valley of Megiddo. See 
 2 Chi on. XXXV. 22-2.5. 
 
 12. — apart : i. e. " Secluding themselves from all social and do- 
 mestic intercourse, as in a time of general humiliation. See 1 Cor. 
 vii. 5." Blayney. 
 
 XIII. 1. — there shall be a fountain opened: i. e. abundant and 
 efficacious means shall be employed by a merciful God to reclaim his 
 people from their sins, like the pure and exhaustless fountains which 
 cleanse the body from pollution. 
 
 2. — the prophets — and the impure spirit. This may be a Hen- 
 dyadis, denoting " those who prophesy by means of the unclean spirit ; " 
 or two classes of persons may be meant, namely, the false pi'ophets, 
 who pretended to be sent from God, and those persons who practised 
 various kinds of divination, by evoking the dead, &c. 
 
 3. — pierce him through : i. e. put him to death. 
 
 4. — a garment of hair. See 2 Kings i. 8 ; Mat. iii. 4. They shall 
 not affect the dress of the old prophets in order to pass off their impos- 
 tures. 
 
 b. — hath purchased me: i. e. as his slave. "Disclaiming all pre- 
 tensions to the character of a prophet, he shall profess himself only a 
 
ZECHARIAH. 289 
 
 plain laboring man, employed in husl)andry by those whose property 
 he had been, quasi adstrictiis glebte, from his youth." Biayney. 
 
 6. — Those with, which I was wounded, Sfc. It seems to me that 
 the wounds here mentioned were such as were received in punish- 
 ment, and not the mere marks of a servant, as Newcome supposes. 
 I suppose they were the scars of chastisement received from his pa- 
 rents or friends foi- exercising the prophetic office. He seems, indeed, 
 to deny it in the preceding verse. But it was probably the design of 
 the prophet to introduce one who had been actually guilty, but was 
 afterwards much ashamed of his offence, and who finally confesses 
 that the wounds in his hands, received from his friemls for his false 
 pretensions, prove the former guilt of which he is now ashamed. 
 Another explanation is. They are not idolatrous marks, with which 
 idolaters cut themselves, but such as I inflicted upon myself in the 
 house of mourning. A third. They are the idolatrous marks with 
 which I wounded myself in the house of my former friends, that is, 
 the temple of false gods, or of idolaters. 
 
 7. — my shepherd : i. e. the king of Israel, the shepherd of the 
 people of Jeliovali. — my fellow, lit. the inan of my fellowship, or 
 companionship : i. e, the same who is called shepherd in the preced- 
 ing line. He is here called the fellow or associate of Jehovah in the 
 government of his people. Jehovah was regarded as the king of 
 Israel, as having his throne in Jerusalem ; and the visible, earthly king 
 vvas regarded as sitting at his right hand, as his fellow or associate. 
 See Christian Examiner, for January, 1836, p. 281. 
 
 XIV. 1. — Ihy spoil : i. e. the spoil taken from thee, O Jerusalem, 
 shall be divided by the enemy in the very midst of the city. 
 
 4. — his feet shall stand: i. c. tlie feet of Jehovah fighting against 
 the enemies of his people; that is, his power shall be conspicuously 
 manifested. 
 
 5. — icill come : i.e. manifest his power for the deliverance of his 
 people and the destruction of his enemies. — his holy ones: i. e. his 
 angels. 
 
 6. — cohl and ice: in consequence of the absence of the sun. See 
 the Sept. and Vulg, 
 
 7. — on€ day: i. e. a short period. According to some, on exlraor- 
 dinary, unparalleled day. — Jt shall be neither day, nor night : that 
 is, it shall be a dark day, such as is |>roduced by a total eclipsi- of the 
 sun, which is yet different from night. A |)erioil of calamity, or an 
 uncertain, doubtful, confused state of things, is denoted. — But at 
 
 VOL. HI, 25 
 
290 NOTES. 
 
 the time of evening : i. e. When men expect nothing hut darkness, 
 light shall arise. An unexpected end shall be put to the time of anx- 
 iety and trouble. 
 
 8. — living waters. See Ezek. xlvii. 1 ; Joel iii. 18. Living wa- 
 ters are perennial, ever-flowing waters. — eastern sea — western sea : 
 i. e. the Dead Sea, and the Mediterranean. — In summer and in winter 
 shall they be : i. e. these streams shall flow. They shall not be like 
 those temporary torrents, which flow in winter, and are dried up in 
 summer. See Job. xi. 16, and note. By these living waters are de- 
 noted the blessings, especially the spiritual blessings, the true religion, 
 which should proceed from Jehovah, whose peculiar dwelling-place 
 was at Jerusalem. See the next verse. 
 
 9. Tehovah shall be king, Sfc. In all the earth he will be hon- 
 ored and worshipped as the true God. All men shall bo his people, as 
 the Jews had been his people. — shall Jehovah be one, and his name 
 one: i. e. instead of many who are regarded and called gods, there 
 shall be only one, and that one Jehovah. 
 
 y 10. — into a plain: so that Jerusalem, the^holy city, might be 
 conspicuous. — Geba : a city on the northern border of the kingdom 
 of Judab. — the gate of Benjamin ; probably at the north of Jeru- 
 salem. Jer. xxxvii. 12, 13; xxxviii. 7. — the former gate: sup- 
 posed to he the old gate. Neh. iii. 6. — corner gate. See 2 Kings 
 xiv. 13; Jer. xxxi. 38. — tower of Hananeel : eastward, not far 
 from the sheep-gate. Neh. iii. 1 ; Jer. xxxi. 38. 
 
 18. — water: i.e. no inundations of the Nile, which supply the 
 place of i-ain to Egypt. — The plague : i. e. (amine. 
 
 20. — bells of the horses: i. e. Whereas, formerly, "Holy to Jeho- 
 vah " was written only upon the tiara of the high priest, now, all 
 things shall be holy to him, even the hells worn for ornament upon the 
 necks of the horses by those who come from all parts of the earth to 
 worship in Jerusalem. Others understand, that the ornaments of 
 horse"! shall be converted into sacred utensils. — the pots : i. e. the 
 meanest utensils in the house of God shall be as the vessels of silver 
 and gold used in solemn sacrifice. 
 
 21. ^ Canaanite: i. e. a profane, impious person, such as the 
 
 Canaanites formerly were, or, perhaps, a trafficker. See Ezek. xvii. 4. 
 
JONAH. 291 
 
 NOTES ON JONAH. 
 
 The name of Jonah, a prophet who lived in the time of Jeroboam 
 the second, 2 Kings xiv. 23-25, and before Joel and Amos, is pre- 
 fixed to this book, because he is the subject, not the author of it. 
 Who was the author of the work, and to what age he belongs, is 
 wholly uncertain. I have, with Jahn, supposed, that he lived about 
 the time of Malachi. See Jahn's introduction to this book. 
 
 Many and strange hypotheses have been brought forward in regard 
 to the contents of this book. I think the popular opinion is the only 
 correct one, namely, that it purports to be a history of some cir- 
 cumstances in the life of the prophet Jonah. 
 
 1. 3. — Joppa : a seaport on the Mediterranean, in the territory of 
 Dan, now called Jaffa, and still distinguished for its port. — Tarshish. 
 See note on Ezek. xxvii. 25. 
 
 II. 2. — / cried, Sfc. " This prayer hath much more the appear- 
 ance of a thanksgiving after a deliverance ; and indeed could scarce 
 be used before, whatever change be made in the tenses ; unless we 
 suppose it prophetical of the deliverance. Had it not been inserted in 
 the history, many things in it would have been understood metaphori- 
 cally, as in the Psalms." Seeker. 
 
 2. — the under-world : i. e. Sheol, the place of the dead, here used 
 metaphorically to denote Jonah's desperate condition. 
 
 6. — foundations of the mountains: i. e. bottom of the sea; 
 regarded as the termination of the roots of the mountains. — The bars 
 of the earth: i. e. The bars of the gate which leads into the deep re- 
 cesses of the earth, i. e. into Sheol. See Job xvii. 16. 
 
 8. — their mercy : i. e. God, the source of all mercy. 
 
 III. 3. — through God: i. e. by the favor of God. — three 
 days'" journey Sfc. It is most natural to understand this of the circum- 
 ference of the city, represented to be so great as to require a three 
 days' journey to go round it. Diodorus Siculus says, it was 150 stadia 
 in length, and 90 stadia in breadth. 
 
292 NOTES. 
 
 IV. 1. — displeased: i. e. because it seemed to him that his ve- 
 racity as a prophet and the honor of his office were affected. 
 
 6. — gourd. Most modern writers suppose the ricinus or palma 
 Christi to be the plant here mentioned ; for a description of which 
 see I^Robinson's Calmet, Art. Gourd. But Niebuhr remarks, " The 
 Jews and Christians at Mosul and Aleppo affirm, that el-kheroa [the 
 ricinus] is not the plant which furnished a shade for Jonah, but a spe- 
 cies of gourd called el-kerra, which has very large leaves, and bears 
 a very large fruit ; and which does not last more than about four months." 
 — his distress. This may refer to his distress caused by the heat 
 of the sun ; or the refei-ence may be to the main design of preparing 
 and destroying the gourd, that of showing the unreasonableness of 
 Jonah's vexation, and thus putting an end to it. 
 
 11. — that cannot discern, Sfc. : i. e. young children, incapable of 
 sin and undeserving of punishment. " Reckoning those of a tender 
 age at a tifth part, the city contained six hundred thousand inhabi- 
 tants." Newcome. 
 
 NOTES ON MALACHI. 
 
 That Malachi, whose name probably signifies " messenger of Jeho- 
 vah," was a contemporary of Nehemiah, was, says Jahn, "the un- 
 varying opinion of the ancients, and is placed beyond all doubt by the 
 subject of the book, which presents the same face of things as existed 
 in Nehemiah's time. It speaks of the temple as having been built a 
 considerable time ; it introduces the Jews complaining of the unfavor- 
 able state of their affairs; it finds fault with the heathen wives, whom 
 Nehemiah after some time separated fiom the people, Neh. xiii. 23- 
 30 ; it censures the withholding of tithes, which was also noticed by 
 Nehemiah, xiii. 5. From these circumstances it appears, that Mala- 
 chi prophesied in the time of Nehemiah, and during his second resi- 
 
MALACHI. 293 
 
 dence in Judea, about 412-408 before Christ, when he reformed the 
 abuses before mentioned. This is confirmed by Mai. i. 5." 
 
 I. 2. — Yet I have loved Jacob. It is evident that Jacob and Esau, 
 in the latter clause of this verse, are used to denote the posterity of 
 those patriarchs, as well as themselves. 
 
 5. — beyond the borders: i.e. he manifests his glorious power in 
 other countries besides Israel. See verse II. 
 
 7. — In that ye say, The table of Jehovah is contemptible : i. e. By 
 their actions, by offering the torn, sick, lame, &c., they virtually 
 said that the table of Jehovah, namely, his altar, was unworthy of re- 
 spect. 
 
 10. — close the doors : i. e. of the temple. 
 
 12. — polluted : i. e. ye treat it as if it were impure. 
 
 II. 2. — curse your blessi7tgs : i. e. those things which they re- 
 ceived by the blessing of God, such as the fruits of the earth, herds, 
 &c. 
 
 3. — carried to it: i. e. destroyed, and cast upon a dunghill. 
 
 4. — my covenant may remain : i. e. that ye may reform, and not be 
 cast off. 
 
 9. — respect to persons : i. e. having one decision for the poor and 
 another for the rich. See Lev. xix. 15. 
 
 11. — holy people. See Jer. ii. 3. — daughter o/ a strange god: 
 I. e. the worshipper of a different god from Jehovah. 
 
 12. — Him that waketh and him that answereth : i. e. Every one 
 living; a proverbial expression, borrowed, perhaps, from the service of 
 the Levites in the temple, of whom one remained awake and called, and 
 the other answered. In the same sense the Arabs say, " No caller 
 and no answerer." See Ps. cxxxiv. and Is. Ixii. 6. 
 
 13. — tears, Sfc. : i. e. of wives whom they divorced or abused. 
 
 14. — Wherefore : i. e. doth he not accept the offering. 
 
 15. — make one; i. e. one pair, one man and one woman, who 
 were to be regarded as one flesh. — residue of the spirit: i. e. his 
 divine power was not exhausted ; he might have made many women 
 for one man. — a godly race, lit. a seed of God : i. e. a holy 
 race, worthy to be called sons of God. This construction of verse 15, 
 which is that of the Common Version, I prefer on the whole, though it 
 supposes a somewhat harsh ellipsis. Most of the modern German schol- 
 ars understand the verse as follows: 
 
294 NOTES. 
 
 [Ye say, in excuse for yourselves;] 
 " But did not the Single one do it ? 
 And yet a divine spirit remained to him." 
 But what did the Single one do ? 
 He sought the posterity promised by God. 
 
 " Single one " they suppose to be a denomination of Abraham, bor- 
 rowed from Is. li. 2 ; Ezek. xxxiii. 24. But it does not appear satisfac- 
 torily that " the Single one " was of itself a denomination of Abraham. 
 And the phrase, " a divine spirit remained to him," or, " he had a resi- 
 due of the divine spirit," meaning that he remained a good man, is about 
 as harsh and inconsistent with usage as any thing in the interpretation 
 which I have preferred. 
 
 16. — covereth his garment with violence : i. e. that is guilty of 
 harsh and cruel treatment to his wife, by dismissing her; that covers 
 that garment which is the sign of conjugal protection and fidelity, 
 Ezek. xvi. 8; Ruth iii. 9. 
 
 III. 1. — the Lord whom ye seek. " The Lord " may here denote the 
 Supreme Being, said to come, because his perfections would be con- 
 spicuously displayed by the coming of the Messiah, the messenger of 
 the new covenant, of whom mention immediately follows. Or, by 
 "the Lord" may be denoted the messenger of the covenant, the Mes- 
 siah, in the next line, who was expected to come to the temple, which 
 was to be honored with his presence, and to be the scene of his minis- 
 try. The original, translated " the Lord," when used without the arti- 
 cle, is everywhere applied to human beings in the Old Testament- 
 And though with the article, which it has here, it denotes the Supreme 
 Being, as the Lord of all the earth, when no other use of the article can 
 be assigned except to denote the Supreme Being, yet in this verse the 
 article may be used merely to denote that particular lord who was an 
 object of expectation and desire; ille dominus, quern, Sfc. See Chris- 
 tian Examiner, for January, 1836, p. 298, &c. 
 
 10. — none left: i. e. till the divine abundance shall be exhausted. 
 And as this can never be, the meaning is, that the blessing shall be 
 perpetual. 
 
 14. — walked mournfully : i. e. with prayer and fasting, in sackcloth 
 and ashes. 
 
 1.5. — the proud : i. e. those who behave themselves arrogantly 
 against God, the impious. 
 
MALACHI. 295 
 
 16. — spake to one another : things, the reverse of what were utter- 
 ed by the impious ; becoming those who feared God. 
 
 IV. 6. — heart of the fathers, ^-c. : i. e. pi'oduce harmony and 
 peace between fathers|]and children. 
 
CORRIGENDA. 
 
 Vol. II. page 203, line 23, for " thy conduct on ilie way " &,c. road " thy conduct, 
 
 or the way " &.c. 
 Vol. Ill page 55, line 7, for " rod" read " staff." 
 
 " " 211, " 9, for " claws " read " hoofd." 
 
BS195.2.N96V.3 
 
 A new translation of the Hebrew prophets 
 
 Princeton Theological Seminary-Speer Library 
 
 1 1012 00049 3827